WorldWideScience

Sample records for formulation incrementale tangente

  1. Degradation theories of concrete and development of a new deviatoric model in incremental tangent formulation: limit analysis applied to case of anchor bolts embedded in concrete; Theorie de degradation du beton et developpement d'un nouveau modele d'endommagement en formulation incrementale tangente: calcul a la rupture applique au cas des chevilles de fixation ancrees dans le beton

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ung Quoc, H

    2003-12-15

    This research is achieved in the general framework of the study of the concrete behaviour. It has for objective the development of a new behaviour model satisfying to the particular requirements for an industrial exploitation. After the analysis of different existent models, a first development has concerned models based on the smeared crack theory. A new formulation of the theory permitted to overcome the stress locking problem. However, the analysis showed the persistence of some limits inert to this approach in spite of this improvement. Then, an analysis of the physical mechanisms of the concrete degradation has been achieved and permitted to develop the new damage model MODEV. The general formulation of this model is based on the theory of the thermodynamics and applied to the case of the heterogeneous and brittle materials. The MODEV model considers two damage mechanisms: extension and sliding. The model considers also that the relative tangent displacement between microcracks lips is responsible of the strain irreversibility. Thus, the rate of inelastic strain becomes function of the damage and the heterogeneity index of the material. The unilateral effect is taken in account as an elastic hardening or softening process according to re-closing or reopening of cracks. The model is written within the framework of non standard generalised materials in incremental tangent formulation and implemented in the general finite element code SYMPHONIE. The validation of the model has been achieved on the basis of several tests issued from the literature. The second part of this research has concerned the development of the CHEVILAB software. This simulation tool based on the limit analysis approach permit the evaluation of the ultimate load capacity of anchors bolts. The kinematics approach of the limit analysis has been adapted to the problem of anchors while considering several specific failure mechanisms. This approach has been validated then by comparison with the

  2. Tangent bundle formulation of a charged gas

    CERN Document Server

    Sarbach, Olivier

    2013-01-01

    We discuss the relativistic kinetic theory for a simple, collisionless, charged gas propagating on an arbitrary curved spacetime geometry. Our general relativistic treatment is formulated on the tangent bundle of the spacetime manifold and takes advantage of its rich geometric structure. In particular, we point out the existence of a natural metric on the tangent bundle and illustrate its role for the development of the relativistic kinetic theory. This metric, combined with the electromagnetic field of the spacetime, yields an appropriate symplectic form on the tangent bundle. The Liouville vector field arises as the Hamiltonian vector field of a natural Hamiltonian. The latter also defines natural energy surfaces, called mass shells, which turn out to be smooth Lorentzian submanifolds. A simple, collisionless, charged gas is described by a distribution function which is defined on the mass shell and satisfies the Liouville equation. Suitable fibre integrals of the distribution function define observable fie...

  3. Illumination by Tangent Lines

    CERN Document Server

    Horwitz, Alan

    2011-01-01

    Let f be a differentiable function on the real line, and let P\\inG_{f}^{C}= all points not on the graph of f. We say that the illumination index of P, denoted by I_{f}(P), is k if there are k distinct tangents to the graph of f which pass through P. In section 2 we prove results about the illumination index of f with f" (x)\\geq 0 on \\Re. In particular, suppose that y=L_1(x) and y=L_2(x) are distinct oblique asymptotes of f and let P=(s,t)\\in G_{f}^{C}. If max(L_1(s),L_2(s))

  4. Semisupervised Support Vector Machines With Tangent Space Intrinsic Manifold Regularization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Shiliang; Xie, Xijiong

    2016-09-01

    Semisupervised learning has been an active research topic in machine learning and data mining. One main reason is that labeling examples is expensive and time-consuming, while there are large numbers of unlabeled examples available in many practical problems. So far, Laplacian regularization has been widely used in semisupervised learning. In this paper, we propose a new regularization method called tangent space intrinsic manifold regularization. It is intrinsic to data manifold and favors linear functions on the manifold. Fundamental elements involved in the formulation of the regularization are local tangent space representations, which are estimated by local principal component analysis, and the connections that relate adjacent tangent spaces. Simultaneously, we explore its application to semisupervised classification and propose two new learning algorithms called tangent space intrinsic manifold regularized support vector machines (TiSVMs) and tangent space intrinsic manifold regularized twin SVMs (TiTSVMs). They effectively integrate the tangent space intrinsic manifold regularization consideration. The optimization of TiSVMs can be solved by a standard quadratic programming, while the optimization of TiTSVMs can be solved by a pair of standard quadratic programmings. The experimental results of semisupervised classification problems show the effectiveness of the proposed semisupervised learning algorithms.

  5. Teachers' Conceptions of Tangent Line

    Science.gov (United States)

    Paez Murillo, Rosa Elvira; Vivier, Laurent

    2013-01-01

    In order to study the conceptions, and their evolutions, of the tangent line to a curve an updating workshop which took place in Mexico was designed for upper secondary school teachers. This workshop was planned using the methodology of cooperative learning, scientific debate and auto reflection (ACODESA) and the conception-knowing-concept model…

  6. Teachers' Conceptions of Tangent Line

    Science.gov (United States)

    Paez Murillo, Rosa Elvira; Vivier, Laurent

    2013-01-01

    In order to study the conceptions, and their evolutions, of the tangent line to a curve an updating workshop which took place in Mexico was designed for upper secondary school teachers. This workshop was planned using the methodology of cooperative learning, scientific debate and auto reflection (ACODESA) and the conception-knowing-concept model…

  7. Atlantic NAD 83 SLA Baseline Tangents

    Data.gov (United States)

    Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the Interior — This data set contains baseline tangent lines in ArcGIS shapefile format for the BOEM Atlantic Region. Baseline tangent lines are typically bay or river closing...

  8. Loss tangent measurements on unirradiated alumina

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zinkle, S.J.; Goulding, R.H. [Oak Ridge National Lab., TN (United States)

    1996-04-01

    Unirradiated room temperature loss tangent for sapphire and several commercial grades of polycrystalline alumina are complied for frequencies between 10{sup 5} and 4x10{sup 11} Hz. Sapphire exhibits significantly lower values for the loss tangent at frequencies up to 10{sup 11} Hz. The loss tangents of 3 different grades of Wesgo alumina (AL300, AL995, AL998) and 2 different grades of Coors alumina (AD94, AD995) have typical values near {approx}10{sup -4} at a frequency of 10{sup 8} Hz. On the other hand, the loss tangent of Vitox alumina exhibits a large loss peak tan d{approx} 5x10{sup -3} at this frequency.

  9. Complete Tangent Stiffness for eXtended Finite Element Method by including crack growth parameters

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Mougaard, J.F.; Poulsen, P.N.; Nielsen, L.O.

    2013-01-01

    The eXtended Finite Element Method (XFEM) is a useful tool for modeling the growth of discrete cracks in structures made of concrete and other quasi‐brittle and brittle materials. However, in a standard application of XFEM, the tangent stiffness is not complete. This is a result of not including...... the crack geometry parameters, such as the crack length and the crack direction directly in the virtual work formulation. For efficiency, it is essential to obtain a complete tangent stiffness. A new method in this work is presented to include an incremental form the crack growth parameters on equal terms...

  10. Examining Students' Generalizations of the Tangent Concept: A Theoretical Perspective

    Science.gov (United States)

    Çekmez, Erdem; Baki, Adnan

    2016-01-01

    The concept of a tangent is important in understanding many topics in mathematics and science. Earlier studies on students' understanding of the concept of a tangent have reported that they have various misunderstandings and experience difficulties in transferring their knowledge about the tangent line from Euclidean geometry into calculus. In…

  11. Tangent hyperbolic circular frequency diverse array radars

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sarah Saeed

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available Frequency diverse array (FDA with uniform frequency offset (UFO has been in spot light of research for past few years. Not much attention has been devoted to non-UFOs in FDA. This study investigates tangent hyperbolic (TH function for frequency offset selection scheme in circular FDAs (CFDAs. Investigation reveals a three-dimensional single-maximum beampattern, which promises to enhance system detection capability and signal-to-interference plus noise ratio. Furthermore, by utilising the versatility of TH function, a highly configurable type array system is achieved, where beampatterns of three different configurations of FDA can be generated, just by adjusting a single function parameter. This study further examines the utility of the proposed TH-CFDA in some practical radar scenarios.

  12. Image denoising using local tangent space alignment

    Science.gov (United States)

    Feng, JianZhou; Song, Li; Huo, Xiaoming; Yang, XiaoKang; Zhang, Wenjun

    2010-07-01

    We propose a novel image denoising approach, which is based on exploring an underlying (nonlinear) lowdimensional manifold. Using local tangent space alignment (LTSA), we 'learn' such a manifold, which approximates the image content effectively. The denoising is performed by minimizing a newly defined objective function, which is a sum of two terms: (a) the difference between the noisy image and the denoised image, (b) the distance from the image patch to the manifold. We extend the LTSA method from manifold learning to denoising. We introduce the local dimension concept that leads to adaptivity to different kind of image patches, e.g. flat patches having lower dimension. We also plug in a basic denoising stage to estimate the local coordinate more accurately. It is found that the proposed method is competitive: its performance surpasses the K-SVD denoising method.

  13. Digital Offshore Cadastre (DOC) - Pacific83 - Baseline Tangent Lines

    Data.gov (United States)

    Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the Interior — This data set contains baseline tangent lines and bay closing lines in ESRI Arc/Info export and Arc/View shape file formats for the BOEM Pacific Region. Baseline...

  14. Tangent bundles of Hantzsche-Wendt manifolds

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gaşior, A.; Szczepański, A.

    2013-08-01

    We formulate a condition for the existence of a SpinC-structure on an oriented flat manifold Mn with H2(Mn,R)=0. We prove that Mn has a SpinC-structure if and only if there exists a homomorphism ɛ:π1(Mn)→SpinC(n) such that λ∘ɛ=h, where h:π1(Mn)→SO(n) is a holonomy homomorphism and λ:SpinC(n)→SO(n) is a standard homomorphism defined. As an application we shall prove that all cyclic Hantzsche-Wendt manifolds do not have the SpinC-structure.

  15. Microwave dielectric tangent losses in KDP and DKDP crystals

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Trilok Chandra Upadhyay; Birendra Singh Semwal

    2003-03-01

    By adding cubic and quartic phonon anharmonic interactions in the pseudospin lattice coupled mode (PLCM) model for KDP-type crystals and using double-time temperature dependent Green’s function method, expressions for soft mode frequency, dielectric constant and dielectric tangent loss are obtained. Using model parameters given by Ganguliet al[9] the dielectric losses are calculated for KDP and DKDP crystals. In the microwave frequency range an increase in frequency (1–35 GHz) is followed by an increase in dielectric tangent loss (1–35) at 98 K and (1–15) × 10-2 at 333 K for KDP and DKDP crystals respectively. The dielectric tangent loss decreases from 0.052 to 0.042 for KDP crystals with increase in temperature from 130 to 170 K and for DKDP crystals it decreases from 0.0166 to 0.0074 with an increase in temperature from 230–343 K in their paraelectric phases at 10 GHz. This shows Curie–Weiss behavior of the dielectric tangent loss.

  16. First Year Mathematics Undergraduates' Settled Images of Tangent Line

    Science.gov (United States)

    Biza, Irene; Zachariades, Theodossios

    2010-01-01

    This study concerns 182 first year mathematics undergraduates' perspectives on the tangent line of function graph in the light of a previous study on Year 12 pupils' perspectives. The aim was the investigation of tangency images that settle after undergraduates' distancing from the notion for a few months and after their participation in…

  17. On sets without tangents and exterior sets of a conic

    CERN Document Server

    Van de Voorde, Geertrui

    2012-01-01

    A set without tangents in $\\PG(2,q)$ is a set of points S such that no line meets S in exactly one point. An exterior set of a conic $\\mathcal{C}$ is a set of points $\\E$ such that all secant lines of $\\E$ are external lines of $\\mathcal{C}$. In this paper, we first recall some known examples of sets without tangents and describe them in terms of determined directions of an affine pointset. We show that the smallest sets without tangents in $\\PG(2,5)$ are (up to projective equivalence) of two different types. We generalise the non-trivial type by giving an explicit construction of a set without tangents in $\\PG(2,q)$, $q=p^h$, $p>2$ prime, of size $q(q-1)/2-r(q+1)/2$, for all $0\\leq r\\leq (q-5)/2$. After that, a different description of the same set in $\\PG(2,5)$, using exterior sets of a conic, is given and we investigate in which ways a set of exterior points on an external line $L$ of a conic in $\\PG(2,q)$ can be extended with an extra point $Q$ to a larger exterior set of $\\mathcal{C}$. It turns out that ...

  18. THE TANGENT CONES ON CONSTRAINT QUALIFICATIONS IN OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Huang Longguang

    2008-01-01

    This article proposes a few tangent cones, which are relative to the constraint qualifications of optimization problems. With the upper and lower directional derivatives of an objective function, the characteristics of cones on the constraint qualifications are presented. The interrelations among the constraint qualifications, a few cones involved,and level sets of upper and lower directional derivatives are derived.

  19. Giambelli-type formula for subbundles of the tangent bundle

    CERN Document Server

    Kazarian, M E

    1996-01-01

    Let us consider a generic $n$-dimensional subbundle $\\CV$ of the tangent bundle $TM$ on some given manifold $M$. Given $\\CV$ one can define different degeneracy loci $\\Si_{\\bold r}(\\CV),\\;\\bold r=(r_1\\leq r_2\\leq r_3 dimension of the subspace $\\CV^j(x)\\subset TM(x)$ spanned by all length $\\leq j$ commutators of vector fields tangent to $\\CV$ at $x$ is less than or equal to $r_j$. We calculate 'explicitly' the cohomology classes dual to $\\Si_{\\bold r}(\\CV)$ using determinantal formulas due to W.~Fulton and the expression for the Chern classes of the associated bundle of free Lie algebras in terms of the Chern classes of $\\CV$.

  20. Principal Manifolds and Nonlinear Dimensionality Reduction via Tangent Space Alignment

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张振跃; 查宏远

    2004-01-01

    We present a new algorithm for manifold learning and nonlinear dimensionality reduction. Based on a set of unorganized da-ta points sampled with noise from a parameterized manifold, the local geometry of the manifold is learned by constructing an approxi-mation for the tangent space at each point, and those tangent spaces are then aligned to give the global coordinates of the data pointswith respect to the underlying manifold. We also present an error analysis of our algorithm showing that reconstruction errors can bequite small in some cases. We illustrate our algorithm using curves and surfaces both in 2D/3D Euclidean spaces and higher dimension-al Euclidean spaces. We also address several theoretical and algorithmic issues for further research and improvements.

  1. Tangent lines, inflections, and vertices of closed curves

    CERN Document Server

    Ghomi, Mohammad

    2012-01-01

    We show that every smooth closed curve C immersed in Euclidean 3-space satisfies the sharp inequality 2(P+I)+V >5 which relates the numbers P of pairs of parallel tangent lines, I of inflections (or points of vanishing curvature), and V of vertices (or points of vanishing torsion) of C. We also show that 2(P'+I)+V >3, where P' is the number of pairs of concordant parallel tangent lines. The proofs, which employ curve shortening flow with surgery, are based on corresponding inequalities for the numbers of double points, singularities, and inflections of closed curves in the real projective plane and the sphere which intersect every closed geodesic. These findings extend some classical results in curve theory including works of Moebius, Fenchel, and Segre, which is also known as Arnold's "tennis ball theorem".

  2. Computerized tomography using a modified orthogonal tangent correction algorithm.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hsia, T C; Smith, S C; Lantz, B M

    1976-10-01

    A modified orthogonal tangent correction algorithm is presented for computerized tomography. The algorithm uses four X-rays scans spaced 45 degrees apart, to reconstruct a transverse axial image. The reconstruction procedure is interative in which image matrix elements are corrected by alternately matching the two sets of orthogonal scan data. The algorithm has been applied to phantom data as well as to video recorded fluoroscopic data.

  3. Experience on tangent delta norms adopted for repaired generator

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Misra, N.N.; Sood, D.K. [National Thermal Power Corp. (India)

    2005-07-01

    The repair techniques of the generators are very crucial for avoiding prolonged forced outages. The crucial decisions based on sound knowledge and judgement becomes essential in many cases. The unit under discussions had failed on account of flash over in the Exciter end overhang windings. The failure resulted in damaged to the stator bars as well as generator core. The damaged end packets of the stator core were replaced at site. The total winding bars were removed from stator core and damaged bars were replaced with new bars. The rest of the bars were tested for tangent delta tests for reuse. Acceptance norms of 0.6% tip up from 0.2pu to 0.6pu of rated stator voltage were adopted. Some of the bars outside the acceptable limits of tangent delta were shifted close to neutral so that the standard norms of tan delta are met. This was felt necessary because lead-time for procurement of new bars was more than six months. The above-adopted norms for tangent delta will be of much use for the operating utilities. The unit under discussions was of 67.5 MW operating at 50 Hz, 0.85 pf lag and had logged 66160.46 operating hours before failure. (author)

  4. Experience on tangent delta norms adopted for repaired generators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Misra, N.N.; Sood, D.K. [National Thermal Power Corp., (India)

    2005-07-01

    Since repair measures and techniques for generators are critical in avoiding prolonged forced outages, repair decisions must be based on sound knowledge and judgement. This paper describes a the failure of an electric generator unit which failed due to flashover in the Exciter end overhang windings. During inspection, early symptoms of slot partial discharge were observed along with degradation of the outer corona coatings of stator bars. The unit was commissioned in 1988 and had 67.5 MW generating capacity operating at 50 Hz, 0.85 pf lag and had logged 66160.46 operating hours before failure. The failure caused damage to the stator bars and to the generator core. The damaged end packets of the stator core were replaced at site. The winding bars were removed from the stator core and damaged bars were also replaced. The remainder were tested for tangent delta tests for reuse. Acceptance norms of 0.6 per cent tip up from 0.2 pu to 0.6 pu of rotor stator voltage were adopted. Some of the bars outside the acceptable limits of tangent delta were shifted close to neutral in order to meet the standard norms of tan delta. These adopted norms for tangent delta will be of particular use for the operating utilities. It was concluded that the most probable cause of failure was the continuous degradation of the winding insulation due to high overhang vibration causing electrical and mechanical stresses. 2 tabs., 7 figs.

  5. Modeling tangent hyperbolic nanoliquid flow with heat and mass flux conditions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hayat, T.; Ullah, I.; Alsaedi, A.; Ahmad, B.

    2017-03-01

    This attempt predicts the hydromagnetic flow of a tangent hyperbolic nanofluid originated by a non-linear impermeable stretching surface. The considered nanofluid model takes into account the Brownian diffusion and thermophoresis characteristics. An incompressible liquid is electrically conducted in the presence of a non-uniformly applied magnetic field. Heat and mass transfer phenomena posses flux conditions. Mathematical formulation is developed by utilizing the boundary layer approach. A system of ordinary differential equations is obtained by employing adequate variables. Convergence for obtained series solutions is checked and explicitly verified through tables and plots. Effects of numerous pertinent variables on velocity, temperature and concentration fields are addressed. Computations for surface drag coefficient, heat transfer rate and mass transfer rate are presented and inspected for the influence of involved variables. Temperature is found to enhance for a higher magnetic variable. Present and previous outcomes in limiting sense are also compared.

  6. Path planning using a tangent graph for mobile robots among polygonal and curved obstacles

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, Yun-Hui; Arimoto, Suguru (Univ. of Tokyo (Japan))

    1992-08-01

    This article proposes a tangent graph for path planning of mobile robots among obstacles with a general boundary. The tangent graph is defined on the basis of the locally shortest path. It has the same data structure as the visibility graph, but its nodes represent common tangent points on obstacle boundaries, and its edges correspond to collision-free common tangents between the boundaries and convex boundary segments between the tangent points. The tangent graph requires O(K[sup 2]) memory, where K denotes the total number of convex segments of the obstacle boundaries. The tangent graph includes all locally shortest paths and is capable of coping with path planning not only among polygonal obstacles but also among curved obstacles.

  7. Plant Leaf Recognition through Local Discriminative Tangent Space Alignment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chuanlei Zhang

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Manifold learning based dimensionality reduction algorithms have been payed much attention in plant leaf recognition as the algorithms can select a subset of effective and efficient discriminative features in the leaf images. In this paper, a dimensionality reduction method based on local discriminative tangent space alignment (LDTSA is introduced for plant leaf recognition based on leaf images. The proposed method can embrace part optimization and whole alignment and encapsulate the geometric and discriminative information into a local patch. The experiments on two plant leaf databases, ICL and Swedish plant leaf datasets, demonstrate the effectiveness and feasibility of the proposed method.

  8. Construction of the Tangent to a Cycloid Proposed by Wallis and Fermat

    OpenAIRE

    Loredana Biacino

    2017-01-01

    In this paper some methods used in the XVII century for the construction of the tangents to a cycloid in a point are exposed: the kinematical method employed by Roberval, the classical geometrical  method used by Wallis and the Fermat’s construction as a consequence of his tangents method. Le Costruzioni della Tangente alla Cicloide Proposte da Wallis e da Fermat In questo lavoro sono esposti vari metodi in uso nel ‘600 per la costruzione della tangente ad una cicloide in un suo pu...

  9. On the Tangent Space to the Universal Teichmuller Space

    CERN Document Server

    Nag, S

    1992-01-01

    We find a remarkably simple relationship between the following two models of the tangent space to the Universal Teichm\\"uller Space: (1) The real-analytic model consisting of Zygmund class vector fields on the unit circle; (2) The complex-analytic model comprising 1-parameter families of schlicht functions on the exterior of the unit disc which allow quasiconformal extension. Indeed, the Fourier coefficients of the vector field in (1) turn out to be essentially the same as (the first variations of) the corresponding power series coefficients in (2). These identities have many applications; in particular, to conformal welding, to the almost complex structure of Teichm\\"uller space, to study of the Weil-Petersson metric, to variational formulas for period matrices, etc. These utilities are explored.

  10. The Cretaceous superchron geodynamo: observations near the tangent cylinder.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tarduno, John A; Cottrell, Rory D; Smirnov, Alexei V

    2002-10-29

    If relationships exist between the frequency of geomagnetic reversals and the morphology, secular variation, and intensity of Earth's magnetic field, they should be best expressed during superchrons, intervals tens of millions of years long lacking reversals. Here we report paleomagnetic and paleointensity data from lavas of the Cretaceous Normal Polarity Superchron that formed at high latitudes near the tangent cylinder that surrounds the solid inner core. The time-averaged field recorded by these lavas is remarkably strong and stable. When combined with global results available from lower latitudes, these data define a time-averaged field that is overwhelmingly dominated by the axial dipole (octupole components are insignificant). These observations suggest that the basic features of the geomagnetic field are intrinsically related. Superchrons may reflect times when the nature of core-mantle boundary heat flux allows the geodynamo to operate at peak efficiency.

  11. Modified Einstein and Finsler Like Theories on Tangent Lorentz Bundles

    CERN Document Server

    Stavrinos, Panayiotis; Vacaru, Sergiu I.

    2014-01-01

    We study modifications of general relativity, GR, with nonlinear dispersion relations which can be geometrized on tangent Lorentz bundles. Such modified gravity theories, MGTs, can be modeled by gravitational Lagrange density functionals $f(\\mathbf{R},\\mathbf{T},F)$ with generalized/ modified scalar curvature $\\mathbf{R}$, trace of matter field tensors $\\mathbf{T}$ and modified Finsler like generating function $F$. In particular, there are defined extensions of GR with extra dimensional "velocity/ momentum" coordinates. For four dimensional models, we prove that it is possible to decouple and integrate in very general forms the gravitational fields for $f(\\mathbf{R},\\mathbf{T},F)$--modified gravity using nonholonomic 2+2 splitting and nonholonomic Finsler like variables $F$. We study the modified motion and Newtonian limits of massive test particles on nonlinear geodesics approximated with effective extra forces orthogonal to the four-velocity. We compute the constraints on the magnitude of extra-acceleration...

  12. A Characterisation of Tangent Subplanes of PG(2,q^3)

    CERN Document Server

    Barwick, S G

    2012-01-01

    In: S.G. Barwick and W.A. Jackson. Sublines and subplanes of PG(2,q^3) in the Bruck--Bose representation in PG(6,q). Finite Fields Th. App. 18 (2012) 93--107., the authors determine the representation of order-q-subplanes and order-q-sublines of PG(2,q^3) in the Bruck-Bose representation in PG(6,q). In particular, they showed that an order-q-subplane of PG(2,q^3) corresponds to a certain ruled surface in PG(6,q). In this article we show that the converse holds, namely that any ruled surface satisfying the required properties corresponds to a tangent order-q-subplane of PG(2,q^3).

  13. Quantum information entropies for a squared tangent potential well

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dong, Shishan [Information and Engineering College, DaLian University, 116622 (China); Sun, Guo-Hua, E-mail: sunghdb@yahoo.com [Centro Universitario Valle de Chalco, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México, Valle de Chalco Solidaridad, Estado de México, 56615 (Mexico); Dong, Shi-Hai, E-mail: dongsh2@yahoo.com [Departamento de Física, Escuela Superior de Física y Matemáticas, Instituto Politécnico Nacional, Unidad Profesional Adolfo López Mateos, Edificio 9, México D.F. 07738 (Mexico); Department of Physics and Astronomy, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803-4001 (United States); Draayer, J.P., E-mail: draayer@sura.org [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803-4001 (United States)

    2014-01-10

    The particle in a symmetrical squared tangent potential well is studied by examining its Shannon information entropy and standard deviations. The position and momentum information entropy densities ρ{sub s}(x), ρ{sub s}(p) and probability densities ρ(x), ρ(p) are illustrated with different potential range L and potential depth U. We present analytical position information entropies S{sub x} for the lowest two states. We observe that the sum of position and momentum entropies S{sub x} and S{sub p} expressed by Bialynicki-Birula–Mycielski (BBM) inequality is satisfied. Some eigenstates exhibit entropy squeezing in the position. The entropy squeezing in position will be compensated by an increase in momentum entropy. We also note that the S{sub x} increases with the potential range L, while decreases with the potential depth U. The variation of S{sub p} is contrary to that of S{sub x}.

  14. Quantum spin transport through Aharonov-Bohm ring with a tangent magnetic field

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Li Zhi-Jian

    2005-01-01

    Quantum spin transport in a mesoscopic Aharonov-Bohm ring with two leads subject to a magnetic field with circular configuration is investigated by means of one-dimensional quantum waveguide theory. Within the framework magnetic flux or by the tangent magnetic field. In particular, the spin flips can be induced by hopping the AB magnetic flux or the tangent field.

  15. Unified treatment of microscopic boundary conditions and efficient algorithms for estimating tangent operators of the homogenized behavior in the computational homogenization method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nguyen, Van-Dung; Wu, Ling; Noels, Ludovic

    2017-03-01

    This work provides a unified treatment of arbitrary kinds of microscopic boundary conditions usually considered in the multi-scale computational homogenization method for nonlinear multi-physics problems. An efficient procedure is developed to enforce the multi-point linear constraints arising from the microscopic boundary condition either by the direct constraint elimination or by the Lagrange multiplier elimination methods. The macroscopic tangent operators are computed in an efficient way from a multiple right hand sides linear system whose left hand side matrix is the stiffness matrix of the microscopic linearized system at the converged solution. The number of vectors at the right hand side is equal to the number of the macroscopic kinematic variables used to formulate the microscopic boundary condition. As the resolution of the microscopic linearized system often follows a direct factorization procedure, the computation of the macroscopic tangent operators is then performed using this factorized matrix at a reduced computational time.

  16. Lateral Dynamics Of A Railway Truck On Flexible Tangent Track

    Science.gov (United States)

    Saha*, A. K.; Karmakar, R.; Bhattacharyya, R.

    A railway vehicle becomes unstable beyond a critical speed. Assessment of the critical speed is important for safety and passenger comfort. Bond graph model of a railway truck-wheelset system on flexible tangent track has been created with eighteen degrees of freedom considering six degrees of freedom for each wheelset and the truck unit without any linearity approximation for the wheelsets. Kalker's linear creep theory has been used for rail-wheel contact forces. The bond graph model of a single wheelset created earlier has been used for the front and rear wheelsets to model the truck-wheelset system. The model is created and simulated for a given set of nominal parameter values with rigid track condition. Truck-critical speeds and stability bahaviour are studied through simulations. Critical speed of a truck is found to be higher than that of a wheelset at the same axle load and conicity for nominal primary suspension and wheelbase. Contrary to the variation of critical speed of a single wheelset with increasing conicity critical speed of a truck decreases with increasing conicity.

  17. Tangent-Impulse Interception for a Hyperbolic Target

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dongzhe Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The two-body interception problem with an upper-bounded tangent impulse for the interceptor on an elliptic parking orbit to collide with a nonmaneuvering target on a hyperbolic orbit is studied. Firstly, four special initial true anomalies whose velocity vectors are parallel to either of the lines of asymptotes for the target hyperbolic orbit are obtained by using Newton-Raphson method. For different impulse points, the solution-existence ranges of the target true anomaly for any conic transfer are discussed in detail. Then, the time-of-flight equation is solved by the secant method for a single-variable piecewise function about the target true anomaly. Considering the sphere of influence of the Earth and the upper bound on the fuel, all feasible solutions are obtained for different impulse points. Finally, a numerical example is provided to apply the proposed technique for all feasible solutions and the global minimum-time solution with initial coasting time.

  18. Tangent-impulse transfer from elliptic orbit to an excess velocity vector

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Gang; Zhang Xiangyu; Cao Xibin

    2014-01-01

    The two-body orbital transfer problem from an elliptic parking orbit to an excess veloc-ity vector with the tangent impulse is studied. The direction of the impulse is constrained to be aligned with the velocity vector, then speed changes are enough to nullify the relative velocity. First, if one tangent impulse is used, the transfer orbit is obtained by solving a single-variable function about the true anomaly of the initial orbit. For the initial circular orbit, the closed-form solution is derived. For the initial elliptic orbit, the discontinuous point is solved, then the initial true anomaly is obtained by a numerical iterative approach; moreover, an alternative method is proposed to avoid the singularity. There is only one solution for one-tangent-impulse escape trajectory. Then, based on the one-tangent-impulse solution, the minimum-energy multi-tangent-impulse escape trajectory is obtained by a numerical optimization algorithm, e.g., the genetic method. Finally, several examples are provided to validate the proposed method. The numerical results show that the minimum-energy multi-tangent-impulse escape trajectory is the same as the one-tangent-impulse trajectory.

  19. Pursuit eye-movements in curve driving differentiate between future path and tangent point models.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Otto Lappi

    Full Text Available For nearly 20 years, looking at the tangent point on the road edge has been prominent in models of visual orientation in curve driving. It is the most common interpretation of the commonly observed pattern of car drivers looking through a bend, or at the apex of the curve. Indeed, in the visual science literature, visual orientation towards the inside of a bend has become known as "tangent point orientation". Yet, it remains to be empirically established whether it is the tangent point the drivers are looking at, or whether some other reference point on the road surface, or several reference points, are being targeted in addition to, or instead of, the tangent point. Recently discovered optokinetic pursuit eye-movements during curve driving can provide complementary evidence over and above traditional gaze-position measures. This paper presents the first detailed quantitative analysis of pursuit eye movements elicited by curvilinear optic flow in real driving. The data implicates the far zone beyond the tangent point as an important gaze target area during steady-state cornering. This is in line with the future path steering models, but difficult to reconcile with any pure tangent point steering model. We conclude that the tangent point steering models do not provide a general explanation of eye movement and steering during a curve driving sequence and cannot be considered uncritically as the default interpretation when the gaze position distribution is observed to be situated in the region of the curve apex.

  20. Tangent-impulse transfer from elliptic orbit to an excess velocity vector

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhang Gang

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available The two-body orbital transfer problem from an elliptic parking orbit to an excess velocity vector with the tangent impulse is studied. The direction of the impulse is constrained to be aligned with the velocity vector, then speed changes are enough to nullify the relative velocity. First, if one tangent impulse is used, the transfer orbit is obtained by solving a single-variable function about the true anomaly of the initial orbit. For the initial circular orbit, the closed-form solution is derived. For the initial elliptic orbit, the discontinuous point is solved, then the initial true anomaly is obtained by a numerical iterative approach; moreover, an alternative method is proposed to avoid the singularity. There is only one solution for one-tangent-impulse escape trajectory. Then, based on the one-tangent-impulse solution, the minimum-energy multi-tangent-impulse escape trajectory is obtained by a numerical optimization algorithm, e.g., the genetic method. Finally, several examples are provided to validate the proposed method. The numerical results show that the minimum-energy multi-tangent-impulse escape trajectory is the same as the one-tangent-impulse trajectory.

  1. Loss tangent imaging: Theory and simulations of repulsive-mode tapping atomic force microscopy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Proksch, Roger [Asylum Research, Santa Barbara, California 93117 (United States); Yablon, Dalia G. [ExxonMobil Research and Engineering, Annandale, New Jersey (United States)

    2012-02-13

    An expression for loss tangent measurement of a surface in amplitude modulation atomic force microscopy is derived using only the cantilever phase and the normalized cantilever amplitude. This provides a direct measurement of substrate compositional information that only requires tuning of the cantilever resonance to provide quantitative information. Furthermore, the loss tangent expression incorporates both the lost and stored energy into one term that represents a fundamental interpretation of the phase signal in amplitude modulation imaging. Numerical solutions of a cantilever tip interacting with a simple Voigt modeled surface agree with the derived loss tangent to within a few percent.

  2. Solution of D dimensional Dirac equation for hyperbolic tangent potential using NU method and its application in material properties

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Suparmi, A., E-mail: soeparmi@staff.uns.ac.id; Cari, C., E-mail: cari@staff.uns.ac.id; Pratiwi, B. N., E-mail: namakubetanurpratiwi@gmail.com [Physics Department, Faculty of Mathematics and Science, Sebelas Maret University, Jl. Ir. Sutami 36A Kentingan Surakarta 57126 (Indonesia); Deta, U. A. [Physics Department, Faculty of Science and Mathematics Education and Teacher Training, Surabaya State University, Surabaya (Indonesia)

    2016-02-08

    The analytical solution of D-dimensional Dirac equation for hyperbolic tangent potential is investigated using Nikiforov-Uvarov method. In the case of spin symmetry the D dimensional Dirac equation reduces to the D dimensional Schrodinger equation. The D dimensional relativistic energy spectra are obtained from D dimensional relativistic energy eigen value equation by using Mat Lab software. The corresponding D dimensional radial wave functions are formulated in the form of generalized Jacobi polynomials. The thermodynamically properties of materials are generated from the non-relativistic energy eigen-values in the classical limit. In the non-relativistic limit, the relativistic energy equation reduces to the non-relativistic energy. The thermal quantities of the system, partition function and specific heat, are expressed in terms of error function and imaginary error function which are numerically calculated using Mat Lab software.

  3. CMOS VLSI Hyperbolic Tangent Function & its Derivative Circuits for Neuron Implementation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hussein CHIBLE,

    2013-10-01

    Full Text Available The hyperbolic tangent function and its derivative are key essential element in analog signal processing and especially in analog VLSI implementation of neuron of artificial neural networks. The main conditions of these types of circuits are the small silicon area, and the low power consumption. The objective of this paper is to study and design CMOS VLSI hyperbolic tangent function and its derivative circuit for neural network implementation. A circuit is designed and the results are presented

  4. Tangent Curve Function Description of Mechanical Behaviour of Bulk Oilseeds: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sigalingging R.

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The application of tangent curve mathematical model for description of mechanical behaviour of selected bulk oilseeds, namely jatropha, sunflower, rape, garden pea, and common bean in linear compression was reviewed. Based on the review analysis, the tangent curve function has been developed using MathCAD 14 software which employs the Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm for data fitting optimal for tangent curve approximation. Linear compression parameters including force (N, deformation (mm, energy (J, and/or volume energy (J-m-3 can equally be determined by the tangent model. Additionally, the theoretical dependency between force and deformation characteristic curves can be defined by the force coefficient of mechanical behaviour (N and deformation coefficient of mechanical behaviour (mm-1 of the tangent model. In conclusion, the review results, however, shows that the tangent curve mathematical model which is dependent on experimental boundary conditions is potentialy useful for theoretical description of mechanical properties and deformation characteristics of bulk oilseeds in axial compression.

  5. An approach to probabilistic finite element analysis using a mixed-iterative formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dias, J. B.; Nakazawa, S.

    1988-01-01

    An efficient algorithm for computing the response sensitivity of finite element problems based on a mixed-iterative formulation is proposed. This method does not involve explicit differentiation of the tangent stiffness array and can be used with formulations for which a consistent tangent stiffness is not readily available. The method has been successfully applied to probabilistic finite element analysis of problems using the proposed mixed formulation, and this exercise has provided valuable insights regarding the extension of the method to a more general class of problems to include material and geometric nonlinearities.

  6. Composition Feature of the Element Tangent Stiffness Matrix of Geometrically Nonlinear 2D Frame Structures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Romanas Karkauskas

    2011-04-01

    Full Text Available The expressions of the finite element method tangent stiffness matrix of geometrically nonlinear constructions are not fully presented in publications. The matrixes of small displacements stiffness are usually presented only. To solve various problems of construction analysis or design and to specify the mode of the real deflection of construction, it is necessary to have a fully described tangent matrix analytical expression. This paper presents a technique of tangent stiffness matrix generation using discrete body total potential energy stationary conditions considering geometrically nonlinear 2D frame element taking account of interelement interaction forces only. The obtained vector-function derivative of internal forces considering nodal displacements is the tangent stiffness matrix. The analytical expressions having nodal displacements of matrixes forming the content of the 2D frame construction element tangent stiffness matrix are presented in the article. The suggested methodology has been checked making symbolical calculations in the medium of MatLAB calculation complex. The analytical expression of the stiffness matrix has been obtained.Article in Lithuanian

  7. Nondestructive relative permittivity and loss tangent measurements using a split-cylinder resonator

    Science.gov (United States)

    Janezic, Michael Daniel

    To keep pace with the expanding wireless and electronics industries, manufacturers are developing innovative materials for improving system performance, and there is a critical need to accurately characterize the electrical properties of these new materials at microwave frequencies. To address this need, this thesis develops a nondestructive method for measuring the relative permittivity and loss tangent of dielectric substrates using a split-cylinder resonator. Three theoretical models for the split-cylinder resonator are derived using mode-matching, least-squares boundary residual, and Hankel-transform methods, from which one can calculate the relative permittivity and loss tangent of a dielectric substrate from measurements of the split-cylinder resonator's TE0np resonant frequency and quality factor. Each of these models has several advantages over previously published models. First, the accuracy of the relative permittivity measurement is increased because each model accurately models the fringing fields that extend beyond the cylindrical-cavity sections. Second, to increase the accuracy of the loss tangent measurement, each model accurately separates the conductive metal losses of the split-cylinder resonator from the dielectric losses of the substrate. Finally, in contrast to previous models for the split-cylinder resonator that use only the TE011 resonant mode, each of the new models include the higher-order TE0np resonant modes, thereby broadening the frequency range over which one can make relative permittivity and loss tangent measurements. In a comparison of the three models, the mode-matching method was found to be superior on the basis of measurement accuracy and computational speed. Relative permittivity and loss tangent measurements for several dielectric materials are performed using a split-cylinder resonator and are in good agreement with measurements made using a circular-cylindrical cavity, split-post resonator, and dielectric post resonator

  8. Powers of the space forms curvature operator and geodesics of the tangent bundle

    OpenAIRE

    Saharova, Yelena; Yampolsky, Alexander

    2005-01-01

    It is well-known that if a curve is a geodesic line of the tangent (sphere) bundle with Sasaki metric of a locally symmetric Riemannian manifold then the projected curve has all its geodesic curvatures constant. In this paper we consider the case of tangent (sphere) bundle over the real, complex and quaternionic space form and give a unified proof of the following property: all geodesic curvatures of projected curve are zero starting from k_3,k_6 and k_{10} for the real, complex and quaternio...

  9. The Mathematical Analysis for Peristaltic Flow of Hyperbolic Tangent Fluid in a Curved Channel

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    S.Nadeem; E.N.Maraj

    2013-01-01

    In the present paper,we have investigated the peristaltic flow of hyperbolic tangent fluid in a curved channel.The governing equations of hyperbolic tangent fluid model for curved channel are derived including the effects of curvature.The highly nonlinear partial differential equations are simplified by using the wave frame transformation,long wave length and low Reynolds number assumptions.The reduced nonlinear partial differential equation is solved analytically with the help of homotopy perturbation method (HPM).The physical features of pertinent parameters have been discussed by plotting the graphs of pressure rise and stream functions.

  10. Tangent Resistance of Soil on Moldboard and the Mechanism of Resistance Reduction of Bionic Moldboard

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Deng Shi-qiao; Ren Lu-quan; Liu Yan; Han Zhi-wu

    2005-01-01

    The tangent resistance on the interface of the soil-moldboard is an important component of the resistance to moving soil . We developed simplified mechanical models to analyze this resistance. We found that it is composed of two components, the frictional and adhesive resistances. These two components originate from the soil pore, which induced a capillary suction effect, and the soil-moldboard contact area produced tangent adhesive resistance. These two components varied differently with soil moisture. Thus we predicted that resistance reduction against soil exerted on the non-smooth bionic moldboard is mainly due to the elimination of capillary suction and the reduction of physical-chemical adsorption of soil.

  11. Algebraic formulation of higher gauge theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zucchini, Roberto

    2017-06-01

    In this paper, we present a purely algebraic formulation of higher gauge theory and gauged sigma models based on the abstract theory of graded commutative algebras and their morphisms. The formulation incorporates naturally Becchi - Rouet -Stora - Tyutin (BRST) symmetry and is also suitable for Alexandrov - Kontsevich - Schwartz-Zaboronsky (AKSZ) type constructions. It is also shown that for a full-fledged Batalin-Vilkovisky formulation including ghost degrees of freedom, higher gauge and gauged sigma model fields must be viewed as internal smooth functions on the shifted tangent bundle of a space-time manifold valued in a shifted L∞-algebroid encoding symmetry. The relationship to other formulations where the L∞-algebroid arises from a higher Lie groupoid by Lie differentiation is highlighted.

  12. Interaction of Tangent Conormal Waves for Higher-Order Nonlinear Strictly Hyperbolic Equations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    尹会成; 仇庆久

    1994-01-01

    In this paper we deal with the interaction of three conormal waves for a class of third-order nonlinear strictly hyperbolic equations, in which two conormal waves are tangent. By the same argument, we may also discuss the similar problem for equation system of compressible fluid flow and obtain similar conclusions.

  13. Practical loss tangent imaging with amplitude-modulated atomic force microscopy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Proksch, Roger; Kocun, Marta; Hurley, Donna; Viani, Mario; Labuda, Aleks; Meinhold, Waiman; Bemis, Jason

    2016-04-01

    Amplitude-modulated (AM) atomic force microscopy (AFM), also known as tapping or AC mode, is a proven, reliable, and gentle imaging method with widespread applications. Previously, the contrast in AM-AFM has been difficult to quantify. AFM loss tangent imaging is a recently introduced technique that recasts AM mode phase imaging into a single term tan δ that includes both the dissipated and stored energy of the tip-sample interaction. It promises fast, versatile mapping of variations in near-surface viscoelastic properties. However, experiments to date have generally obtained values larger than expected for the viscoelastic loss tangent of materials. Here, we explore and discuss several practical considerations for AFM loss tangent imaging experiments. A frequent limitation to tapping in air is Brownian (thermal) motion of the cantilever. This fundamental noise source limits the accuracy of loss tangent estimation to approximately 0.01 phase transitions, even in the presence of such non-ideal interactions. These results help understand the limits and opportunities not only of this particular technique but also of AM mode with phase imaging in general.

  14. On Infinitesimal Conformal Transformations of the Tangent Bundles with the Synectic Lift of a Riemannian Metric

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Aydin Gezer

    2009-06-01

    The purpose of the present article is to investigate some relations between the Lie algebra of the infinitesimal fibre-preserving conformal transformations of the tangent bundle of a Riemannian manifold with respect to the synectic lift of the metric tensor and the Lie algebra of infinitesimal projective transformations of the Riemannian manifold itself.

  15. The isotropic-nematic phase transition of tangent hard-sphere chain fluids—Pure components

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van Westen, T.; Oyarzun, B.; Vlugt, T.J.H.; Gross, J.

    2013-01-01

    An extension of Onsager's second virial theory is developed to describe the isotropic-nematic phase transition of tangent hard-sphere chain fluids. Flexibility is introduced by the rod-coil model. The effect of chain-flexibility on the second virial coefficient is described using an accurate, analyt

  16. Examining the Efficiency of Models Using Tangent Coordinates or Principal Component Scores in Allometry Studies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sigirli, Deniz; Ercan, Ilker

    2015-09-01

    Most of the studies in medical and biological sciences are related to the examination of geometrical properties of an organ or organism. Growth and allometry studies are important in the way of investigating the effects of diseases and the environmental factors effects on the structure of the organ or organism. Thus, statistical shape analysis has recently become more important in the medical and biological sciences. Shape is all geometrical information that remains when location, scale and rotational effects are removed from an object. Allometry, which is a relationship between size and shape, plays an important role in the development of statistical shape analysis. The aim of the present study was to compare two different models for allometry which includes tangent coordinates and principal component scores of tangent coordinates as dependent variables in multivariate regression analysis. The results of the simulation study showed that the model constructed by taking tangent coordinates as dependent variables is more appropriate than the model constructed by taking principal component scores of tangent coordinates as dependent variables, for all sample sizes.

  17. Scattering solutions of the Klein-Gordon equation for a step potential with hyperbolic tangent potential

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rojas, Clara

    2014-09-01

    We solve the Klein-Gordon equation for a step potential with hyperbolic tangent potential. The scattering solutions are derived in terms of hypergeometric functions. The reflection coefficient R and transmission coefficient T are calculated, we observed superradiance and transmission resonances.

  18. 75 FR 13614 - In the Matter of Talisman Enterprises, Inc., Tangent Solutions, Inc., Telepanel Systems, Inc...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-03-22

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office ] SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION In the Matter of Talisman Enterprises, Inc., Tangent Solutions, Inc., Telepanel Systems, Inc... there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Talisman Enterprises...

  19. Fibonacci polynomials, generalized Stirling numbers, and Bernoulli, Genocchi and tangent numbers

    CERN Document Server

    Cigler, Johann

    2011-01-01

    We study matrices which transform the sequence of Fibonacci or Lucas polynomials with even index to those with odd index and vice versa. They turn out to be intimately related to generalized Stirling numbers and to Bernoulli, Genocchi and tangent numbers and give rise to various identities between these numbers. There is also a close connection with the Akiyama-Tanigawa algorithm.

  20. A combined Preisach–Hyperbolic Tangent model for magnetic hysteresis of Terfenol-D

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Talebian, Soheil [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Hojjat, Yousef, E-mail: yhojjat@modares.ac.ir [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Ghodsi, Mojtaba [Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, Sultan Qaboos University, Muscat (Oman); Karafi, Mohammad Reza [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Mirzamohammadi, Shahed [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Shahid Rajaee University, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2015-12-15

    This study presents a new model using the combination of Preisach and Hyperbolic Tangent models, to predict the magnetic hysteresis of Terfenol-D at different frequencies. Initially, a proper experimental setup was fabricated and used to obtain different magnetic hysteresis curves of Terfenol-D; such as major, minor and reversal loops. Then, it was shown that the Hyperbolic Tangent model is precisely capable of modeling the magnetic hysteresis of the Terfenol-D for both rate-independent and rate-dependent cases. Empirical equations were proposed with respect to magnetic field frequency which can calculate the non-dimensional coefficients needed by the model. These empirical equations were validated at new frequencies of 100 Hz and 300 Hz. Finally, the new model was developed through the combination of Preisach and Hyperbolic Tangent models. In the combined model, analytical relations of the Hyperbolic Tangent model for the first order reversal loops determined the weighting function of the Preisach model. This model reduces the required experiments and errors due to numerical differentiations generally needed for characterization of the Preisach function. In addition, it can predict the rate-dependent hysteresis as well as rate-independent hysteresis. - Highlights: • Different hysteresis curves of Terfenol-D are experimentally obtained at 0–200 Hz. • A new model is presented using combination of Preisach and Hyperbolic Tangent models. • The model predicts both rate-independent and rate-dependent hystereses of Terfenol-D. • The analytical model reduces the numerical errors and number of required experiments.

  1. 关于切丛和单位切球丛的度量的一个注记%A Note on Some Metrics on Tangent Bundles and Unit Tangent Sphere Bundles

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李兴校; 齐学荣

    2008-01-01

    In this paper we study a class of metrics with some compatible almost complex structures on the tangent bundle TM of a Riemannian manifold(M,g),which are parallel to those in [10].These metrics generalize the classical Sasaki metric and Cheeger-Gromoll metric.We prove that the tangent bundle TM endowed with each pair of the above metrics and the corresponding almost complex structures is a locally conformal almost K(a)ihler manifold.We also find that,when restricted to the unit tangent sphere bundle,these metrics and corresponding almost complex structures define new examples of contact metric structures.

  2. An algorithm for Path planning with polygon obstacles avoidance based on the virtual circle tangents

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zahraa Y. Ibrahim

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, a new algorithm called the virtual circle tangents is introduced for mobile robot navigation in an environment with polygonal shape obstacles. The algorithm relies on representing the polygonal shape obstacles by virtual circles, and then all the possible trajectories from source to target is constructed by computing the visible tangents between the robot and the virtual circle obstacles. A new method for searching the shortest path from source to target is suggested. Two states of the simulation are suggested, the first one is the off-line state and the other is the on-line state. The introduced method is compared with two other algorithms to study its performance.

  3. Tangent unit-vector fields: Nonabelian homotopy invariants and the Dirichlet energy

    KAUST Repository

    Majumdar, Apala

    2009-10-01

    Let O be a closed geodesic polygon in S2. Maps from O into S2 are said to satisfy tangent boundary conditions if the edges of O are mapped into the geodesics which contain them. Taking O to be an octant of S2, we evaluate the infimum Dirichlet energy, E (H), for continuous tangent maps of arbitrary homotopy type H. The expression for E (H) involves a topological invariant - the spelling length - associated with the (nonabelian) fundamental group of the n-times punctured two-sphere, π1 (S2 - {s1, ..., sn}, *). These results have applications for the theoretical modelling of nematic liquid crystal devices. To cite this article: A. Majumdar et al., C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. I 347 (2009). © 2009 Académie des sciences.

  4. Improved Generalization in Recurrent Neural Networks Using the Tangent Plane Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P May

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The tangent plane algorithm for real time recurrent learning (TPA-RTRL is an effective online training method for fully recurrent neural networks. TPA-RTRL uses the method of approaching tangent planes to accelerate the learning processes. Compared to the original gradient descent real time recurrent learning algorithm (GD-RTRL it is very fast and avoids problems like local minima of the search space. However, the TPA-RTRL algorithm actively encourages the formation of large weight values that can be harmful to generalization. This paper presents a new TPA-RTRL variant that encourages small weight values to decay to zero by using a weight elimination procedure built into the geometry of the algorithm. Experimental results show that the new algorithm gives good generalization over a range of network sizes whilst retaining the fast convergence speed of the TPA-RTRL algorithm.

  5. Effects of nanoparticles on the peristaltic motion of tangent hyperbolic fluid model in an annulus

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Nadeem

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available In the present article, effects of nanoparticles on the peristaltic flow of tangent hyperbolic fluid in an annulus are described. The two-dimensional equations of tangent hyperbolic fluid are solved by using the assumptions of low Reynolds number and long wavelength. Analytical solution is obtained with the help of homotopy perturbation and Adomian decomposition method for velocity, temperature and nanoparticles concentration. Solutions are discussed through graphs. Solutions for pressure rise, temperature, nanoparticles concentration, pressure gradient and streamlines are plotted for various emerging parameters. It is found that the temperature profile increases with increase in Brownian motion and thermophoresis parameter. It is also found that the size of the trapped bolus in triangular wave is smaller as compared to other waves. Further, the comparison of both analytical solutions is presented.

  6. Reductions of locally conformal symplectic structures and de Rham cohomology tangent to a foliation

    CERN Document Server

    Domitrz, Wojciech

    2008-01-01

    We propose a produre of reduction a locally conformal symplectic structure. This procedure of reduction can be applied to wide class of submanifolds. There are no local obstructions for this procedure. But there are global obstructions. We find a necessary and sufficient condition when this reduction holds in terms of the special kind of de Rham cohomology class (tangent to the characteristic foliation) of the Lee form.

  7. MHD flow of tangent hyperbolic fluid over a stretching cylinder: Using Keller box method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Malik, M.Y.; Salahuddin, T., E-mail: taimoor_salahuddin@yahoo.com; Hussain, Arif; Bilal, S.

    2015-12-01

    A numerical solution of MHD flow of tangent hyperbolic fluid model over a stretching cylinder is obtained in this paper. The governing boundary layer equation of tangent hyperbolic fluid is converted into an ordinary differential equation using similarity transformations, which is then solved numerically by applying the implicit finite difference Keller box method. The effects of various parameters on velocity profiles are analyzed and discussed in detail. The values of skin friction coefficient are tabulated and plotted in order to understand the flow behavior near the surface of the cylinder. For validity of the model a comparison of the present work with the literature has been made. - Highlights: • Non-Newtonian (tangent hyperbolic) fluid is taken by using boundary layer approximation. • MHD effects are assumed. • To solve the highly non-linear equations by numerical approach (Keller box Method). • Keller box method is one of the best computational methods capable of solving different engineering problems in fluid mechanics. • Keller box method is an implicit method and has truncation error of order h{sup 2}.

  8. Calculation for path-domain independent J integral with elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator concept-based boundary element methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yong, Liu; Qichao, Hong; Lihua, Liang

    1999-05-01

    This paper presents an elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator (CTO) based boundary element formulation, and application for calculation of path-domain independent J integrals (extension of the classical J integrals) in nonlinear crack analysis. When viscoplastic deformation happens, the effective stresses around the crack tip in the nonlinear region is allowed to exceed the loading surface, and the pure plastic theory is not suitable for this situation. The concept of consistency employed in the solution of increment viscoplastic problem, plays a crucial role in preserving the quadratic rate asymptotic convergence of iteractive schemes based on Newton's method. Therefore, this paper investigates the viscoplastic crack problem, and presents an implicit viscoplastic algorithm using the CTO concept in a boundary element framework for path-domain independent J integrals. Applications are presented with two numerical examples for viscoplastic crack problems and J integrals.

  9. The intrinsic geometry of the osculating structures that underlie the Heisenberg calculus (or Why the tangent space in sub-Riemannian geometry is a group)

    CERN Document Server

    van Erp, Erik

    2010-01-01

    We explore the geometry that underlies the osculating structures of the Heisenberg calculus. For a smooth manifold M with a distribution H in TM analysts have developed explicit (and rather complicated) coordinate formulas to define the nilpotent groups that are central to the calculus. Our aim is, specifically, to gain insight in the intrinsic structures that underlie these coordinate formulas. There are two key ideas. First, we construct a certain generalization of the notion of tangent vectors, called "parabolic arrows", involving a mix of first and second order derivatives. Parabolic arrows are the natural elements for the nilpotent groups of the osculating structure. Secondly, we formulate the natural notion of exponential map for the fiber bundle of parabolic arrows, and show that it explains the coordinate formulas of osculating structures. The result is a conceptual simplification and unification of the treatment of the Heisenberg calculus found in the analytic literature. As a bonus we obtain insight...

  10. Applicability of the mα-tangent Method to Estimate Plastic Limit Loads of Elbows and Branch Junctions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gim, Jae-Min; Kim, Sang-Hyun; Bae, Kyung-Dong; Kim, Yun-Jae [Korea Univ., Seoul (Korea, Republic of); Kim, Jong-Sung [Sejong Univ., Seoul (Korea, Republic of)

    2017-06-15

    In this study, the limit loads calculated by the mα-tangent method based on the linear finite element analysis are compared with the closed form solutions that are proposed by various authors. The objects of the analysis is to select the elbow and the branch pipe which are representative structure of piping system. The applicability of the mα-tangent method are investigated by applying it to cases with various geometries. The internal pressure and the in-plane bending moment are considered and the mα-tangent method is in good agreement with the existing solutions in case of elbows. However, the limit loads calculated by the mα-tangent method for branch junctions do not agree well with the existing solutions and do not show any tendency. The reason is a biased result due to the stress concentration of the discontinuous parts.

  11. Uniform B-Spline Curve Interpolation with Prescribed Tangent and Curvature Vectors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Okaniwa, Shoichi; Nasri, Ahmad; Lin, Hongwei; Abbas, Abdulwahed; Kineri, Yuki; Maekawa, Takashi

    2012-09-01

    This paper presents a geometric algorithm for the generation of uniform cubic B-spline curves interpolating a sequence of data points under tangent and curvature vectors constraints. To satisfy these constraints, knot insertion is used to generate additional control points which are progressively repositioned using corresponding geometric rules. Compared to existing schemes, our approach is capable of handling plane as well as space curves, has local control, and avoids the solution of the typical linear system. The effectiveness of the proposed algorithm is illustrated through several comparative examples. Applications of the method in NC machining and shape design are also outlined.

  12. Analyses of Creepages and Their Sensitivities for a Single Wheelset Moving on a Tangent Track

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jin Xuesong; Zhang Weihua

    1996-01-01

    Creep forces depend greatly on creepages in the contact area forming between wheel and rail. The creepages are completely determined by the state of a wheelset moving on a track. In this paper the contact state of a single rigid wheelset moving on a tangent rigid rail ,creepages and their sensitivities to some parameters of contact geometry are analyzed by semi-analytical method and numerical method, respectively. Some important ideas will be provided for the studies done on the interactions between wheels and rails at high speed.

  13. Application of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing for sharp corner and tangent contact lens seats

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hopkins, C. L.; Burge, J. H.

    2011-10-01

    This paper outlines methods for dimensioning and tolerancing lens seats that mate with spherical lens surfaces. The two types of seats investigated are sharp corner and tangent contact. The goal is to be able to identify which seat dimensions influence lens tilt and displacement and develop a quantifiable way to assign tolerances to those dimensions to meet tilt and displacement requirements. After looking at individual seats, methods are then applied to multiple lenses with examples. All geometric dimensioning and tolerancing is according to ASME Y14.5M - 1994.

  14. Inspiration of induced magnetic field on nano hyperbolic tangent fluid in a curved channel

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nadeem, S.; Shahzadi, Iqra

    2016-01-01

    In this research, peristaltic flow of nano hyperbolic tangent fluid is investigated in a curved channel. The model used for the nanofluid includes the effects of thermophoresis and Brownian motion. The resulting equations are assembled in wave frame of reference under the effects of curvature. Influence of induced magnetic field is studied. Long wavelength and low Reynolds number supposition are treated. The travelling wave front of peristaltic flow is chosen sinusoidal (extension /reduction). Analytical solutions are computed by homotopy perturbation method. Results of substantial quantities are explained with particular attention to rheological aspects.

  15. Inspiration of induced magnetic field on nano hyperbolic tangent fluid in a curved channel

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Nadeem

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available In this research, peristaltic flow of nano hyperbolic tangent fluid is investigated in a curved channel. The model used for the nanofluid includes the effects of thermophoresis and Brownian motion. The resulting equations are assembled in wave frame of reference under the effects of curvature. Influence of induced magnetic field is studied. Long wavelength and low Reynolds number supposition are treated. The travelling wave front of peristaltic flow is chosen sinusoidal (extension /reduction. Analytical solutions are computed by homotopy perturbation method. Results of substantial quantities are explained with particular attention to rheological aspects.

  16. Elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator concept-based implicit boundary element methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘勇; 梁利华; GlaucioH.Paulino

    2000-01-01

    An elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator (CTO) concept-based implicit algorithm for nonlinear boundary element methods is presented. Both kinematic and isotropic strain hardening are considered. The elasto-viscoplastic radial return algorithm (RRA) and the elasto-viscoplastic CTO and its related scheme are developed. In addition, the limit cases (e.g. elastoplastic problem) of vis-coplastic RRA and CTO are discussed. Finally, numerical examples, which are compared with the latest FEM results of Ibrahimbegovic et al. and ABAQUS results, are provided.

  17. Elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator concept-based implicit boundary element methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    An elasto-viscoplastic consistent tangent operator (CTO) concept-based implicit algorithm for nonlinear boundary element methods is presented. Both kinematic and isotropic strain hardening are considered. The elasto-viscoplastic radial return algorithm (RRA) and the elasto-viscoplastic CTO and its related scheme are developed. In addition, the limit cases (e.g. elastoplastic problem) of viscoplastic RRA and CTO are discussed. Finally, numerical examples, which are compared with the latest FEM results of Ibrahimbegovic et al. and ABAQUS results, are provided.

  18. Magnetohydrodynamic peristaltic flow of a hyperbolic tangent fluid in a vertical asymmetric channel with heat transfer

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Sohail Nadeem; Safia Akram

    2011-01-01

    In the present paper we discuss the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) peristaltic flow of a hyperbolic tangent fluid model in a vertical asymmetric channel under a zero Reynolds number and long wavelength approximation. Exact solution of the temperature equation in the absence of dissipation term has been computed and the analytical expression for stream function and axial pressure gradient are established. The flow is analyzed in a wave frame of reference moving with the velocity of wave. The expression for pressure rise has been computed numerically. The physical features of pertinent parameters are analyzed by plotting graphs and discussed in detail.

  19. Comparison of the Tangent Linear Properties of Tracer Transport Schemes Applied to Geophysical Problems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kent, James; Holdaway, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    A number of geophysical applications require the use of the linearized version of the full model. One such example is in numerical weather prediction, where the tangent linear and adjoint versions of the atmospheric model are required for the 4DVAR inverse problem. The part of the model that represents the resolved scale processes of the atmosphere is known as the dynamical core. Advection, or transport, is performed by the dynamical core. It is a central process in many geophysical applications and is a process that often has a quasi-linear underlying behavior. However, over the decades since the advent of numerical modelling, significant effort has gone into developing many flavors of high-order, shape preserving, nonoscillatory, positive definite advection schemes. These schemes are excellent in terms of transporting the quantities of interest in the dynamical core, but they introduce nonlinearity through the use of nonlinear limiters. The linearity of the transport schemes used in Goddard Earth Observing System version 5 (GEOS-5), as well as a number of other schemes, is analyzed using a simple 1D setup. The linearized version of GEOS-5 is then tested using a linear third order scheme in the tangent linear version.

  20. Changes in the tangent modulus of rabbit septal and auricular cartilage following electromechanical reshaping.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lim, Amanda; Protsenko, Dmitry E; Wong, Brian J F

    2011-09-01

    Transforming decades' old methodology, electromechanical reshaping (EMR) may someday replace traditionally destructive surgical techniques with a less invasive means of cartilage reshaping for reconstructive and esthetic facial surgery. Electromechanical reshaping is essentially accomplished through the application of voltage to a mechanically deformed cartilage specimen. While the capacity of the method for effective reshaping has been consistently shown, its associated effects on cartilage mechanical properties are not fully comprehended. To begin to explore the mechanical effect of EMR on cartilage, the tangent moduli of EMR-treated rabbit septal and auricular cartilage were calculated and compared to matched control values. Between the two main EMR parameters, voltage and application time, the former was varied from 2-8 V and the latter held constant at 2 min for septal cartilage, 3 min for auricular cartilage. Flat platinum electrodes were used to apply voltage, maintaining the flatness of the specimens for more precise mechanical testing through a uniaxial tension test of constant strain rate 0.01 mm/s. Above 2 V, both septal and auricular cartilage demonstrated a slight reduction in stiffness, quantified by the tangent modulus. A thermal effect was observed above 5 V, a newly identified EMR application threshold to avoid the dangers associated with thermoforming cartilage. Optimizing EMR application parameters and understanding various side effects bridge the gap between EMR laboratory research and clinical use, and the knowledge acquired through this mechanical study may be one additional support for that bridge.

  1. Characterization of Tangent Cones of Noncollapsed Limits with Lower Ricci Bounds and Applications

    CERN Document Server

    Colding, Tobias Holck

    2011-01-01

    Consider a limit space $(M_\\alpha,g_\\alpha,p_\\alpha)\\stackrel{GH}{\\rightarrow} (Y,d_Y,p)$, where the $M_\\alpha^n$ have a lower Ricci curvature bound and are volume noncollapsed. The tangent cones of $Y$ at a point $p\\in Y$ are known to be metric cones $C(X)$, however they need not be unique. Let $\\bar\\Omega_{Y,p}\\subseteq\\cM_{GH}$ be the closed subset of compact metric spaces $X$ which arise as cross sections for the tangents cones of $Y$ at $p$. In this paper we study the properties of $\\bar\\Omega_{Y,p}$. In particular, we give necessary and sufficient conditions for an open smooth family $\\Omega\\equiv (X_s,g_s)$ of closed manifolds to satisfy $\\bar\\Omega =\\bar\\Omega_{Y,p}$ for {\\it some} limit $Y$ and point $p\\in Y$ as above, where $\\bar\\Omega$ is the closure of $\\Omega$ in the set of metric spaces equipped with the Gromov-Hausdorff topology. We use this characterization to construct examples which exhibit fundamentally new behaviors. The first application is to construct limit spaces $(Y^n,d_Y,p)$ with $n\\...

  2. Eight-Scale Image Contrast Enhancement Based on Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cheng-Yi Yu

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available The Eight-Scale parameter adjustment is a natural extension of Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent (AIHT algorithm. It has long been known that the Human Vision System (HVS heavily depends on detail and edge in the understanding and perception of scenes. The main goal of this study is to produce a contrast enhancement technique to recover an image from blurring and darkness, and at the same time to improve visual quality. Eight-scale coefficient adjustments can provide a further local refinement in detail under the AIHT algorithm. The proposed Eight-Scale Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent (8SAIHT method uses the sub-band to calculate the local mean and local variance before the AIHT algorithm is applied. This study also shows that this approach is convenient and effective in the enhancement processes for various types of images. The 8SAIHT is also capable of adaptively enhancing the local contrast of the original image while simultaneously extruding more on object details.

  3. Catalog of observed tangents to the spiral arms in the Milky Way galaxy

    CERN Document Server

    Vallee, Jacques P

    2014-01-01

    From the sun's location in the Galactic disk, one can use different arm tracers (CO, HII, thermal or ionized or relativistic electrons, masers, cold or hot dust, etc) to locate a tangent to each spiral arm in the disk of the Milky Way galaxy. We present a Master catalog of the astronomically observed tangents to the Galaxy's spiral arms, using different arm tracers from the literature. Some arm tracers can have slightly divergent results from several papers, so a mean is taken - see Appendix for CO, HII, and masers. The Master catalog of means currently consists of 63 mean tracer entries, spread over many arms (Carina, Crux-Centaurus, Norma, Perseus origin, near 3-kpc, Scutum, Sagittarius), stemming from 107 original arm tracer entries. Additionally, we updated and revised a previous a previous statistical analysis of the angular offset and linear separation from the mid-arm, for each different mean arm tracer. Given enough arm tracers, and summing and averaging over all spiral arms, one could determine if ar...

  4. An arc tangent function demodulation method of fiber-optic Fabry-Perot high-temperature pressure sensor

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ren, Qianyu; Li, Junhong; Hong, Yingping; Jia, Pinggang; Xiong, Jijun

    2017-09-01

    A new demodulation algorithm of the fiber-optic Fabry-Perot cavity length based on the phase generated carrier (PGC) is proposed in this paper, which can be applied in the high-temperature pressure sensor. This new algorithm based on arc tangent function outputs two orthogonal signals by utilizing an optical system, which is designed based on the field-programmable gate array (FPGA) to overcome the range limit of the original PGC arc tangent function demodulation algorithm. The simulation and analysis are also carried on. According to the analysis of demodulation speed and precision, the simulation of different numbers of sampling points, and measurement results of the pressure sensor, the arc tangent function demodulation method has good demodulation results: 1 MHz processing speed of single data and less than 1% error showing practical feasibility in the fiber-optic Fabry-Perot cavity length demodulation of the Fabry-Perot high-temperature pressure sensor.

  5. Recognition of Pitman shorthand text using tangent feature values at word level

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    P Nagabhushan; S Murali

    2003-12-01

    Recognition of text recorded in Pitman shorthand language (PSL) is an interesting research problem. Automatic reading of PSL and generating equivalent English text is very challenging. The most important task involved here is the accurate recognition of Pitman stroke patterns, which constitute “text” in PSL. The paper describes automatic recognition of the strokes of the PSL at word level. A pen-down to pen-up sequence makes a stroke, which is a composition of primitives. The words are separated based on pen-down and pen-up points. The features that form a word (a stroke) are grouped first. Next, primitives and their sequence are identified and passed to a recognizer which identifies the word. A tangent-based vector through the contour of a stroke identifies the consonant primitives. Any other marks close to the stroke but not associated with the contour of a stroke represent the vowel markers.

  6. Radiative flow of a tangent hyperbolic fluid with convective conditions and chemical reaction

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hayat, Tasawar; Qayyum, Sajid; Ahmad, Bashir; Waqas, Muhammad

    2016-12-01

    The objective of present paper is to examine the thermal radiation effects in the two-dimensional mixed convection flow of a tangent hyperbolic fluid near a stagnation point. The analysis is performed in the presence of heat generation/absorption and chemical reaction. Convective boundary conditions for heat and mass transfer are employed. The resulting partial differential equations are reduced into nonlinear ordinary differential equations using appropriate transformations. Series solutions of momentum, energy and concentration equations are computed. The characteristics of various physical parameters on the distributions of velocity, temperature and concentration are analyzed graphically. Numerical values of skin friction coefficient, local Nusselt and Sherwood numbers are computed and examined. It is observed that larger values of thermal and concentration Biot numbers enhance the temperature and concentration distributions.

  7. Tangent Bifurcation of Band Edge Plane Waves, Dynamical Symmetry Breaking and Vibrational Localization

    CERN Document Server

    Flach, S

    1995-01-01

    We study tangent bifurcation of band edge plane waves in nonlinear Hamiltonian lattices. The lattice is translationally invariant. We argue for the breaking of permutational symmetry by the new bifurcated periodic orbits. The case of two coupled oscillators is considered as an example for the perturbation analysis, where the symmetry breaking can be traced using Poincare maps. Next we consider a lattice and derive the dependence of the bifurcation energy on the parameters of the Hamiltonian function in the limit of large system sizes. A necessary condition for the occurence of the bifurcation is the repelling of the band edge plane wave's frequency from the linear spectrum with increasing energy. We conclude that the bifurcated orbits will consequently exponentially localize in the configurational space.

  8. Characterization of standard embeddings between complex Grassmannians by means of varieties of minimal rational tangents

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    MOK Ngaiming

    2008-01-01

    In 1993,Tsai proved that a proper holomorphic mapping f : Ω→Ω' from an irreducible bounded symmetric domain Ω of rank ≥ 2 into a bounded symmetric domain Ω' is necessarily totally geodesic provided that r' : = rank(Ω') ≤ rank(Ω) := r,proving a conjecture of the author's motivated by Hermitian metric rigidity.As a first step in the proof,Tsai showed that df preserves almost everywhere the set of tangent vectors of rank 1.Identifying bounded symmetric domains as open subsets of their compact duals by means of the Borel embedding,this means that the germ of f at a general point preserves the varieties of minimal rational tangents (VMRTs).In another completely different direction Hwang-Mok established with very few exceptions the Cartan-Fubini extension priniciple for germs of local biholomorphisms between Fano manifolds of Picard num-ber 1,showing that the germ of map extends to a global biholomorphism provided that it preserves VMRTs.We propose to isolate the problem of characterization of special holomorphic embeddings between Fano manifolds of Picard number 1,especially in the case of classical manifolds such as ratio-nal homogeneous spaces of Picard number 1,by a non-equidimensional analogue of the Cartan-Fubini extension principle.As an illustration we show along this line that standard embeddings between com-plex Grassmahn manifolds of rank ≤ 2 can be characterized by the VMRT-preserving property and a non-degeneracy condition,giving a new proof of a result of Neretin's which on the one hand paves the way for far-reaching generalizations to the context of rational homogeneous spaces and more generally Fano manifolds of Picard number 1,on the other hand should be applicable to the study of proper holomorphic mappings between bounded domains carrying some form of geometric structures.

  9. Characterization of standard embeddings between complex Grassmannians by means of varieties of minimal rational tangents

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    MOK; Ngaiming

    2008-01-01

    In 1993,Tsal proved that a proper holomorphic mapping f:Ω→Ω’ from an irreducible bounded symmetric domainΩof rank≥2 into a bounded symmetric domainΩ’ is necessarily totally geodesic provided that r’:=rank(Ω’)≤rank(Ω):= r,proving a conjecture of the author’s motivated by Hermitian metric rigidity.As a first step in the proof,Tsai showed that df preserves almost everywhere the set of tangent vectors of rank 1.Identifying bounded symmetric domains as open subsets of their compact duals by means of the Borel embedding,this means that the germ of f at a general point preserves the varieties of minimal rational tangents(VMRTs). In another completely different direction Hwang-Mok established with very few exceptions the Cartan- Fubini extension priniciple for germs of local biholomorphisms between Fano manifolds of Picard num- ber 1,showing that the germ of map extends to a global biholomorphism provided that it preserves VMRTs.We propose to isolate the problem of characterization of special holomorphic embeddings between Fano manifolds of Picard number 1,especially in the case of classical manifolds such as ratio- nal homogeneous spaces of Picard number 1,by a non-equidimensional analogue of the Cartan-Fubini extension principle.As an illustration we show along this line that standard embeddings between com- plex Grassmann manifolds of rank≤2 can be characterized by the VMRT-preserving property and a non-degeneracy condition,giving a new proof of a result of Neretin’s which on the one hand paves the way for far-reaching generalizations to the context of rational homogeneous spaces and more generally Fano manifolds of Picard number 1,on the other hand should be applicable to the study of proper holomorphic mappings between bounded domains carrying some form of geometric structures.

  10. CATALOG OF OBSERVED TANGENTS TO THE SPIRAL ARMS IN THE MILKY WAY GALAXY

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vallée, Jacques P., E-mail: jacques.vallee@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca [Herzberg Astrophysics, National Research Council Canada, National Science Infrastructure portfolio, 5071 West Saanich Road, Victoria, BC, V9E 2E7 (Canada)

    2014-11-01

    From the Sun's location in the Galactic disk, one can use different arm tracers (CO, H I, thermal or ionized or relativistic electrons, masers, cold and hot dust, etc.) to locate a tangent to each spiral arm in the disk of the Milky Way. We present a master catalog of the astronomically observed tangents to the Galaxy's spiral arms, using different arm tracers from the literature. Some arm tracers can have slightly divergent results from several papers, so a mean value is taken—see the Appendix for CO, H II, and masers. The catalog of means currently consists of 63 mean tracer entries, spread over many arms (Carina, Crux-Centaurus, Norma, Perseus origin, near 3 kpc, Scutum, Sagittarius), stemming from 107 original arm tracer entries. Additionally, we updated and revised a previous statistical analysis of the angular offset and linear separation from the mid-arm for each different mean arm tracer. Given enough arm tracers, and summing and averaging over all four spiral arms, one could determine if arm tracers have separate and parallel lanes in the Milky Way. This statistical analysis allows a cross-cut of a Galactic spiral arm to be made, confirming a recent discovery of a linear separation between arm tracers. Here, from the mid-arm's CO to the inner edge's hot dust, the arm halfwidth is about 340 pc; doubling would yield a full arm width of 680 pc. We briefly compare these observations with the predictions of many spiral arm theories, notably the density wave theory.

  11. Screening of mucoadhesive vaginal gel formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ana Ochoa Andrade

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Rational design of vaginal drug delivery formulations requires special attention to vehicle properties that optimize vaginal coating and retention. The aim of the present work was to perform a screening of mucoadhesive vaginal gels formulated with carbomer or carrageenan in binary combination with a second polymer (carbomer, guar or xanthan gum. The gels were characterised using in vitroadhesion, spreadability and leakage potential studies, as well as rheological measurements (stress and frequency sweep tests and the effect of dilution with simulated vaginal fluid (SVF on spreadability. Results were analysed using analysis of variance and multiple factor analysis. The combination of polymers enhanced adhesion of both primary gelling agents, carbomer and carrageenan. From the rheological point of view all formulations presented a similar behaviour, prevalently elastic and characterised by loss tangent values well below 1. No correlation between rheological and adhesion behaviour was found. Carbomer and carrageenan gels containing the highest percentage of xanthan gum displayed good in vitro mucoadhesion and spreadability, minimal leakage potential and high resistance to dilution. The positive results obtained with carrageenan-xanthan gum-based gels can encourage the use of natural biocompatible adjuvants in the composition of vaginal products, a formulation field that is currently under the synthetic domain.

  12. Dynamic Geometry Software and Tracing Tangents in the Context of the Mean Value Theorem: Technique and Theory Production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Martínez-Hernández, Cesar; Ulloa-Azpeitia, Ricardo

    2017-01-01

    Based on the theoretical elements of the instrumental approach to tool use known as Task-Technique-Theory (Artigue, 2002), this paper analyses and discusses the performance of graduate students enrolled in a Teacher Training program. The latter performance relates to tracing tangent lines to the curve of a quadratic function in Dynamic Geometry…

  13. Aspects regarding the Calculation of the Dielectric Loss Angle Tangent between the Windings of a Rated 40 MVA Transformer

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cristinel Popescu

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available The paper aims to identify how to determine the dielectric loss angle tangent of the electric transformers from the transformer stations. Autors of the paper managed a case study on the dielectric established between high respectively medium voltage windings of an electrical rated 40 MVA transformer.

  14. New cases of integrable systems with dissipation on tangent bundles of two- and three-dimensional spheres

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shamolin, M. V.

    2016-12-01

    Integrability in elementary functions is demonstrated for some classes of dynamic systems on tangent bundles of two- and three-dimensional spheres. The force fields possess the so-called variable dissipation with a zero mean and generalize those considered earlier.

  15. When is the Tangent Sphere Bundle with Arbitrary Constant Radius Einstein%何时任意常半径的切球丛是Einstein的

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈冬梅; 胡自胜

    2009-01-01

    The paper studies the tangent bundle with arbitrary constant radius r and derives a necessary and sufficient condition for such tangent sphere bundle to be Einstein.%研究具有任意常半径r的切球丛,得到该切球丛是Einstein的一个充分必要条件.

  16. Micromorphic continua: non-redundant formulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Romano, Giovanni; Barretta, Raffaele; Diaco, Marina

    2016-11-01

    The kinematics of generalized continua is investigated and key points concerning the definition of overall tangent strain measure are put into evidence. It is shown that classical measures adopted in the literature for micromorphic continua do not obey a constraint qualification requirement, to be fulfilled for well-posedness in optimization theory, and are therefore termed redundant. Redundancy of continua with latent microstructure and of constrained Cosserat continua is also assessed. A simplest, non-redundant, kinematic model of micromorphic continua, is proposed by dropping the microcurvature field. The equilibrium conditions and the related variational linear elastostatic problem are formulated and briefly discussed. The simplest model involves a reduced number of state variables and of elastic constitutive coefficients, when compared with other models of micromorphic continua, being still capable of enriching the Cauchy continuum model in a significant way.

  17. Development Media Interactive Learning to Build Concept Training Guild Two Tangent Circles

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Vivin Nur Afidah

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available Pengembangan Media Pembelajaran Interaktif untuk Membangun Pemahaman Konsep Garis Singgung Persekutuan Dua Lingkaran Abstract: Media developed interactive learning is interactive learning media that is designed based on the characteristics of learning with the help of computer / Computer Assisted Instruction (CAI type tutorial. Designed by cognitive load theory that minimizes processing extraneous cognitive load, adjust the intrinsic cognitive load processing, and developing processing germane cognitive load. The research follows the development of 4D development model that define (defining, design (design, develop (development, and disseminate (dissemination. The conclusion is (1 the results of the validation by experts and practitioners assess media interactive learning developed valid, (2 the results of teacher and student activity observation showed media interactive learning meet the criteria of practicality, (3 the results of the quiz show most students attain a minimum level of understanding high , (4 the results of tests mastery of teaching materials showed most students achieve minimum mastery level is high, (5 the results of quizzes and tests mastery of teaching materials and student questionnaire responses showed interactive learning media has met the criteria effectively. specified that the understanding and mastery of the material communion of two circles tangent meet the minimum categories of high and students' response to the use of interactive learning media showed a positive response. Key Words: development, interactive learning media, tangents, circle Abstrak: Media pembelajaran interaktif yang dikembangkan adalah media pembelajaran interaktif yang dirancang berdasarkan karakteristik pembelajaran dengan bantuan komputer/Computer Assisted Instruction (CAI tipe tutorial. Dirancang berdasarkan teori beban kognitif yaitu meminimalkan pemrosesan beban kognitif  extraneous, mengatur pemrosesan beban kognitif intrinsic, dan

  18. Initial versus tangent stiffness-based Rayleigh damping in inelastic time history seismic analyses

    CERN Document Server

    Jehel, Pierre; Ibrahimbegovic, Adnan

    2013-01-01

    In the inelastic time history analyses of structures in seismic motion, part of the seismic energy that is imparted to the structure is absorbed by the inelastic structural model, and Rayleigh damping is commonly used in practice as an additional energy dissipation source. It has been acknowledged that Rayleigh damping models lack physical consistency and that, in turn, it must be carefully used to avoid encountering unintended consequences as the appearance of artificial damping. There are concerns raised by the mass proportional part of Rayleigh damping, but they are not considered in this paper. As far as the stiffness proportional part of Rayleigh damping is concerned, either the initial structural stiffness or the updated tangent stiffness can be used. The objective of this paper is to provide a comprehensive comparison of these two types of Rayleigh damping models so that a practitioner (i) can objectively choose the type of Rayleigh damping model that best fits her/his needs and (ii) is provided with u...

  19. A H-Infinity Control for Path Tracking with Fuzzy Hyperbolic Tangent Model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guangsi Shi

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available To achieve the goal of driver-less underground mining truck, a fuzzy hyperbolic tangent model is established for path tracking on an underground articulated mining truck. Firstly, the sample data of parameters are collected by the driver controlling articulated vehicle at a speed of 3 m/s, including both the lateral position deviation and the variation of heading angle deviation. Then, according to the improved adaptive BP neural network model and deriving formula of mediation rate of error estimator by the method of Cauchy robust, the weights are identified. Finally, H-infinity control controller is designed to control steering angle. The results of hardware-in-the-loop simulation show that lateral position deviation, heading angle deviation, and steering angle of the vehicle can be controlled, respectively, at 0.024 m, 0.08 rad, and 0.21 rad. All the deviations are asymptotically stable, and error control is in less than 2%. The method is demonstrated to be effective and reliable in path tracking for the underground vehicles.

  20. Three dimensional peristaltic flow of hyperbolic tangent fluid in non-uniform channel having flexible walls

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Ali Abbas

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available In this present analysis, three dimensional peristaltic flow of hyperbolic tangent fluid in a non-uniform channel has been investigated. We have considered that the pressure is uniform over the whole cross section and the interial effects have been neglected. For this purpose we consider laminar flow under the assumptions of long wavelength (λ→∞ and creeping flow (Re→0 approximations. The attained highly nonlinear equations are solved with the help of Homotopy perturbation method. The influence of various physical parameters of interest is demonstrated graphically for wall tension, mass characterization, damping nature of the wall, wall rigidity, wall elastance, aspect ratio and the Weissenberg number. In this present investigation we found that the magnitude of the velocity is maximum in the center of the channel whereas it is minimum near the walls. Stream lines are also drawn to discuss the trapping mechanism for all the physical parameters. Comparison has also been presented between Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluid.

  1. Driver Gaze Behavior Is Different in Normal Curve Driving and when Looking at the Tangent Point.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Teemu Itkonen

    Full Text Available Several steering models in the visual science literature attempt to capture the visual strategies in curve driving. Some of them are based on steering points on the future path (FP, others on tangent points (TP. It is, however, challenging to differentiate between the models' predictions in real-world contexts. Analysis of optokinetic nystagmus (OKN parameters is one useful measure, as the different strategies predict measurably different OKN patterns. Here, we directly test this prediction by asking drivers to either a "drive as they normally would" or b to "look at the TP". The design of the experiment is similar to a previous study by Kandil et al., but uses more sophisticated methods of eye-movement analysis. We find that the eye-movement patterns in the "normal" condition are indeed markedly different from the "tp" condition, and consistent with drivers looking at waypoints on the future path. This is the case for both overall fixation distribution, as well as the more informative fixation-by-fixation analysis of OKN. We find that the horizontal gaze speed during OKN corresponds well to the quantitative prediction of the future path models. The results also definitively rule out the alternative explanation that the OKN is produced by an involuntary reflex even while the driver is "trying" to look at the TP. The results are discussed in terms of the sequential organization of curve driving.

  2. Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent Algorithm for Dynamic Contrast Adjustment in Displaying Scenes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chein-I Chang

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Contrast has a great influence on the quality of an image in human visual perception. A poorly illuminated environment can significantly affect the contrast ratio, producing an unexpected image. This paper proposes an Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent (AIHT algorithm to improve the display quality and contrast of a scene. Because digital cameras must maintain the shadow in a middle range of luminance that includes a main object such as a face, a gamma function is generally used for this purpose. However, this function has a severe weakness in that it decreases highlight contrast. To mitigate this problem, contrast enhancement algorithms have been designed to adjust contrast to tune human visual perception. The proposed AIHT determines the contrast levels of an original image as well as parameter space for different contrast types so that not only the original histogram shape features can be preserved, but also the contrast can be enhanced effectively. Experimental results show that the proposed algorithm is capable of enhancing the global contrast of the original image adaptively while extruding the details of objects simultaneously.

  3. Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent Algorithm for Dynamic Contrast Adjustment in Displaying Scenes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wang Chuin-Mu

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Contrast has a great influence on the quality of an image in human visual perception. A poorly illuminated environment can significantly affect the contrast ratio, producing an unexpected image. This paper proposes an Adaptive Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent (AIHT algorithm to improve the display quality and contrast of a scene. Because digital cameras must maintain the shadow in a middle range of luminance that includes a main object such as a face, a gamma function is generally used for this purpose. However, this function has a severe weakness in that it decreases highlight contrast. To mitigate this problem, contrast enhancement algorithms have been designed to adjust contrast to tune human visual perception. The proposed AIHT determines the contrast levels of an original image as well as parameter space for different contrast types so that not only the original histogram shape features can be preserved, but also the contrast can be enhanced effectively. Experimental results show that the proposed algorithm is capable of enhancing the global contrast of the original image adaptively while extruding the details of objects simultaneously.

  4. Singularities of plane complex curves and limits of Kähler metrics with cone singularities. I: Tangent Cones

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Borbon Martin de

    2017-02-01

    Full Text Available The goal of this article is to provide a construction and classification, in the case of two complex dimensions, of the possible tangent cones at points of limit spaces of non-collapsed sequences of Kähler-Einstein metrics with cone singularities. The proofs and constructions are completely elementary, nevertheless they have an intrinsic beauty. In a few words; tangent cones correspond to spherical metrics with cone singularities in the projective line by means of the Kähler quotient construction with respect to the S1-action generated by the Reeb vector field, except in the irregular case ℂβ₁×ℂβ₂ with β₂/ β₁ ∉ Q.

  5. Assessing the tangent linear behaviour of common tracer transport schemes and their use in a linearised atmospheric general circulation model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Daniel Holdaway

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available The linearity of a selection of common advection schemes is tested and examined with a view to their use in the tangent linear and adjoint versions of an atmospheric general circulation model. The schemes are tested within a simple offline one-dimensional periodic domain as well as using a simplified and complete configuration of the linearised version of NASA's Goddard Earth Observing System version 5 (GEOS-5. All schemes which prevent the development of negative values and preserve the shape of the solution are confirmed to have non-linear behaviour. The piecewise parabolic method (PPM with certain flux limiters, including that used by default in GEOS-5, is found to support linear growth near the shocks. This property can cause the rapid development of unrealistically large perturbations within the tangent linear and adjoint models. It is shown that these schemes with flux limiters should not be used within the linearised version of a transport scheme. The results from tests using GEOS-5 show that the current default scheme (a version of PPM is not suitable for the tangent linear and adjoint model, and that using a linear third-order scheme for the linearised model produces better behaviour. Using the third-order scheme for the linearised model improves the correlations between the linear and non-linear perturbation trajectories for cloud liquid water and cloud liquid ice in GEOS-5.

  6. Assessing the Tangent Linear Behaviour of Common Tracer Transport Schemes and Their Use in a Linearised Atmospheric General Circulation Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holdaway, Daniel; Kent, James

    2015-01-01

    The linearity of a selection of common advection schemes is tested and examined with a view to their use in the tangent linear and adjoint versions of an atmospheric general circulation model. The schemes are tested within a simple offline one-dimensional periodic domain as well as using a simplified and complete configuration of the linearised version of NASA's Goddard Earth Observing System version 5 (GEOS-5). All schemes which prevent the development of negative values and preserve the shape of the solution are confirmed to have nonlinear behaviour. The piecewise parabolic method (PPM) with certain flux limiters, including that used by default in GEOS-5, is found to support linear growth near the shocks. This property can cause the rapid development of unrealistically large perturbations within the tangent linear and adjoint models. It is shown that these schemes with flux limiters should not be used within the linearised version of a transport scheme. The results from tests using GEOS-5 show that the current default scheme (a version of PPM) is not suitable for the tangent linear and adjoint model, and that using a linear third-order scheme for the linearised model produces better behaviour. Using the third-order scheme for the linearised model improves the correlations between the linear and non-linear perturbation trajectories for cloud liquid water and cloud liquid ice in GEOS-5.

  7. Assessing the Tangent Linear Behaviour of Common Tracer Transport Schemes and Their Use in a Linearised Atmospheric General Circulation Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holdaway, Daniel; Kent, James

    2015-01-01

    The linearity of a selection of common advection schemes is tested and examined with a view to their use in the tangent linear and adjoint versions of an atmospheric general circulation model. The schemes are tested within a simple offline one-dimensional periodic domain as well as using a simplified and complete configuration of the linearised version of NASA's Goddard Earth Observing System version 5 (GEOS-5). All schemes which prevent the development of negative values and preserve the shape of the solution are confirmed to have nonlinear behaviour. The piecewise parabolic method (PPM) with certain flux limiters, including that used by default in GEOS-5, is found to support linear growth near the shocks. This property can cause the rapid development of unrealistically large perturbations within the tangent linear and adjoint models. It is shown that these schemes with flux limiters should not be used within the linearised version of a transport scheme. The results from tests using GEOS-5 show that the current default scheme (a version of PPM) is not suitable for the tangent linear and adjoint model, and that using a linear third-order scheme for the linearised model produces better behaviour. Using the third-order scheme for the linearised model improves the correlations between the linear and non-linear perturbation trajectories for cloud liquid water and cloud liquid ice in GEOS-5.

  8. Tangent modulus in numerical integration of constitutive relations and its influence on convergence of N-R method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Poruba Z.

    2009-06-01

    Full Text Available For the numerical solution of elasto-plastic problems with use of Newton-Raphson method in global equilibrium equation it is necessary to determine the tangent modulus in each integration point. To reach the parabolic convergence of Newton-Raphson method it is convenient to use so called algorithmic tangent modulus which is consistent with used integration scheme. For more simple models for example Chaboche combined hardening model it is possible to determine it in analytical way. In case of more robust macroscopic models it is in many cases necessary to use the approximation approach. This possibility is presented in this contribution for radial return method on Chaboche model. An example solved in software Ansys corresponds to line contact problem with assumption of Coulomb's friction. The study shows at the end that the number of iteration of N-R method is higher in case of continuum tangent modulus and many times higher with use of modified N-R method, initial stiffness method.

  9. Internal Physical Features of a Land Surface Model Employing a Tangent Linear Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Runhua; Cohn, Stephen E.; daSilva, Arlindo; Joiner, Joanna; Houser, Paul R.

    1997-01-01

    The Earth's land surface, including its biomass, is an integral part of the Earth's weather and climate system. Land surface heterogeneity, such as the type and amount of vegetative covering., has a profound effect on local weather variability and therefore on regional variations of the global climate. Surface conditions affect local weather and climate through a number of mechanisms. First, they determine the re-distribution of the net radiative energy received at the surface, through the atmosphere, from the sun. A certain fraction of this energy increases the surface ground temperature, another warms the near-surface atmosphere, and the rest evaporates surface water, which in turn creates clouds and causes precipitation. Second, they determine how much rainfall and snowmelt can be stored in the soil and how much instead runs off into waterways. Finally, surface conditions influence the near-surface concentration and distribution of greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide. The processes through which these mechanisms interact with the atmosphere can be modeled mathematically, to within some degree of uncertainty, on the basis of underlying physical principles. Such a land surface model provides predictive capability for surface variables including ground temperature, surface humidity, and soil moisture and temperature. This information is important for agriculture and industry, as well as for addressing fundamental scientific questions concerning global and local climate change. In this study we apply a methodology known as tangent linear modeling to help us understand more deeply, the behavior of the Mosaic land surface model, a model that has been developed over the past several years at NASA/GSFC. This methodology allows us to examine, directly and quantitatively, the dependence of prediction errors in land surface variables upon different vegetation conditions. The work also highlights the importance of accurate soil moisture information. Although surface

  10. Modified partially wide tangents technique in post-mastectomy radiotherapy for patients with left-sided breast cancer

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Qian; CHEN Jia-yi; HU Wei-gang; GUO Xiao-mao

    2010-01-01

    Background The role of internal mammary nodes (IMN) irradiation for breast cancer patients after mastectomy remains controversial. This study aimed to compare different techniques for radiation of the chest wall (CW) and IMN post-mastectomy for left-breast cancer patients in terms of dose homogeneity within planning target volume (PTV) and dose to critical structures.Methods Thirty patients underwent CT simulation, while CW, IMN, left lung, heart and contralateral breast were contoured. Three three-dimensional conformal radiotherapy (3D-CRT) techniques, namely, standard tangents, partially wide tangents (PWT), and modified PWT techniques plus intensity modulated radiotherapy (IMRT) technique have been used to radiate CW and IMN. In addition to the target coverage and dose homogeneity, we also evaluated the dose to the critical structures including heart, left lung and contralateral breast.Results All three 3D-CRT techniques provided satisfactory coverage regarding total PTV. The PWT and the modified PWT gave better coverage of IMN PTV with V47.5 of (96.83±4.56)% and (95.19±3.90)% compared to standard tangents ((88.16±7.77)%), P <0.05. The standard tangents also contributed the biggest IMN VD105%, VD110%, VD115% and VD120%. The lowest mean dose of the heart was achieved by the modified PWT ((8.47±2.30) Gy), compared with PWT ((11.97±3.54)Gy) and standard tangents ((11.18±2.53) Gy). The mean dose of lung and contralateral breast with the modified PWT was significantly lower than those with PWT. Comparing IMRT with the modified PWT, both techniques provided satisfactory coverage. The conformity indexes (CI) with IMRT (CI1: 0.71±0.02; CI2: 0.64±0.02) were better than those with the modified PWT (CI1: 0.50±0.02; CI2: 0.45±0.02). The mean dose, V5, V10 and V5-10 of heart and left lung with the modified PWT were significantly lower than those with the IMRT. The mean dose and VD2% of contralateral breast with the modified PWT were not significantly different

  11. Crystallization Formulation Lab

    Data.gov (United States)

    Federal Laboratory Consortium — The Crystallization Formulation Lab fills a critical need in the process development and optimization of current and new explosives and energetic formulations. The...

  12. A research on high-temperature permittivity and loss tangent of low-loss dielectric by resonant-cavity technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    Resonant-cavity technique was introduced to measure the permittivity and loss tangent of low-loss dielectrics. The dielectric properties at 9-10 GHz are measured accurately at the temperature up to 800 ℃by the resonant cavity technique. The only electrical parameters that need to be measured are quality factors (Q) and resonant length (L) of resonant cavity loaded and unloaded with dielectric sample. Moreover, the error caused by thermal expansion effect was resolved by error analysis and experimental calibration.

  13. Consequence of nanofluid on peristaltic transport of a hyperbolic tangent fluid model in the occurrence of apt (tending) magnetic field

    Science.gov (United States)

    Akram, Safia; Nadeem, S.

    2014-05-01

    In the current study, sway of nanofluid on peristaltic transport of a hyperbolic tangent fluid model in the incidence of tending magnetic field has been argued. The governing equations of a nanofluid are first modeled and then simplified under lubrication approach. The coupled nonlinear equations of temperature and nano particle volume fraction are solved analytically using a homotopy perturbation technique. The analytical solution of the stream function and pressure gradient are carried out using perturbation technique. The graphical results of the problem under discussion are also being brought under consideration to see the behavior of various physical parameters.

  14. Variations in breast tangent radiotherapy: a survey of practice in New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Veness, M.J.; Delaney, G.; Berry, M. [Liverpool Hospital, Liverpool, NSW (Australia). Department of Radiation Oncology

    1999-08-01

    The breast is a complex anatomical structure where achieving a homogeneous dose distribution with radiation treatment is difficult. Despite obvious similarities in the approach to such treatment (using tangents) there is variation in the process of simulation, planning and treatment between radiation oncologists. Previous Australasian studies in the treatment of lung cancer, prostate cancer and Hodgkin`s disease highlighted considerable variation in many areas of treatment. As part of a multicentre breast phantom study involving 10 radiation oncology departments throughout New South Wales (NSW) and the Australian Capital Territory (ACT), a 22-question survey was distributed. The aim of the survey was to assess the extent of variation in the approach to the simulation, planning and treatment of early breast cancer using tangents. Responses from 10 different radiation oncology departments revealed variation in most areas of the survey. There is no reason to assume similar variations do not occur Australasia wide. Studies involving overseas radiation oncologists also reveal a wide variation in treating early breast cancer. The consequences of such variations remain unclear. Copyright (1999) Blackwell Science Pty Ltd 15 refs., 1 tab.

  15. ATTENUATION OF DIFFRACTED MULTIPLES WITH AN APEX-SHIFTED TANGENT-SQUARED RADON TRANSFORM IN IMAGE SPACE

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alvarez Gabriel

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we propose a method to attenuate diffracted multiples with an apex-shifted tangent-squared Radon transform in angle domain common image gathers (ADCIG . Usually, where diffracted multiples are a problem, the wave field propagation is complex and the moveout of primaries and multiples in data space is irregular. The method handles the complexity of the wave field propagation by wave-equation migration provided that migration velocities are reasonably accurate. As a result, the moveout of the multiples is well behaved in the ADCIGs. For 2D data, the apex-shifted tangent-squared Radon transform maps the 2D space image into a 3D space-cube model whose dimensions are depth, curvature and apex-shift distance.
    Well-corrected primaries map to or near the zero curvature plane and specularly-reflected multiples map to or near the zero apex-shift plane. Diffracted multiples map elsewhere in the cube according to their curvature and apex-shift distance. Thus, specularly reflected as well as diffracted multiples can be attenuated simultaneously. This approach is illustrated with a segment of a 2D seismic line over a large salt body in the Gulf of Mexico. It is shown that ignoring the apex shift compromises the attenuation of the diffracted multiples, whereas the approach proposed attenuates both the specularly-reflected and the diffracted multiples without compromising the primaries.

  16. IT Supporting Strategy Formulation

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Achterbergh, J.M.I.M.

    2005-01-01

    This overview approaches information and communication technology (ICT) for competitive intelligence from the perspective of strategy formulation. It provides an ICT architecture for supporting the knowledge processes producing relevant knowledge for strategy formulation. To determine what this arch

  17. IT Supporting Strategy Formulation

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Achterbergh, J.M.I.M.

    2005-01-01

    This overview approaches information and communication technology (ICT) for competitive intelligence from the perspective of strategy formulation. It provides an ICT architecture for supporting the knowledge processes producing relevant knowledge for strategy formulation. To determine what this arch

  18. Torsion formulation of gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lledo, M A; Sommovigo, L, E-mail: Maria.Lledo@ific.uv.e, E-mail: Luca.Sommovigo@mfn.unipmn.i [Departament de Fisica Teorica, Universitat de Valencia, and IFIC (Centro mixto CSIC-UVEG) C/Dr Moliner, 50, E-46100 Burjassot (Valencia) (Spain)

    2010-03-21

    We explain precisely what it means to have a connection with torsion as a solution of the Einstein equations. While locally the theory remains the same, the new formulation allows for topologies that would have been excluded in the standard formulation of gravity. In this formulation it is possible to couple arbitrary torsion to gauge fields without breaking the gauge invariance.

  19. Internal friction between fluid particles of MHD tangent hyperbolic fluid with heat generation: Using coefficients improved by Cash and Karp

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salahuddin, T.; Khan, Imad; Malik, M. Y.; Khan, Mair; Hussain, Arif; Awais, Muhammad

    2017-05-01

    The present work examines the internal resistance between fluid particles of tangent hyperbolic fluid flow due to a non-linear stretching sheet with heat generation. Using similarity transformations, the governing system of partial differential equations is transformed into a coupled non-linear ordinary differential system with variable coefficients. Unlike the current analytical works on the flow problems in the literature, the main concern here is to numerically work out and find the solution by using Runge-Kutta-Fehlberg coefficients improved by Cash and Karp (Naseer et al., Alexandria Eng. J. 53, 747 (2014)). To determine the relevant physical features of numerous mechanisms acting on the deliberated problem, it is sufficient to have the velocity profile and temperature field and also the drag force and heat transfer rate all as given in the current paper.

  20. Theoretical Analysis of Shear Thinning Hyperbolic Tangent Fluid Model for Blood Flow in Curved Artery with Stenosis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sohail Nadeem

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we have considered the blood flow in a curved channel with abnormal development of stenosis in an axis-symmetric manner. The constitutive equations for incompressible and steady non-Newtonian tangent hyperbolic fluid have been modeled under the mild stenosis case. A perturbation technique and homotopy perturbation technique have been used to obtain analytical solutions for the wall shear stress, resistance impedance to flow, wall shear stress at the stenosis throat and velocity profile. The obtained results have been discussed for different tapered arteries i.e., diverging tapering, converging tapering, non-tapered arteries with the help of different parameters of interest and found that tapering dominant the curvature of the curved channel.

  1. THIRD ORDER SHEAR DEFORMATION MODEL FOR LAMINATED SHELLS WITH FINITE ROTATIONS:FORMULATION AND CONSISTENT LINEARIZATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Mohamed BALAH; Hamdan Naser AL-GHAMEDY

    2004-01-01

    The paper presents an approach for the formulation of general laminated shells based on a third order shear deformation theory. These shells undergo finite (unlimited in size) rotations and large overall motions but with small strains. A singularity-free parametrization of the rotation field is adopted. The constitutive equations, derived with respect to laminate curvilinear coordinates,are applicable to shell elements with an arbitrary number of orthotropic layers and where the material principal axes can vary from layer to layer. A careful consideration of the consistent linearization procedure pertinent to the proposed parametrization of finite rotations leads to symmetric tangent stiffness matrices. The matrix formulation adopted here makes it possible to implement the present formulation within the framework of the finite element method as a straightforward task.

  2. Explosive Formulation Pilot Plant

    Data.gov (United States)

    Federal Laboratory Consortium — The Pilot Plant for Explosive Formulation supports the development of new explosives that are comprised of several components. This system is particularly beneficial...

  3. Formulations in first encounters

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    A. Hak (Tony); F. de Boer (Fijgje)

    1994-01-01

    markdownabstractThe paper describes and compares the use and function of the formulation--decision pair in three types of diagnostic interviewing. The investigatory type of interviewing, which typically occurs in the medical interview, is characterized by the absence of formulations. In the explora

  4. Machinery running state identification based on discriminant semi-supervised local tangent space alignment for feature fusion and extraction

    Science.gov (United States)

    Su, Zuqiang; Xiao, Hong; Zhang, Yi; Tang, Baoping; Jiang, Yonghua

    2017-04-01

    Extraction of sensitive features is a challenging but key task in data-driven machinery running state identification. Aimed at solving this problem, a method for machinery running state identification that applies discriminant semi-supervised local tangent space alignment (DSS-LTSA) for feature fusion and extraction is proposed. Firstly, in order to extract more distinct features, the vibration signals are decomposed by wavelet packet decomposition WPD, and a mixed-domain feature set consisted of statistical features, autoregressive (AR) model coefficients, instantaneous amplitude Shannon entropy and WPD energy spectrum is extracted to comprehensively characterize the properties of machinery running state(s). Then, the mixed-dimension feature set is inputted into DSS-LTSA for feature fusion and extraction to eliminate redundant information and interference noise. The proposed DSS-LTSA can extract intrinsic structure information of both labeled and unlabeled state samples, and as a result the over-fitting problem of supervised manifold learning and blindness problem of unsupervised manifold learning are overcome. Simultaneously, class discrimination information is integrated within the dimension reduction process in a semi-supervised manner to improve sensitivity of the extracted fusion features. Lastly, the extracted fusion features are inputted into a pattern recognition algorithm to achieve the running state identification. The effectiveness of the proposed method is verified by a running state identification case in a gearbox, and the results confirm the improved accuracy of the running state identification.

  5. Effects of transverse magnetic field with variable thermal conductivity on tangent hyperbolic fluid with exponentially varying viscosity

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T. Salahuddin

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of present analysis is to examine the effects of temperature dependent viscosity and thermal conductivity on MHD stagnation point flow over a stretching cylinder. The momentum and the temperature equations are modeled by using tangent hyperbolic fluid and the effect of viscous dissipation is also considered. The requisite partial differential equations are metamorphosed into ordinary differential equations by using similarity transformations. The succeeding ordinary differential equations are solved by using shooting method. The physical behavior of non-dimensional parameters for momentum and temperature profiles is deliberated through graphs. The numerical values of skin friction coefficient and local Nusselt number are calculated in order to recognize the behavior of fluid near the surface. The comparison with previous literature is completed in order to check the accuracy of the present work. It is found the velocity reduces with increasing power law index, Weissenberg number, Hartmann number and variable viscosity parameter. With the increasing values of curvature parameter, velocity is found to increase. Variable thermal conductivity parameter and Prandtl number shows opposite behavior for temperature profile.

  6. Improvement of dielectric tunability and loss tangent of (Ba,Sr)TiO3 thin films with K doping

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Wei-Jie; Dai Jian-Ming; Zhu Xue-Bin; Chang Qing; Liu Qiang-Chun; Sun Yu-Ping

    2012-01-01

    Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films doped with K were deposited on Pt/Ti/SiO2/Si substrates by the chemical solution deposition method.The structure,surface morphology and the dielectric and tunable properties of Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films have been studied in detail. The K content in Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films has a strong influence on the material's properties including surface morphology and the dielectric and tunable properties.It was found that the Curie temperature of K-doped Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 films shifts to a higher value compared with that of undoped Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films,which leads to a dielectric enhancement of K-doped Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 films at room temperature.At the optimized content of 0.02 mol,the dielectric loss tangent is reduced significantly from 0.057 to 0.020.Meanwhile,the tunability is enhanced obviously from 26% to 48% at the measured frequency of 1 MHz and the maximum value of the figure of merit is 23.8.This suggests that such films have potential applications for tunable devices.

  7. HUNTING PHENOMENON STUDY OF RAILWAY CONVENTIONAL TRUCK ON TANGENT TRACKS DUE TO CHANGE IN RAIL WHEEL GEOMETRY

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    KARIM H. ALI ABOOD

    2011-04-01

    Full Text Available A mathematical dynamic model of railway conventional truck is presented with 12 degrees of freedom equations of motion. The presented dynamic system consists of conventional truck attached with two single wheelsets in which equipped with lateral, longitudinal and vertical linear stiffness and damping primary and secondary suspensions. This investigated model governs lateral displacement, vertical displacement, roll yaw angles of each of wheelset and the lateral displacement, vertical displacement, roll and yaw angle of conventional truck. Kalker's linear theory has been adopted to evaluate the creep forces which are introduced on rail wheels due to rail wheel contact. The railway truck mathematical equations of motion are solved using fourth order Rung-Kutta method which requires that differential equations to be transformed into a set of first order differential equations. The transformed state space equations are simulated with computer aided simulation to represent the dynamic behavior and time solution of dynamics of conventional truck moving on tangent tracks. Influences of the geometric parameters of the rail wheel such as wheel conicity and nominal rolling radius on the dynamic stability of the system are investigated. It is concluded that the geometric parameters of the rail wheel have different effects on the hunting instability and on the change of the critical hunting velocity of the system. In addition critical hunting velocity of rail trucks is proportional inversely with the square roots of wheel conicity but high critical hunting velocity obtained by increasing the nominal rolling radius of the rail wheel.

  8. Free Convection Flow and Heat Transfer of Tangent Hyperbolic past a Vertical Porous Plate with Partial Slip

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Ramachandra Prasad

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This article presents the nonlinear free convection boundary layer flow and heat transfer of an incompressible Tangent Hyperbolic non-Newtonian fluid from a vertical porous plate with velocity slip and thermal jump effects. The transformed conservation equations are solved numerically subject to physically appropriate boundary conditions using a second-order accurate implicit finite-difference Keller Box technique. The numerical code is validated with previous studies. The influence of a number of emerging non-dimensional parameters, namely the Weissenberg number (We, the power law index (n, Velocity slip (Sf, Thermal jump (ST, Prandtl number (Pr and dimensionless tangential coordinate ( on velocity and temperature evolution in the boundary layer regime are examined in detail. Furthermore, the effects of these parameters on surface heat transfer rate and local skin friction are also investigated. Validation with earlier Newtonian studies is presented and excellent correlation achieved. It is found that velocity, skin friction and heat transfer rate (Nusselt number is increased with increasing Weissenberg number (We, whereas the temperature is decreased. Increasing power law index (n enhances velocity and heat transfer rate but decreases temperature and skin friction. An increase in Thermal jump (ST is observed to decrease velocity, temperature, local skin friction and Nusselt number. Increasing Velocity slip (Sf is observed to increase velocity and heat transfer rate but decreases temperature and local skin friction. An increasing Prandtl number, (Pr, is found to decrease both velocity and temperature. The study is relevant to chemical materials processing applications.

  9. Formulation techniques for nanofluids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rivera-Solorio, Carlos I; Payán-Rodríguez, Luis A; García-Cuéllar, Alejandro J; Ramón-Raygoza, E D; L Cadena-de-la-Peña, Natalia; Medina-Carreón, David

    2013-11-01

    Fluids with suspended nanoparticles, commonly known as nanofluids, may be formulated to improve the thermal performance of industrial heat transfer systems and applications. Nanofluids may show enhanced thermal and electrical properties such as thermal conductivity, viscosity, heat transfer coefficient, dielectric strength, etc. However, stability problems may arise as nanoparticles usually have the tendency to agglomerate and sediment producing deterioration in the increment of these properties. In this review, we discuss patents that report advances in the formulation of nanofluids including: production methods, selection of components (nanoparticles, base fluid and surfactants), their chemical compositions and morphologies, and characterization techniques. Finally, current and future directions in the development of nanofluid formulation are discussed.

  10. Assessment of strategy formulation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Acur, Nuran; Englyst, Linda

    2006-01-01

    . Practical implications – The integration of three different strategy assessment approaches has been made to obtain a holistic, multi-perspective reflection on strategy formulation. Such reflection is assumed to enable managers to proactively evaluate the potential outcome and performance of their chosen......Purpose – Today, industrial firms need to cope with competitive challenges related to innovation, dynamic responses, knowledge sharing, etc. by means of effective and dynamic strategy formulation. In light of these challenges, the purpose of the paper is to present and evaluate an assessment tool...... for strategy formulation processes that ensures high quality in process and outcome. Design/methodology/approach – A literature review was conducted to identify success criteria for strategy formulation processes. Then, a simple questionnaire and assessment tool was developed and used to test the validity...

  11. Stochastic sensitivity analysis of noise-induced order-chaos transitions in discrete-time systems with tangent and crisis bifurcations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bashkirtseva, Irina; Ryashko, Lev

    2017-02-01

    We study noise-induced order-chaos transitions in discrete-time systems with tangent and crisis bifurcations. To study these transitions parametrically, we suggest a generalized mathematical technique using stochastic sensitivity functions and confidence domains for randomly forced equilibria, cycles, and chaotic attractors. This technique is demonstrated in detail for the simple one-dimensional stochastic system, in which points of crisis and tangent bifurcations are borders of the order window lying between two chaotic parametric zones. A stochastic phenomenon of the extension and shift of this window towards crisis bifurcation point, under increasing noise, is presented and analyzed. Shifts of borders of this order window are found as functions of the noise intensity. By our analytical approach based on stochastic sensitivity functions, we construct a parametric diagram of chaotic and regular regimes for the stochastically forced system.

  12. A Hyperbolic Tangent Adaptive PID + LQR Control Applied to a Step-Down Converter Using Poles Placement Design Implemented in FPGA

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marcelo Dias Pedroso

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This work presents an adaptive control that integrates two linear control strategies applied to a step-down converter: Proportional Integral Derivative (PID and Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR controls. Considering the converter open loop transfer function and using the poles placement technique, the designs of the two controllers are set so that the operating point of the closed loop system presents the same natural frequency. With poles placement design, the overshoot problems of the LQR controller are avoided. To achieve the best performance of each controller, a hyperbolic tangent weight function is applied. The limits of the hyperbolic tangent function are defined based on the system error range. Simulation results using the Altera DSP Builder software in a MATLAB/SIMULINK environment of the proposed control schemes are presented.

  13. A three-dimensional nonlinear Timoshenko beam based on the core-congruential formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Crivelli, Luis A.; Felippa, Carlos A.

    1992-01-01

    A three-dimensional, geometrically nonlinear two-node Timoshenkoo beam element based on the total Larangrian description is derived. The element behavior is assumed to be linear elastic, but no restrictions are placed on magnitude of finite rotations. The resulting element has twelve degrees of freedom: six translational components and six rotational-vector components. The formulation uses the Green-Lagrange strains and second Piola-Kirchhoff stresses as energy-conjugate variables and accounts for the bending-stretching and bending-torsional coupling effects without special provisions. The core-congruential formulation (CCF) is used to derived the discrete equations in a staged manner. Core equations involving the internal force vector and tangent stiffness matrix are developed at the particle level. A sequence of matrix transformations carries these equations to beam cross-sections and finally to the element nodal degrees of freedom. The choice of finite rotation measure is made in the next-to-last transformation stage, and the choice of over-the-element interpolation in the last one. The tangent stiffness matrix is found to retain symmetry if the rotational vector is chosen to measure finite rotations. An extensive set of numerical examples is presented to test and validate the present element.

  14. Formulations and nebulizer performance.

    Science.gov (United States)

    O'Riordan, Thomas G

    2002-11-01

    To deliver a drug by nebulization, the drug must first be dispersed in a liquid (usually aqueous) medium. After application of a dispersing force (either a jet of gas or ultrasonic waves), the drug particles are contained within the aerosol droplets, which are then inhaled. Some drugs readily dissolve in water, whereas others need a cosolvent such as ethanol or propylene glycol. Some drugs are delivered as suspensions, and the efficiency of nebulizers can be different for solutions and suspensions. Solutions are delivered more efficiently with most devices. In general, conventional ultrasonic nebulizers should not be used to aerosolize suspensions, because of low efficiency. Newer strategies to improve the delivery of non-water-soluble drugs include the use of liposomes and the milling of the drug into very small "nanoparticles." In addition to the active therapeutic ingredient and solvents, drug formulations may include buffers (the solubility of some medications is influenced by pH), stabilizers, and, in the case of multi-dose preparations, antibacterial agents. Though formulations are designed to optimize drug solubility and stability, changes in formulation can also affect inhaled mass, particle size, and treatment time, though the differences between nebulizer brands probably have a greater impact than differences in formulation. Ultrasonic and jet nebulizers may damage protein and other complex agents through heat or shear stress. Additives to multi-dose formulations, especially antimicrobial and chelating agents, may cause adverse events, so there is a trend towards single-use, preservative-free vials.

  15. Lubrication in tablet formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Jennifer; Wen, Hong; Desai, Divyakant

    2010-05-01

    Theoretical aspects and practical considerations of lubrication in tablet compression are reviewed in this paper. Properties of the materials that are often used as lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, in tablet dosage form are summarized. The manufacturing process factors that may affect tablet lubrication are discussed. As important as the lubricants in tablet formulations are, their presence can cause some changes to the tablet physical and chemical properties. Furthermore, a detailed review is provided on the methodologies used to characterize lubrication process during tablet compression with relevant process analytical technologies. Finally, the Quality-by-Design considerations for tablet formulation and process development in terms of lubrication are discussed.

  16. Numerical Investigation of Influence of Tangent Pitch and Slanting Flow of Guide Vanes on the Axial Compressor Stage Parameters

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    D. V. Arkhipov

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The flow redistribution in the axial stage through the stator axis blade deformation can create favorable conditions for raising stage efficiency and combined actions for axial compressor elements especially in ambient conditions. For this purpose, the axis deformation impact on the gas-dynamic stability margin and the coefficient of efficiency of axial compressor has been numerically investigated.The influence of guide vane (GV axis was considered with invariable rotor blades and different variants of stator. The GV axis form was changed on the arc of a circle in the range of ± 15% guide vane height in circumferential direction and in the axial direction in the range ± 10% of guide vane height, increments ± 2.5%.As an object, for investigation was chosen a numerical 3D model of transonic stage of axial compressor with the following values of basic parameters: circumferential speed in the rotor blade trips of 345 m/s, relative diameter of the hub being 0.7, and coefficient of discharge being 0.5. The stage was profiling by classic low Cu*r=const. Rotor and stator profiles for all variants under investigation were the same in the same radii.As to initial radial axis guide vane, the losses of total pressure in stator become substantially less throughout the height of blade in case there is a guide vane axis bending in axial direction in line of flow. Bending of the axis in the circumferential direction against the rotation leads to reducing total pressure losses especially in hub and shroud regions, and in the flow core there is no change.In future, the effects of a tangent pitch and a slanting flow can be of interest in case of the simultaneous bending in both directions, as well as when studying the influence of bending of the guide vanes, which are a part of a sector of stages and a multi-stage compressor in a wide range of operating conditions.

  17. The start of the Sagittarius spiral arm (Sagittarius origin) and the start of the Norma spiral arm (Norma origin) - model-computed and observed arm tangents at galactic longitudes -20 degrees < l < +23 degrees

    CERN Document Server

    Vallee, Jacques P

    2016-01-01

    Here we fitted a 4-arm spiral structure to the more accurate data on global arm pitch angle and arm longitude tangents, to get the start of each spiral arm near the Galactic nucleus. We find that the tangent to the 'start of the Sagittarius' spiral arm (arm middle) is at l= -17 degrees +/- 0.5 degree, while the tangent to the 'start of the Norma' spiral arm (arm middle) is at l= +20 degrees +/- 0.5 degree. Earlier, we published a compilation of observations and analysis of the tangent to each spiral arm tracer, from longitudes +23 degrees to +340 degrees; here we cover the arm tracers in the remaining longitudes +340 degrees (=- 20 degrees) to +23 degrees. Our model arm tangents are confirmed through the recent observed masers data (at the arm's inner edge). Observed arm tracers in the inner Galaxy show an offset from the mid-arm; this was also found elsewhere in the Milky Way disk (Vallee 2014c). In addition, we collated the observed tangents to the so-called '3-kpc-arm' features; here they are found statist...

  18. Liposomal paclitaxel formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Koudelka, Stěpán; Turánek, Jaroslav

    2012-11-10

    Over the past three decades, taxanes represent one of the most important new classes of drugs approved in oncology. Paclitaxel (PTX), the prototype of this class, is an anti-cancer drug approved for the treatment of breast and ovarian cancer. However, notwithstanding a suitable premedication, present-day chemotherapy employing a commercial preparation of PTX (Taxol®) is associated with serious side effects and hypersensitivity reactions. Liposomes represent advanced and versatile delivery systems for drugs. Generally, both in vivo mice tumor models and human clinical trials demonstrated that liposomal PTX formulations significantly increase a maximum tolerated dose (MTD) of PTX which outperform that for Taxol®. Liposomal PTX formulations are in various stages of clinical trials. LEP-ETU (NeoPharm) and EndoTAG®-1 (Medigene) have reached the phase II of the clinical trials; Lipusu® (Luye Pharma Group) has already been commercialized. Present achievements in the preparation of various liposomal formulations of PTX, the development of targeted liposomal PTX systems and the progress in clinical testing of liposomal PTX are discussed in this review summarizing about 30 years of liposomal PTX development.

  19. Tangent map intermittency as an approximate analysis of intermittency in a high dimensional fully stochastic dynamical system: The Tangled Nature model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Diaz-Ruelas, Alvaro; Jeldtoft Jensen, Henrik; Piovani, Duccio; Robledo, Alberto

    2016-12-01

    It is well known that low-dimensional nonlinear deterministic maps close to a tangent bifurcation exhibit intermittency and this circumstance has been exploited, e.g., by Procaccia and Schuster [Phys. Rev. A 28, 1210 (1983)], to develop a general theory of 1/f spectra. This suggests it is interesting to study the extent to which the behavior of a high-dimensional stochastic system can be described by such tangent maps. The Tangled Nature (TaNa) Model of evolutionary ecology is an ideal candidate for such a study, a significant model as it is capable of reproducing a broad range of the phenomenology of macroevolution and ecosystems. The TaNa model exhibits strong intermittency reminiscent of punctuated equilibrium and, like the fossil record of mass extinction, the intermittency in the model is found to be non-stationary, a feature typical of many complex systems. We derive a mean-field version for the evolution of the likelihood function controlling the reproduction of species and find a local map close to tangency. This mean-field map, by our own local approximation, is able to describe qualitatively only one episode of the intermittent dynamics of the full TaNa model. To complement this result, we construct a complete nonlinear dynamical system model consisting of successive tangent bifurcations that generates time evolution patterns resembling those of the full TaNa model in macroscopic scales. The switch from one tangent bifurcation to the next in the sequences produced in this model is stochastic in nature, based on criteria obtained from the local mean-field approximation, and capable of imitating the changing set of types of species and total population in the TaNa model. The model combines full deterministic dynamics with instantaneous parameter random jumps at stochastically drawn times. In spite of the limitations of our approach, which entails a drastic collapse of degrees of freedom, the description of a high-dimensional model system in terms of a low

  20. Mathematical Infinity and Medium Logic (Ⅰ)——Logical-mathematical Interpretation of Leibniz's Secant and Tangent Lines Problem in Medium Logic

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHU Wu-jia; GONG Ning-sheng; DU Guo-ping

    2013-01-01

    From the perspective of potential infinity (poi) and actual infinity,Ref [4] has confirmed that poi and aci are in ‘unmediated opposition' (P,-P) whether in ZFC or not; it has further been proved that the manners in which a variable infinitely approaches its limit also satisfy the law of intermediate exclusion.With these results as theoretical bases,this paper attempts to provide an accurate and strict logical-mathematical interpretation of the incompatibility of Leibniz's secant and tangent lines in the medium logic system from the perspective of logical mathematics.

  1. Croisssance et cycles endogènes induits par les innovations radicales et incrementales

    OpenAIRE

    Amable, Bruno

    1996-01-01

    This paper develops a model of endogenous growth where innovation can take two forms, namely radical and incremental. The latter type of innovation means that a new intermediate good is introduced in the production of the final good, thus raising productivity in a Ethier-Romer-type way. A innovation radicale means first that the level of knowledge is multiplied by a constant factor, which raises productivity in an Aghion-Howitt way, and second that the previous innovations are made obsolete. ...

  2. Formulations of entomopathogens as bioinsecticides

    Science.gov (United States)

    Developing a proper formulation is a necessary component for commercialization of entomopathogenic microbes as biological insecticides. The objective of this chapter is to present broad-ranging information about formulations to foster research toward developing commercial microbial-based insecticide...

  3. Systematic Equation Formulation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lindberg, Erik

    2007-01-01

    A tutorial giving a very simple introduction to the set-up of the equations used as a model for an electrical/electronic circuit. The aim is to find a method which is as simple and general as possible with respect to implementation in a computer program. The “Modified Nodal Approach”, MNA, and th......, and the “Controlled Source Approach”, CSA, for systematic equation formulation are investigated. It is suggested that the kernel of the P Spice program based on MNA is reprogrammed....

  4. Introduction of the Lie group of Lorentz matrices in special relativity. Tangent boost along a worldline and its associated matrix in the Lie algebra. Applications

    CERN Document Server

    Langlois, Michel

    2014-01-01

    In order to generalize the relativistic notion of boost to the case of non inertial particles and to general relativity, we come back to the definition of Lie group of Lorentz matrices and its Lie algebra and we study how this group acts on the Minskowski space. We thus define the notion of tangent boost along a worldline. This notion very general notion gives a useful tool both in special relativity (for non inertial particles or/and for non rectilinear coordinates) and in general relativity. We also introduce a matrix of the Lie algebra which, together with the tangent boost, gives the whole dynamical description of the considered system (acceleration and Thomas rotation). After studying the properties of Lie algebra matrices and of their reduced forms, we show that the Lie group of special Lorentz matrices has four one-parameter subgroups. These tools lead us to introduce the Thomas rotation in a quite general way. At the end of the paper, we present some examples using these tools and we consider the case...

  5. Superconducting axisymmetric finite elements based on a gauged potential variational principle. Part 1: Formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schuler, James J.; Felippa, Carlos A.

    1994-01-01

    The present work is part of a research program for the numerical simulation of electromagnetic (EM) fields within conventional Ginzburg-Landau (GL) superconductors. The final goal of this research is to formulate, develop and validate finite element (FE) models that can accurately capture electromagnetic thermal and material phase changes in a superconductor. The formulations presented here are for a time-independent Ginzburg-Landau superconductor and are derived from a potential-based variational principle. We develop an appropriate variational formulation of time-independent supercontivity for the general three-dimensional case and specialize it to the one-dimensional case. Also developed are expressions for the material-dependent parameters alpha and beta of GL theory and their dependence upon the temperature T. The one-dimensional formulation is then discretized for finite element purposes and the first variation of these equations is obtained. The resultant Euler equations contain nonlinear terms in the primary variables. To solve these equations, an incremental-iterative solution method is used. Expressions for the internal force vector, external force vector, loading vector and tangent stiffness matrix are therefore developed for use with the solution procedure.

  6. Olaparib tablet formulation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Plummer, Ruth; Swaisland, Helen; Leunen, Karin

    2015-01-01

    BACKGROUND: The oral PARP inhibitor olaparib has shown efficacy in patients with BRCA-mutated cancer. This Phase I, open-label, three-part study (Parts A-C) in patients with advanced solid tumours evaluated the effect of food on the pharmacokinetics (PK) of olaparib when administered in tablet...... formulation. METHODS: PK data were obtained in Part A using a two-treatment period crossover design; single-dose olaparib 300 mg (two 150 mg tablets) was administered in two prandial states: fasted and fed. In Part B, patients received olaparib tablets (300 mg bid) for 5 days under fasting conditions; in Part...... exposure to olaparib 300 mg tablets, although in the absence of an effect on the extent of olaparib absorption....

  7. Plutonium Immobilization Project Baseline Formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ebbinghaus, B.

    1999-02-01

    A key milestone for the Immobilization Project (AOP Milestone 3.2a) in Fiscal Year 1998 (FY98) is the definition of the baseline composition or formulation for the plutonium ceramic form. The baseline formulation for the plutonium ceramic product must be finalized before the repository- and plant-related process specifications can be determined. The baseline formulation that is currently specified is given in Table 1.1. In addition to the baseline formulation specification, this report provides specifications for two alternative formulations, related compositional specifications (e.g., precursor compositions and mixing recipes), and other preliminary form and process specifications that are linked to the baseline formulation. The preliminary specifications, when finalized, are not expected to vary tremendously from the preliminary values given.

  8. Baseline LAW Glass Formulation Testing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kruger, Albert A. [USDOE Office of River Protection, Richland, WA (United States); Mooers, Cavin [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab.; Bazemore, Gina [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Pegg, Ian L. [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Hight, Kenneth [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Lai, Shan Tao [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Buechele, Andrew [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Rielley, Elizabeth [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Gan, Hao [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Muller, Isabelle S. [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab; Cecil, Richard [The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC (United States). Vitreous State Lab

    2013-06-13

    The major objective of the baseline glass formulation work was to develop and select glass formulations that are compliant with contractual and processing requirements for each of the LAW waste streams. Other objectives of the work included preparation and characterization of glasses with respect to the properties of interest, optimization of sulfate loading in the glasses, evaluation of ability to achieve waste loading limits, testing to demonstrate compatibility of glass melts with melter materials of construction, development of glass formulations to support ILAW qualification activities, and identification of glass formulation issues with respect to contract specifications and processing requirements.

  9. Formulation and characterisation of tetracycline-containing bioadhesive polymer networks designed for the treatment of periodontal disease.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jones, David S; Lawlor, Michelle S; Woolfson, A David

    2004-01-01

    This study described the drug release, rheological (dynamic and flow) and textural/mechanical properties of a series of formulations composed of 15% w/w polymethylvinylether-co-maleic anhydride (PMVE-MA), 0-9% w/w polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and containing 1-5% w/w tetracycline hydrochloride, designed for the treatment of periodontal disease. All formulations exhibited pseudoplastic flow with minimal thixotropy. Increasing the concentration of PVP sequentially increased the zero-rate viscosity (derived from the Cross model) and the hardness and compressibility of the formulations (derived from texture profile analysis). These affects may be accredited to increased polymer entanglement and, in light of the observed synergy between the two polymers with respect to their textural and rheological properties, interaction between PVP and PMVE-MA. Increasing the concentration of PVP increased the storage and loss moduli yet decreased the loss tangent of all formulations, indicative of increased elastic behaviour. Synergy between the two polymers with respect to their viscoelastic properties was observed. Increased adhesiveness, associated with increased concentrations of PVP was ascribed to the increasing bioadhesion and tack of the formulations. The effect of increasing drug concentration on the rheological and textural properties was dependent on PVP concentration. At lower concentrations (0, 3% w/w) no effect was observed whereas, in the presence of 9% w/w PVP, increasing drug concentration increased formulation elasticity, zero rate viscosity, hardness and compressibility. These observations were ascribed to the greater mass of suspended drug in formulations containing the highest concentration of PVP. Drug release from formulations containing 6 and 9% PVP (and 5% w/w drug) was prolonged and swelling/diffusion controlled. Based on the drug release, rheological and textural properties, it is suggested that the formulation containing 15% w/w PMVE-MA, 6% w/w PVP and

  10. Saltstone Clean Cap Formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Langton, C

    2005-04-22

    The current operation strategy for using Saltstone Vault 4 to receive 0.2 Ci/gallon salt solution waste involves pouring a clean grout layer over the radioactive grout prior to initiating pour into another cell. This will minimize the radiating surface area and reduce the dose rate at the vault and surrounding area. The Clean Cap will be used to shield about four feet of Saltstone poured into a Z-Area vault cell prior to moving to another cell. The minimum thickness of the Clean Cap layer will be determined by the cesium concentration and resulting dose levels and it is expected to be about one foot thick based on current calculations for 0.1 Ci Saltstone that is produced in the Saltstone process by stabilization of 0.2 Ci salt solution. This report documents experiments performed to identify a formulation for the Clean Cap. Thermal transient calculations, adiabatic temperature rise measurements, pour height, time between pour calculations and shielding calculations were beyond the scope and time limitations of this study. However, data required for shielding calculations (composition and specific gravity) are provided for shielding calculations. The approach used to design a Clean Cap formulation was to produce a slurry from the reference premix (10/45/45 weight percent cement/slag/fly ash) and domestic water that resembled as closely as possible the properties of the Saltstone slurry. In addition, options were investigated that may offer advantages such as less bleed water and less heat generation. The options with less bleed water required addition of dispersants. The options with lower heat contained more fly ash and less slag. A mix containing 10/45/45 weight percent cement/slag/fly ash with a water to premix ratio of 0.60 is recommended for the Clean Cap. Although this mix may generate more than 3 volume percent standing water (bleed water), it has rheological, mixing and flow properties that are similar to previously processed Saltstone. The recommended

  11. Operator Formulation of Classical Mechanics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cohn, Jack

    1980-01-01

    Discusses the construction of an operator formulation of classical mechanics which is directly concerned with wave packets in configuration space and is more similar to that of convential quantum theory than other extant operator formulations of classical mechanics. (Author/HM)

  12. Formulation of supergravity without superspace

    CERN Document Server

    Ferrara, S

    1979-01-01

    Supergravity, the particle theory which unifies under a unique gauge principle the quantum-mechanical concept of spin and space-time geometry, is formulated in terms of quantities defined over Minkowski space-time. 'l'he relation between this formulation and the fonnulation which uses superspace, the space-time supplemented by spinning degrees of freedom, is also briefly discussed.

  13. Global Modeling and Data Assimilation. Volume 11; Documentation of the Tangent Linear and Adjoint Models of the Relaxed Arakawa-Schubert Moisture Parameterization of the NASA GEOS-1 GCM; 5.2

    Science.gov (United States)

    Suarez, Max J. (Editor); Yang, Wei-Yu; Todling, Ricardo; Navon, I. Michael

    1997-01-01

    A detailed description of the development of the tangent linear model (TLM) and its adjoint model of the Relaxed Arakawa-Schubert moisture parameterization package used in the NASA GEOS-1 C-Grid GCM (Version 5.2) is presented. The notational conventions used in the TLM and its adjoint codes are described in detail.

  14. Novel Formulations for Antimicrobial Peptides

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ana Maria Carmona-Ribeiro

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available Peptides in general hold much promise as a major ingredient in novel supramolecular assemblies. They may become essential in vaccine design, antimicrobial chemotherapy, cancer immunotherapy, food preservation, organs transplants, design of novel materials for dentistry, formulations against diabetes and other important strategical applications. This review discusses how novel formulations may improve the therapeutic index of antimicrobial peptides by protecting their activity and improving their bioavailability. The diversity of novel formulations using lipids, liposomes, nanoparticles, polymers, micelles, etc., within the limits of nanotechnology may also provide novel applications going beyond antimicrobial chemotherapy.

  15. Formulation of Complex Action Theory

    OpenAIRE

    Nagao, Keiichi; Nielsen, Holger Bech

    2011-01-01

    We formulate a complex action theory which includes operators of coordinate and momentum $\\hat{q}$ and $\\hat{p}$ being replaced with non-hermitian operators $\\hat{q}_{new}$ and $\\hat{p}_{new}$, and their eigenstates ${}_m

  16. Formulation optimization of arecoline patches.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Pao-Chu; Tsai, Pi-Ju; Lin, Shin-Chen; Huang, Yaw-Bin

    2014-01-01

    The response surface methodology (RSM) including polynomial equations has been used to design an optimal patch formulation with appropriate adhesion and flux. The patch formulations were composed of different polymers, including Eudragit RS 100 (ERS), Eudragit RL 100 (ERL) and polyvinylpyrrolidone K30 (PVP), plasticizers (PEG 400), and drug. In addition, using terpenes as enhancers could increase the flux of the drug. Menthol showed the highest enhancement effect on the flux of arecoline.

  17. Formulation Optimization of Arecoline Patches

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pao-Chu Wu

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The response surface methodology (RSM including polynomial equations has been used to design an optimal patch formulation with appropriate adhesion and flux. The patch formulations were composed of different polymers, including Eudragit RS 100 (ERS, Eudragit RL 100 (ERL and polyvinylpyrrolidone K30 (PVP, plasticizers (PEG 400, and drug. In addition, using terpenes as enhancers could increase the flux of the drug. Menthol showed the highest enhancement effect on the flux of arecoline.

  18. Niosomal Formulation Of Orlistat: Formulation And In-Vitro Evaluation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    SAMYUKTHA RANI. B

    2011-06-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of the research was to prepare Orlistat niosomes from proniosome to improve its poor and variable oral bioavailability. The non-ionic surfactant vesicles are prepared by the reverse phase evaporation technique (slurry method. The slurry of - Cyclodextrin and Span 60 was dried to form a free flowing powder in rotary flash evaporator which could be rehydrated by addition of buffer (0.5% NaCl with 3% SLS at pH 6.0. The lipid mixture consisted of cholesterol, Span 60 and - Cyclodextrin carrier in molar ratios of (0.1:0.9:1 to 0.9:0.1:1 respectively. The niosomal formulations were evaluated for particle size, entrapment efficiency, in-vitro drug release, release kinetics, Interactions and compatibility (FT-IR, surface morphology (SEM, stability studies, conductivity and sedimentation rate, pH density, viscosity. The formulation OT9 which showed higher entrapment efficiency of 44.09% and invitro releases of 94.59% at the end of 12hrs was found to be best among all the 9 formulations. Release was best fitted with Hixson kinetics and it shows that the drug release may follow diffusion mechanism. FT-IR data revealed that, compatible and there were no interactions between the drug and excipients added in the formulation. SEM images of niosomes with various magnifications revealed the mean size of the niosomes were 100 nm with smooth surface. Niosome formulation has showed appropriate stability for 90 days by storing the formulation at room temperature. Thus the niosomal formulations could be a promising delivery system for Orlistat with improved oral bioavailability, stability and for sustained drug release.

  19. Bioavailability of cefuroxime axetil formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Donn, K H; James, N C; Powell, J R

    1994-06-01

    Cefuroxime axetil tablets have proved effective for the treatment of a variety of community-acquired infections. A suspension formulation has been developed for use in children. Two studies have been conducted to determine if the cefuroxime axetil formulations are bioequivalent. In the initial randomized, two-period crossover study, 24 healthy men received 250-mg doses of suspension and tablet formulations of cefuroxime axetil every 12 h after eating for seven doses. Each treatment period was separated by 4 days. Comparisons of serum and urine pharmacokinetic parameters indicated that the suspension and tablet formulations of cefuroxime axetil are not bioequivalent. Following the initial bioequivalency study, 0.1 % sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS) was added to the suspension to assure the homogeneity of the granules during the manufacturing process. In the subsequent randomized, three-period crossover study, 24 healthy men received single 250-mg doses of three cefuroxime axetil formulations: suspension without SLS, suspension with SLS, and tablet. Again each treatment period was separated by 4 days. Pharmacokinetic analyses demonstrated that while the suspension with SLS and suspension without SLS are bioequivalent, bioequivalence between the suspension with SLS and the tablet was not observed. Thus, the addition of the SLS surfactant to the suspension did not alter the bioavailability of the formulation.

  20. Filtros digitales de tangente hiperbólica aplicados al alisado de las perturbaciones en los datos de resistividad de fosfato de Marruecos

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Amrani

    2008-06-01

    Full Text Available Es posible diseñar filtros pasa bajos y pasa bandas por medio de una combinación de funciones tangente hiperbólica en el dominio de la frecuencia, usando los teoremas de escalamiento y deslizamiento de las transformadas de Fourier. Las funciones de filtro correspondientes en el dominio del tiempo pueden ser derivadas analíticamente a partir de las expresiones en el dominio de la frecuencia. Los parámetros de suavidad controlan las pendientes en las regiones de corte y permiten la construcción de filtros relativamente pequeños al mismo tiempo que reducen las oscilaciones de la respuesta del filtro en el dominio del tiempo. Se pueden elegir diferentes parámetros de suavidad para las frecuencias de corte alta y baja en el diseño de filtros pasa banda. Siguiendo el esquema propuesto en este artículo se pueden derivar fácilmente los otros tipos de filtro.

  1. Numerical study of flow and heat transfer of non-Newtonian Tangent Hyperbolic fluid from a sphere with Biot number effects

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Abdul Gaffar

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available In this article, we investigate the nonlinear steady boundary layer flow and heat transfer of an incompressible Tangent Hyperbolic fluid from a sphere. The transformed conservation equations are solved numerically subject to physically appropriate boundary conditions using implicit finite-difference Keller Box technique. The numerical code is validated with previous studies. The influence of a number of emerging non-dimensional parameters, namely Weissenberg number (We, power law index (n, Prandtl number (Pr, Biot number (γ and dimensionless tangential coordinate (ξ on velocity and temperature evolution in the boundary layer regime is examined in detail. Furthermore, the effects of these parameters on heat transfer rate and skin friction are also investigated. Validation with earlier Newtonian studies is presented and excellent correlation is achieved. It is found that the velocity, Skin friction and the Nusselt number (heat transfer rate are decreased with increasing Weissenberg number (We, whereas the temperature is increased. Increasing power law index (n increases the velocity and the Nusselt number (heat transfer rate but decreases the temperature and the Skin friction. An increase in the Biot number (γ is observed to increase velocity, temperature, local skin friction and Nusselt number. The study is relevant to chemical materials processing applications.

  2. Social Groupwork. A Model for Goal Formulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tompkins, Rosamond P.; Gallo, Frank T.

    1978-01-01

    A conceptual model for goal formulation in social groupwork, discussion of existing models and their limitations, and an attempt to formulate an encompassing groupwork model that facilitates goal formulation. (Author/PD)

  3. Four formulations of noncommutative quantum mechanics

    CERN Document Server

    Gouba, Laure

    2016-01-01

    Four formulations of noncommutative quantum mechanics are reviewed. These are the canonical, path-integral, Weyl-Wigner and systematic formulations. The four formulations are charaterized by a deformed Heisenberg algebra but differ in mathematical and conceptual overview.

  4. Tactile friction of topical formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Skedung, L; Buraczewska-Norin, I; Dawood, N; Rutland, M W; Ringstad, L

    2016-02-01

    The tactile perception is essential for all types of topical formulations (cosmetic, pharmaceutical, medical device) and the possibility to predict the sensorial response by using instrumental methods instead of sensory testing would save time and cost at an early stage product development. Here, we report on an instrumental evaluation method using tactile friction measurements to estimate perceptual attributes of topical formulations. Friction was measured between an index finger and an artificial skin substrate after application of formulations using a force sensor. Both model formulations of liquid crystalline phase structures with significantly different tactile properties, as well as commercial pharmaceutical moisturizing creams being more tactile-similar, were investigated. Friction coefficients were calculated as the ratio of the friction force to the applied load. The structures of the model formulations and phase transitions as a result of water evaporation were identified using optical microscopy. The friction device could distinguish friction coefficients between the phase structures, as well as the commercial creams after spreading and absorption into the substrate. In addition, phase transitions resulting in alterations in the feel of the formulations could be detected. A correlation was established between skin hydration and friction coefficient, where hydrated skin gave rise to higher friction. Also a link between skin smoothening and finger friction was established for the commercial moisturizing creams, although further investigations are needed to analyse this and correlations with other sensorial attributes in more detail. The present investigation shows that tactile friction measurements have potential as an alternative or complement in the evaluation of perception of topical formulations. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  5. Formulations of Amlodipine: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Muhammad Ali Sheraz

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Amlodipine (AD is a calcium channel blocker that is mainly used in the treatment of hypertension and angina. However, latest findings have revealed that its efficacy is not only limited to the treatment of cardiovascular diseases as it has shown to possess antioxidant activity and plays an important role in apoptosis. Therefore, it is also employed in the treatment of cerebrovascular stroke, neurodegenerative diseases, leukemia, breast cancer, and so forth either alone or in combination with other drugs. AD is a photosensitive drug and requires protection from light. A number of workers have tried to formulate various conventional and nonconventional dosage forms of AD. This review highlights all the formulations that have been developed to achieve maximum stability with the desired therapeutic action for the delivery of AD such as fast dissolving tablets, floating tablets, layered tablets, single-pill combinations, capsules, oral and transdermal films, suspensions, emulsions, mucoadhesive microspheres, gels, transdermal patches, and liposomal formulations.

  6. Principal Manifolds and Nonlinear Dimensionality Reduction via Tangent Space Alignment%主流形和非线性维数化简的切向空间校正

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张振跃; 查宏远

    2004-01-01

    We present a new algorithm for manifold learning and nonlinear dimensionality reduction. Based on a set of unorganized data points sampled with noise from a parameterized manifold, the local geometry of the manifold is learned by constructing an approximation for the tangent space at each point, and those tangent spaces are then aligned to give the global coordinates of the data points with respect to the underlying manifold. We also present an error analysis of our algorithm showing that reconstruction errors can be quite small in some cases. We illustrate our algorithm using curves and surfaces both in 2D/3D Euclidean spaces and higher dimensional Euclidean spaces. We also address several theoretical and algorithmic issues for further research and improvements.

  7. Covariant Formulations of Superstring Theories.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mikovic, Aleksandar Radomir

    1990-01-01

    Chapter 1 contains a brief introduction to the subject of string theory, and tries to motivate the study of superstrings and covariant formulations. Chapter 2 describes the Green-Schwarz formulation of the superstrings. The Hamiltonian and BRST structure of the theory is analysed in the case of the superparticle. Implications for the superstring case are discussed. Chapter 3 describes the Siegel's formulation of the superstring, which contains only the first class constraints. It is shown that the physical spectrum coincides with that of the Green-Schwarz formulation. In chapter 4 we analyse the BRST structure of the Siegel's formulation. We show that the BRST charge has the wrong cohomology, and propose a modification, called first ilk, which gives the right cohomology. We also propose another superparticle model, called second ilk, which has infinitely many coordinates and constraints. We construct the complete BRST charge for it, and show that it gives the correct cohomology. In chapter 5 we analyse the properties of the covariant vertex operators and the corresponding S-matrix elements by using the Siegel's formulation. We conclude that the knowledge of the ghosts is necessary, even at the tree level, in order to obtain the correct S-matrix. In chapter 6 we attempt to calculate the superstring loops, in a covariant gauge. We calculate the vacuum-to -vacuum amplitude, which is also the cosmological constant. We show that it vanishes to all loop orders, under the assumption that the free covariant gauge-fixed action exists. In chapter 7 we present our conclusions, and briefly discuss the random lattice approach to the string theory, as a possible way of resolving the problem of the covariant quantization and the nonperturbative definition of the superstrings.

  8. Arc-tangent Transformation Algorithm for Active Impulsive Noise Control%有源脉冲噪声控制的反正切变换算法

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    邵俊; 周亚丽; 张奇志

    2012-01-01

    In recent years, some effective algorithms for active impulsive noise control have been proposed. But these algorithms may not be stable due to the high-and-sharp peaks of the impulsive noise. To overcome the shortage of these algorithms, a new algorithm based on minimizing the squared arc-tangent transformation of the error signal was proposed. This algorithm doesn' t need to consider thresholds estimation and parameters selection based on priori knowledge of impulsive noise. Moreover, the algorithm is simple in structure, and easy to be realized. The simulation results show that the proposed algorithm can effectively eliminate the impulsive noise, and compared with the other algorithms, the performance of the proposed algorithm has a better convergence and stability.%近年来,针对有源脉冲噪声控制,提出一些较为有效的算法.由于脉冲噪声的高尖峰特性,给算法带来了不稳定.为克服这些算法的不足,提出一种基于反正切变换的滤波x最小均方差算法.该算法不需要根据脉冲噪声的先验知识估测阈值和选择参数,并且算法结构简单、易于实现.仿真结果表明该算法能有效地消除脉冲噪声,与其他几种算法相比表现了更好的收敛性和稳定性.

  9. Formulating Policy for Summer Schools.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marriot, Helen

    1991-01-01

    Explores issues relating to the formulation of policy for summer programs for language learning, describing one university's experience with student demand, student motivation and progress, course timing and structure, academic staffing, administrative organization, student and staff evaluation, and funding. (three references) (CB)

  10. Hyperbolic Formulation of General Relativity

    CERN Document Server

    Abrahams, A M; Choquet-Bruhat, Y; York, J W; Abrahams, Andrew; Anderson, Arlen; Choquet-Bruhat, Yvonne; York, James W.

    1998-01-01

    Two geometrical well-posed hyperbolic formulations of general relativity are described. One admits any time-slicing which preserves a generalized harmonic condition. The other admits arbitrary time-slicings. Both systems have only the physical characteristic speeds of zero and the speed of light.

  11. An exact approach for aggregated formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gamst, Mette; Spoorendonk, Simon

    cause an infeasible solution. In this paper, we consider (mixed) integer program formulations and propose a method for ensuring an optimal solution to the original (disaggregated) problem using an aggregated formulation. The method is based on Benders’ decomposition on a combination of the disaggregated...... mathematical formulation and the aggregated formulation. The method allows usage of relaxed aggregated formulations and enables branching on both aggregated and disaggregated variables. Also, the method guarantees an LP bound at least as good as those for the disaggregated and aggregated formulations...

  12. Perfume formulation: words and chats.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ellena, Céline

    2008-06-01

    What does it mean to create fragrances with materials from chemistry and/or from nature? How are they used to display their characteristic differences, their own personality? Is it easier to create with synthetic raw materials or with essential oils? This review explains why a perfume formulation corresponds in fact to a conversation, an interplay between synthetic and natural perfumery materials. A synthetic raw material carries a single information, and usually is very linear. Its smell is uniform, clear, and faithful. Natural raw materials, on the contrary, provide a strong, complex and generous image. While a synthetic material can be seen as a single word, a natural one such as rose oil could be compared to chatting: cold, warm, sticky, heavy, transparent, pepper, green, metallic, smooth, watery, fruity... full of information. Yet, if a very small amount of the natural material is used, nothing happens, the fragrance will not change. However, if a large amount is used, the rose oil will swallow up everything else. The fragrance will smell of nothing else except rose! To formulate a perfume is not to create a culinary recipe, with only dosing the ingredients in well-balanced amounts. To formulate rather means to flexibly knit materials together with a lively stitch, meeting or repelling each other, building a pleasant form, which is neither fixed, nor solid, nor rigid. A fragrance has an overall structure, which ranges from a clear sound, made up of stable, unique, and linear items, to a background chat, comfortable and reassuring. But that does, of course, not mean that there is only one way of creating a fragrance!

  13. A Geometric Formulation of Supersymmetry

    CERN Document Server

    Freedman, Daniel Z; Van Proeyen, Antoine

    2016-01-01

    The scalar fields of supersymmetric models are coordinates of a geometric space. We propose a formulation of supersymmetry that is covariant with respect to reparametrizations of this target space. Employing chiral multiplets as an example, we introduce modified supersymmetry variations and redefined auxiliary fields that transform covariantly under reparametrizations. The resulting action and transformation laws are manifestly covariant and highlight the geometric structure of the supersymmetric theory. The covariant methods are developed first for general theories (not necessarily supersymmetric) whose scalar fields are coordinates of a Riemannian target space.

  14. BRST formulation of 4-monopoles

    CERN Document Server

    Gianvittorio, R; Restuccia, A

    1996-01-01

    A supersymmetric gauge invariant action is constructed over any 4-dimensional Riemannian manifold describing Witten's theory of 4-monopoles. The topological supersymmetric algebra closes off-shell. The multiplets include the auxiliary fields and the Wess-Zumino fields in an unusual way, arising naturally from BRST gauge fixing. A new canonical approach over Riemann manifolds is followed, using a Morse function as an euclidean time and taking into account the BRST boundary conditions that come from the BFV formulation. This allows a construction of the effective action starting from gauge principles.

  15. Formulation of soy oil products

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Woerfel, John B.

    1995-12-01

    Full Text Available The paper comments different formulations of soy oil products such as salad and cooking oils, margarine, shortenings, commercial shortenings, frying shortenings, and fluid shortenings. Hydrogenation and its influence on final products is also included.

    El trabajo presenta diferentes formulaciones a base de aceite de soja tales como aceites para ensalada y cocinado, margarina, grasas sólidas (shortenings, grasas sólidas comerciales, grasas sólidas para frituras y grasas fluidas. Hace también referencia al proceso de hidrogenación y a sus efectos en los productos finales.

  16. Necessity of rethinking oral pediatric formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bar-Shalom, Daniel

    2014-01-01

    This commentary reviews the difficulties in formulating oral products for children. The significance of the fragmentation of the pediatric population in terms of development and ability to ingest different dosage formulations is examined. It is postulated that a flexible formulation, acceptable...

  17. Formulation, Preparation, and Characterization of Polyurethane Foams

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pinto, Moises L.

    2010-01-01

    Preparation of laboratory-scale polyurethane foams is described with formulations that are easy to implement in experiments for undergraduate students. Particular attention is given to formulation aspects that are based on the main chemical reactions occurring in polyurethane production. This allows students to develop alternative formulations to…

  18. Formulation, Preparation, and Characterization of Polyurethane Foams

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pinto, Moises L.

    2010-01-01

    Preparation of laboratory-scale polyurethane foams is described with formulations that are easy to implement in experiments for undergraduate students. Particular attention is given to formulation aspects that are based on the main chemical reactions occurring in polyurethane production. This allows students to develop alternative formulations to…

  19. Formulation Patents and Dermatology and Obviousness

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Josephine Liu

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available Most patents covering dermatologic products contain patent claims directed to the pharmaceutical formulation of the product. Such patents, known as formulation patents, are vulnerable to attacks based on the legal argument that the formulations covered are obvious over formulations already known prior to the filing of the patent application. Because obviousness is an important concept in patent law, recent court cases concerning obviousness and formulation patents were examined and discussed below. Courts have ruled that patent claims are obvious when features of the claimed formulation are found in the prior art, even if the features or characteristics of the formulation are not explicitly disclosed in the prior art. However, patentees have successfully overcome obviousness challenges where there were unexpected results or properties and/or the prior art taught away from the claimed invention.

  20. Hamiltonian formulation of teleparallel gravity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ferraro, Rafael; Guzmán, María José

    2016-11-01

    The Hamiltonian formulation of the teleparallel equivalent of general relativity is developed from an ordinary second-order Lagrangian, which is written as a quadratic form of the coefficients of anholonomy of the orthonormal frames (vielbeins). We analyze the structure of eigenvalues of the multi-index matrix entering the (linear) relation between canonical velocities and momenta to obtain the set of primary constraints. The canonical Hamiltonian is then built with the Moore-Penrose pseudoinverse of that matrix. The set of constraints, including the subsequent secondary constraints, completes a first-class algebra. This means that all of them generate gauge transformations. The gauge freedoms are basically the diffeomorphisms and the (local) Lorentz transformations of the vielbein. In particular, the Arnowitt, Deser, and Misner algebra of general relativity is recovered as a subalgebra.

  1. On Hamiltonian formulation of cosmologies

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    K D Krori; S Dutta

    2000-03-01

    Novello et al [1,2] have shown that it is possible to find a pair of canonically conjugate variables (written in terms of gauge-invariant variables) so as to obtain a Hamiltonian that describes the dynamics of a cosmological system. This opens up the way to the usual technique of quantization. Elbaz et al [4] have applied this method to the Hamiltonian formulation of FRW cosmological equations. This note presents a generalization of this approach to a variety of cosmologies. A general Schrödinger wave equation has been derived and exact solutions have been worked out for the stiff matter era for some cosmological models. It is argued that these solutions appear to hint at their possible relevance in the early phase of cosmological evolution.

  2. Hamiltonian formulation of teleparallel gravity

    CERN Document Server

    Ferraro, Rafael

    2016-01-01

    The Hamiltonian formulation of the teleparallel equivalent of general relativity (TEGR) is developed from an ordinary second-order Lagrangian, which is written as a quadratic form of the coefficients of anholonomy of the orthonormal frames (vielbeins). We analyze the structure of eigenvalues of the multi-index matrix entering the (linear) relation between canonical velocities and momenta to obtain the set of primary constraints. The canonical Hamiltonian is then built with the Moore-Penrose pseudo-inverse of that matrix. The set of constraints, including the subsequent secondary constraints, completes a first class algebra. This means that all of them generate gauge transformations. The gauge freedoms are basically the diffeomorphisms, and the (local) Lorentz transformations of the vielbein. In particular, the ADM algebra of general relativity is recovered as a sub-algebra.

  3. Liposomal formulations of cytotoxic drugs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Janknegt, R

    1996-07-01

    Liposomes are microscopic particles of lipid bilayer membrane that enclose aqueous internal compartments. These drug-delivery systems offer a very interesting opportunity for delivering cytotoxic drugs with equal or improved clinical efficacy and reduced toxicity. The most important clinical application of liposomes until now has been the inclusion of amphotericin B. At the same dose level, liposomal amphotericin B is as effective or slightly less effective than the conventional formulation, but much higher dosages, up to 5-7 mg kg-1day-1, can be given with acceptable toxicity. There are three preparations of cytotoxic drugs in an advanced stage of commercial development. Two of these (Doxil and TLD D99) contain doxorubicin and the other (DaunoXome) contains daunorubicin. The cardiac toxicity of the three preparations under clinical evaluation appears to be low in comparison with conventional doxorubicin or daunorubicin. No direct comparisons between the new formulations are available, so it is not yet possible to make any statements concerning their relative efficacy and toxicity. DaunoXome is the only drug that is approved in any country, and is also the best documented. It is too early to make recommendations concerning the place of these drugs in therapy. The marked increase in concentrations at the site of the tumour has yet to lead to increased therapeutic efficacy. These findings need further investigation. The efficacy of liposomal preparations in Kaposi's sarcoma appears to be similar to that of standard therapy and the clinical tolerance is good. Perhaps combination therapy with other cytotoxic agents could result in improved clinical efficacy. Their cost will probably be high in comparison with standard therapies.

  4. Axillary Irradiation with High Tangent Fields for Clinically Node-Negative Breast Cancer: Can 3-D Conformal Radiotherapy with a Field-in-Field Technique Better Control the Axilla?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sanuki, Naoko; Takeda, Atsuya; Amemiya, Atsushi; Ofuchi, Toru; Ono, Masato; Ogata, Haruki; Yamagami, Ryo; Hatayama, Jun; Eriguchi, Takahisa; Kunieda, Etsuo

    2013-10-01

    The target volume for postoperative breast irradiation is the remaining breast tissue, and the axillary region is not an intentional target volume. Between 2001 and 2009, eligible women with pT1-2cN0/pN0(sn) breast cancer underwent breast-conserving therapy without axillary dissection. Treatment outcomes between 2 radiotherapy planning groups, high tangent fields with 2-dimensional (2-D) simulation-based planning and 3-dimensional (3-D) computed tomography-based planning with a field-in-field technique, were compared. The correlating factors for axillary failure were also calculated. In total, 678 patients were eligible. As of May 2009, the median follow-up times for the 2-D (n = 346) and 3-D (n = 332) groups were 94 and 52 months, respectively. Patient characteristics were balanced, except for a younger population in the 2-D group and more lymphovascular invasion in the 3-D group. On multivariate analysis, 2-D planning was the only risk factor for axillary failure. In the 2-D and 3-D groups, the 5-year cumulative incidences of axillary failure were 8 (3.1%) and 1 (0.3%) (log-rank p = 0.009), respectively. The respective 5-year overall survival rates were 97.4 and 98.4% (p = 0.4). High tangent irradiation with 3-D planning improved axillary control compared to that with 2-D planning, suggesting that optimizing axillary dose distribution may impact outcomes.

  5. 融合Gabor与局部切空间排列法的人脸识别算法%Fusion of Gabor and local tangent space alignment for face recognition

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    程琨; 舒勤; 罗伟

    2012-01-01

    针对Gabor小波提取人脸特征存在维数高,计算复杂的问题,引入基于划分的局部切空间排列算法(Partitional Local Tangent Space Alignment)对得到的Gabor幅度特征(Gabor Magnitude Feature,GMF)进行降维,同时将主成分分析(PCA)和线性判别分析(LDA)引入到算法中,确定用最近邻分类器进行分类识别的最优投影子空间.通过在ORL人脸数据库上的实验证明了该算法的有效性,用Gabor小波提取特征对光照和表情变化等有良好的鲁棒性.%Using the Gabor wavelet to extract the face features has the problems of high dimensions and complex calculations. To solve the problems, Partitional Local Tangent Space Alignment (PLTSA) is introduced as a method to operate on Gabor Magnitude Features (GMF) to extract the submanifolds. In the same time PCA and LDA are introduced in the method to find the best projection subplace in which the nearest distance classifier is used for classification. Experiments with ORL database show that the approach is quite effective. This method also has good robustness with the changes of light and expression because of using gabor wavelet.

  6. 带有切线多边形的三次B样条的α扩展曲线%α extension of the cubic B-spline curve with given tangent polygon

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王成伟

    2011-01-01

    为了使三次均匀B样条的α扩展曲线与给定多边形相切,构造了一种与给定多边形相切的三次均匀B样条曲线的α扩展的算法.在算法中,所有的三次均匀B样条的α扩展曲线的控制点可以通过对多边形的顶点简单计算产生.所构造的曲线对多边形具有保形性,曲线可以局部修改.最后给出了2个算例.%In order to a expansion of the cubic uniform B-spline curve tangent to the given polygon,in this paper, an algorithm for constructing α extension of the cubic uniform B-spine curve which is tangent to the given polygon is described. The control points of α extension of the cubic uniform B-spine curve to be constructed are computed simply by the vertices of the given polygon. The constructed curve is shape-preserving to the polygon. The local modification to a extension of the cubic uniform B-spine curve can be completed by simply adjusting the corresponding control parameters. Two examples are included.

  7. 巧克力裹包机正切型从动系统凸轮轴疲劳强度研究%Study on cam shaft fatigue strength of tangent type follower system of the chocolate bind chartered plane

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    常锋; 王振成; 刘瑞礼; 王欣

    2013-01-01

    Through the methods of trial for combining together with tired stress strain and theory analysis,the article studied the tangent type follower system of the chocolate bind chartered plane was studied on imitating 38GrMoAlA the high-quality alloy structure steel material guildert,under the situation on circulate operate stress of fatigue strength,Proposed the recognize method of fatigue strength tigen-value on tangent type follower system,gave the oval curve and equation on Limiting stress toge ther with the stress Oval equation on Octahedron fatigue limit,provided for reference and choice when engineering technical personnel design.%通过试验与疲劳应力应变理论分析相结合的方法,研究模拟38GrMoAlA优质合金结构钢材质的巧克力裹包机正切型从动系统凸轮轴,在循环工作应力条件下的疲劳强度;提出正切型从动系统凸轮轴疲劳强度特性值的确定方法;并给出它的极限应力椭圆曲线和方程及八面体疲劳极限应力椭圆方程,供工程技术人员设计时参考和选用.

  8. 曲面片的可展切曲面及其映射分析%The developable tangent curved surface of a surface patch and mapping analysis between them

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    毛昕; 杨静林; 马明旭

    2012-01-01

    论文以微分几何可展曲面理论为基础,提出了过曲面曲线构造其可展切曲面的方法,得出了可展切曲面的表达形式,对可展切曲面进行了分类,通过建立两曲面间的映射关系,实现了它们间整体与局部的映射分析,较准确地把握曲面的变形情况,并通过实例对方法进行了验证.曲面片可展切曲面的方法可以应用于曲面设计、曲面近似展开和纹理映射等方面.%Based on the developable curved surface theory of differential geometry, the method to construct the developable tangent curved surface passed a curve on a curved surface is put forward, the expression form and type division of the developable tangent curved surface is given, the overall and partial mapping analysis between two surfaces is realized through establishing the mapping relationship of them and the deformation of surface is grasped accurately. The method is validated by example and can be applied to the design and approximate development of curved surface and surface texture mapping.

  9. An exact approach for aggregated formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gamst, Mette; Spoorendonk, Simon

    optimality cannot be guaranteed by branching on the aggregated variables. In this presentation, we propose a general method for solving aggregated formulations, such that the solution is optimal to the original problem. The method is based on applying Benders’ decomposition on a combination of the original...... to mathematical formulations with a different solution space than that for the original formulation, i.e., the aggregated formulation may be a relaxation of the original problem. In a branch-and-bound context, variable aggregation can also lead to a formulation where branching is not trivial, for example when...... and aggregated formulations. Put in a branch-and-bound context, branching can be performed on the original variables to ensure optimality. We show how to apply the method on well-known optimization problems....

  10. On fictitious domain formulations for Maxwell's equations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dahmen, W.; Jensen, Torben Klint; Urban, K.

    2003-01-01

    We consider fictitious domain-Lagrange multiplier formulations for variational problems in the space H(curl: Omega) derived from Maxwell's equations. Boundary conditions and the divergence constraint are imposed weakly by using Lagrange multipliers. Both the time dependent and time harmonic...... formulations of the Maxwell's equations are considered. and we derive well-posed formulations for both cases. The variational problem that arises can be discretized by functions that do not satisfy an a-priori divergence constraint....

  11. Formulation and optimization of potassium iodide tablets

    OpenAIRE

    Al-Achi, Antoine; Patel, Binit

    2014-01-01

    The use of potassium iodide (KI) as a protective agent against accidental radioactive exposure is well established. In this study, we aimed to prepare a KI tablet formulation using a direct compression method. We utilized Design of Experiment (DoE)/mixture design to define the best formulation with predetermined physical qualities as to its dissolution, hardness, assay, disintegration, and angle of repose. Based on the results from the DoE, the formulation had the following components (%w/w):...

  12. Formulation of disperse systems science and technology

    CERN Document Server

    Tadros, Tharwat F

    2014-01-01

    This book presents comprehensively the science and technology behind the formulation of disperse systems like emulsions, suspensions, foams and others. Starting with a general introduction, the book covers a broad range of topics like the role of different classes of surfactants, stability of disperse systems, formulation of different dispersions, evaluation of formulations and many more. Many examples are included, too. Written by the experienced author and editor Tharwart Tadros, this book is indispensable for every scientist working in the field.

  13. CANONICAL FORMULATION OF NONHOLONOMIC CONSTRAINED SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GUO YONG-XIN; YU YING; HUANG HAI-JUN

    2001-01-01

    Based on the Ehresmann connection theory and symplectic geometry, the canonical formulation of nonholonomic constrained mechanical systems is described. Following the Lagrangian formulation of the constrained system, the Hamiltonian formulation is given by Legendre transformation. The Poisson bracket defined by an anti-symmetric tensor does not satisfy the Jacobi identity for the nonintegrability of nonholonomic constraints. The constraint manifold can admit symplectic submanifold for some cases, in which the Lie algebraic structure exists.

  14. FORMULATION OF CLINDAMYCIN NANO-EMULSION

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K. Jiyauddin *, A. Fadli , J. C. Wei , A. Jawad , A. D. Samer , M. Kaleemullah, S. Budiasih, S. Rasha , M. R. Rasny , Y. K. Sung , A. H. Junainah , H. Todo and Y. Eddy

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available Nano-emulsions consist of fine oil-in-water or water-in-oil dispersions, having droplets covering the size range of 10 - 600 nm. The aim of this study is to formulate nano-emulsion of Clindamycin by using Emulsion Phase Inversion method and olive oil as the oil phase. Pseudo ternary phase diagram was first developed by using distilled water, olive oil and mixture of surfactants (Tween®80 and Span®20 at a ratio of 1:1. Then, appearance test and microscopic examination were done for all the pre-formulation. Three potential pre-formulation were then selected and incorporated with the Clindamycin Phosphate and Methyl Paraben. The mean droplet size and stability studies were done for these three formulations. Clindamycin Nano-emulsions were not obtained using the Emulsion Phase Inversion (EPI method in this study, whereby the mean droplet sizes were in micro-range. However, out of all the three formulations which undergone extensive studies which include the heating-cooling cycle, whereby the formulation F8 and F17 were found to be physically stable. Significant differences were identified on the pH value and viscosity measurement for all the three formulations which undergone the heating-cooling cycle; except for the pH in F17. Furthermore, the formulation F8 had the smallest droplet size of 0.92 µm. Future research on this topic is needed to reduce the droplet size of the formulation.

  15. A new formulation of fenofibrate: suprabioavailable tablets.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guichard, J P; Blouquin, P; Qing, Y

    2000-01-01

    The rationale for, and development of, a new suprabioavailable fenofibrate tablet formulation is described. The new suprabioavailable tablet formulation combines well-established micronisation technology with a new micro-coating process. The new formulation provides more predictable and reliable drug absorption. Owing to the strong relationship between the fenofibrate dissolution performance and its oral bioavailability, equivalent plasma levels of active principal are achieved at a lower dose, with less inter-subject variability and a reduced food effect. The new suprabioavailable tablet may, therefore, be a more efficient and better tolerated formulation.

  16. Necessity of rethinking oral pediatric formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bar-Shalom, Daniel

    2014-02-01

    This commentary reviews the difficulties in formulating oral products for children. The significance of the fragmentation of the pediatric population in terms of development and ability to ingest different dosage formulations is examined. It is postulated that a flexible formulation, acceptable by all patient groups, is needed, and an automated compounding concept is proposed. The finishing of the formulation is done at the dispensing pharmacy using an automated process. The individual components (pudding-like carrier, microencapsulated drug, and the dispensing robot and its software) are reviewed. The involvement of different stakeholders is considered because new regulatory, clinical, and marketing thinking is required. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier HS Journals, Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Formulation of Complex Action Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nagao, Keiichi

    2011-01-01

    We formulate the complex action theory from a fundamental level so that we can deal with a complex coordinate $q$ and a complex momentum $p$. We extend $| q >$ and $| p>$ to complex $q$ and $p$ by utilizing coherent states of harmonic oscillators. Introducing a philosophy to keep the analyticity in parameter variables of Feynman path integral, we define a modified set of complex conjugate, real and imaginary parts, hermitian conjugates and bras. They enable us to have both orthogonality and completeness relations for $|q >$ and $|p >$ with complex $q$ and $p$. We also pose a theorem on the relation between functions and operators to make it clear to some extent. Furthermore, extending our previous work \\cite{Nagao:2010xu} to the complex coordinate case, we study a system defined by a diagonalizable non-hermitian bounded Hamiltonian, and show that a hermitian Hamiltonian is effectively obtained after a long time development by introducing a proper inner product. If the hermitian Hamiltonian is given in a local...

  18. MOND and its bimetric formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Milgrom, Mordehai

    2013-01-01

    I first give a succinct account of the MOND paradigm--emphasizing the centrality of scale invariance in the nonrelativistic, deep-MOND limit--and describing rudiments of its phenomenology. I then present my credo, and some generalities, concerning existing MOND theories. Then I concentrate on one relativistic formulation of MOND in the form of a bimetric theory (BIMOND). I describe its various limits: the weak field, with application to gravitational waves, the nonrelativistic limit, and their further deep-MOND (low acceleration) limits, which are scale invariant. Other aspects of BIMOND that have been explored are aspects of cosmology, matter fluctuations in cosmology, and matter-twin-matter interactions. BIMOND remains largely unexplored, despite its promise in several regards: It tends to GR for a0 goes to 0 (a0 is the MOND constant); it has a simple nonrelativistic limit; it describes gravitational lensing correctly; and, it has a generic appearance of a cosmological-constant term that is of order a0^2/c^...

  19. Postmodern string theory stochastic formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Aurilia, A

    1994-01-01

    In this paper we study the dynamics of a statistical ensemble of strings, building on a recently proposed gauge theory of the string geodesic field. We show that this stochastic approach is equivalent to the Carath\\'eodory formulation of the Nambu-Goto action, supplemented by an averaging procedure over the family of classical string world-sheets which are solutions of the equation of motion. In this new framework, the string geodesic field is reinterpreted as the Gibbs current density associated with the string statistical ensemble. Next, we show that the classical field equations derived from the string gauge action, can be obtained as the semi-classical limit of the string functional wave equation. For closed strings, the wave equation itself is completely analogous to the Wheeler-DeWitt equation used in quantum cosmology. Thus, in the string case, the wave function has support on the space of all possible spatial loop configurations. Finally, we show that the string distribution induces a multi-phase, or ...

  20. Accurate Analysis Method on Tangent Stiffness Matrix for Space Beam Element%空间梁单元切线刚度矩阵的精确分析方法

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘树堂

    2014-01-01

    为有效进行空间刚架结构后屈曲分析,提出一种新的空间梁单元切线刚度矩阵的精确分析方法。首先用直接法建立梁单元杆端力与杆端位移的增量关系式,然后根据矩阵微分理论求出单元杆端力关于杆端位移的导数,在求导结果表达式中令杆端位移增量为0,即可得到梁单元切线刚度矩阵。对六层和二十层空间刚架结构进行了后屈曲分析。结果表明:所得的空间梁单元切线刚度矩阵具有足够精度,可有效用于大型空间刚架结构的后屈曲分析。%In order to effectively conduct the post‐buckling analysis for space frame , a new accurate analysis method for the tangent stiffness matrix of space beam element was proposed . Firstly ,the incremental force and displacement of the member ends for space beam element was established using direct equilibrium method ,and then derivation of the member‐end force was determined with regard to the member‐end displacement according to the matrix differentiation theory and the increment of member‐end displacement of the derivation expression was set equal to zero ,so that the tangent stiffness matrix for space beam element was obtained .The post‐buckling analyses for a six‐storey space frame and a twenty‐storey frame were done .The results show that the present tangent stiffness matrix for space beam element has enough precision ,and can be applied to the post‐buckling analysis for large space frame .

  1. ROLE OF CYCLODEXTRINS IN NEW ANTIMYCOBACTERIAL FORMULATIONS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Veaceslav Boldescu

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper is dedicated to the role of cyclodextrins in new formulations for the treatment of infections with Mycobacterium tuberculosis that are in the process of design and development. Cyclodextrins play the role of solubilizing agents and promoters of the antimycobacterial substances penetration inside the mycobacterial cell. Different formulations and their advantages and disadvantages are discussed.

  2. Digluconate and Isopropyl Alcohol Biocide Formulation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Barbara Conway

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available Effective surface disinfection is a fundamental infection control strategy within healthcare. This study assessed the antimicrobial efficacy of novel biocide formulations comprising 5% and 2% eucalyptus oil (EO combined with 2% chlorhexidine digluconate (CHG and 70% isopropyl alcohol (IPA contained within a wipe. The efficacy of this novel antimicrobial formulation to remove and eliminate methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA, Escherichia coli and Candida albicans from steel surfaces was investigated. Adpression studies of pre-contaminated wipes were also utilised to assess their potential to induce cross-contamination between hard surfaces. Furthermore, the bactericidal nature of the EO-formulation was established in addition to time-kill. The EO-containing formulations demonstrated bactericidal antimicrobial efficacy against all microorganisms and did not induce surface cross-contamination. There was no significant difference (p < 0.05 between the 5% and 2% EO formulations in their ability to remove microorganisms from steel surfaces, however both significantly (p < 0.05 removed more than the control formulations. Microbial biofilms were eliminated within 10 min (p < 0.05 when exposed to the EO formulations. Our novel EO-formulation demonstrated rapid antimicrobial efficacy for potential disinfection and elimination of microbial biofilms from hard surfaces and may therefore be a useful adjunct to current infection control strategies currently employed within healthcare facilities.

  3. Bioavailability of sustained-release theophylline formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bonora Regazzi, M; Rondanelli, R; Vidale, E; Cristiani, D

    1983-05-01

    Sustained-release formulations of theophylline as well as of other drugs are designed to effect a delayed but constant release of the active principle in the gastrointestinal tract, thus ensuring more prolonged blood level curves. This study was made to assess the bioavailability of two sustained-release microencapsulated formulations and one sustained-release Diffucaps formulation, in comparison with an equivalent dose of theophylline solution. As regards bioavailability, none of the three formulations differed significantly from the reference formulation. The blood levels at steady state were estimated on the basis of data obtained after a single-dose study. All three sustained release formulations showed good results after prolonged administration in terms of peaks and troughs. The time duration at which the theophylline plasma levels remain higher than 75% of the maximum steady-state levels, following 12-h dosing interval, was evaluated: for the sustained-release microencapsulated formulations this time duration reaches 100% of the dosing interval. A multiple-dose administration of the sustained-release formulations used in this study should guarantee almost complete time coverage, with blood levels sharply exceeding the minimum threshold level of the theophylline therapeutic range.

  4. Preformulation and Formulation of Investigational New Drugs

    Science.gov (United States)

    1999-01-01

    2000 THIS PAGE IS UNCLASSIFIED AD Award Number DAMDl7-92-C-2035 TITLE: Preformulation and Formulation of Investigational New Drugs PRINCIPAL...TITLE AND SUBTITLE 5. FUNDING NUMBERS Preformulation and Formulation of Investigational New Drugs DAMD17-92-C-2035 6. AUTHOR(S) Douglas Flanagan, Ph.D. 7

  5. A New Resistance Formulation for Carbon Nanotubes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ji-Huan He

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available A new resistance formulation for carbon nanotubes is suggested using fractal approach. The new formulation is also valid for other nonmetal conductors including nerve fibers, conductive polymers, and molecular wires. Our theoretical prediction agrees well with experimental observation.

  6. Constructing Extended Formulations from Reflection Relations

    CERN Document Server

    Kaibel, Volker

    2010-01-01

    There are many examples of optimization problems whose associated polyhedra can be described much nicer, and with way less inequalities, by projections of higher dimensional polyhedra than this would be possible in the original space. However, currently not many general tools to construct such extended formulations are available. In this paper, we develop a framework of polyhedral relations that generalizes inductive constructions of extended formulations via projections, and we particularly elaborate on the special case of reflection relations. The latter ones provide polynomial size extended formulations for several polytopes that can be constructed as convex hulls of the unions of (exponentially) many copies of an input polytope obtained via sequences of reflections at hyperplanes. We demonstrate the use of the framework by deriving small extended formulations for the G-permutahedra of all finite reflection groups G (generalizing both Goeman's extended formulation of the permutahedron of size O(n log n) an...

  7. Inherent formulation issues of kinase inhibitors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Herbrink, M; Schellens, J H M; Beijnen, J H; Nuijen, B

    2016-10-10

    The small molecular Kinase Inhibitor (smKI) drug class is very promising and rapidly expanding. All of these drugs are administered orally. The clear relationship between structure and function has led to drugs with a general low intrinsic solubility. The majority of the commercial pharmaceutical formulations of the smKIs are physical mixtures that are limited by the low drug solubility of a salt form. This class of drugs is therefore characterized by an impaired and variable bioavailability rendering them costly and their therapies suboptimal. New formulations are sparingly being reported in literature and patents. The presented data suggests that continued research into formulation design can help to develop more efficient and cost-effective smKI formulation. Moreover, it may also be of help in the future design of the formulations of new smKIs.

  8. Subscale testing of prompt agent defeat formulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Knott, A.; Stamatis, D.; Svingala, F.; Lightstone, J.; Miller, K.; Bensman, M.; Bohmke, M.

    2017-01-01

    There is a need to improve the current bioagent defeat systems with formulations that produce lower peak pressure and impulse, sustained high temperatures, and release of biocidal species for prompt defeat applications. In this work, explosive charge configurations similar to fuel-air explosives were detonated in a semi-enclosed chamber configuration. Binder type and fuel-to-oxidizer ratios were varied to observe the effects on combustion performance. Thermocouple measurements and high-speed video were used to monitor the combustion of the dispersed formulation. The down-selected formulations were then tested in a sub-scale vented agent defeat system developed to evaluate performance of formulations against aerosolized Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) spores. Diagnostics including thermocouples and piezoelectric pressure gauges were utilized to characterize the detonation event. Biological sampling with surface coupons, liquid impingement, and filters of the post detonation environment were utilized to determine spore survivability and to rank the relative effectiveness of each formulation.

  9. Analytical Proof and Illustrations for Circles Passing Through Two Given Points and Tangent to A Given Line%过2点与直线相切的圆的分析与图解

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张兴亮; 董军辉

    2015-01-01

    当已知3圆中的2圆退化成点且另1圆退化成直线时,得到阿波罗尼奥斯问题(Apollonius′Problem)的一种特殊情况。在这个前提下,根据已知2点连线与已知直线的位置关系,过已知2点作与已知直线相切的圆,共有3种情况。当已知2点连线与已知直线斜交时,过已知2点可作2圆与已知直线相切,根据近代欧氏几何中的反演理论,提出了一种作出这2圆的图解方法,并对作图依据进行了分析与论证。%A special condition of Apollonius′Problem is that two of three circles are degenerated into points and another circle is degenerated into line. According to the position relation between the line passing through two given points and the given line, There are three kinds of results when drawing circles passing through two given points and tangent to a given straight line.When the line passing through two given points is oblique to the given line, there are two such circles passing through two given points and tangent to a given line, a graphic method drawing such two circles is provided based on inversive theory of Euclidean geometry.

  10. Amphotericin B formulations and drug targeting.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Torrado, J J; Espada, R; Ballesteros, M P; Torrado-Santiago, S

    2008-07-01

    Amphotericin B is a low-soluble polyene antibiotic which is able to self-aggregate. The aggregation state can modify its activity and pharmacokinetical characteristics. In spite of its high toxicity it is still widely employed for the treatment of systemic fungal infections and parasitic disease and different formulations are marketed. Some of these formulations, such as liposomal formulations, can be considered as classical examples of drug targeting. The pharmacokinetics, toxicity and activity are clearly dependent on the type of amphotericin B formulation. New drug delivery systems such as liposomes, nanospheres and microspheres can result in higher concentrations of AMB in the liver and spleen, but lower concentrations in kidney and lungs, so decreasing its toxicity. Moreover, the administration of these drug delivery systems can enhance the drug accessibility to organs and tissues (e.g., bone marrow) otherwise inaccessible to the free drug. During the last few years, new AMB formulations (AmBisome, Abelcet, and Amphotec) with an improved efficacy/toxicity ratio have been marketed. This review compares the different formulations of amphotericin B in terms of pharmacokinetics, toxicity and activity and discusses the possible drug targeting effect of some of these new formulations.

  11. Isotretinoin Oil-Based Capsule Formulation Optimization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pi-Ju Tsai

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of this study was to develop and optimize an isotretinoin oil-based capsule with specific dissolution pattern. A three-factor-constrained mixture design was used to prepare the systemic model formulations. The independent factors were the components of oil-based capsule including beeswax (X1, hydrogenated coconut oil (X2, and soybean oil (X3. The drug release percentages at 10, 30, 60, and 90 min were selected as responses. The effect of formulation factors including that on responses was inspected by using response surface methodology (RSM. Multiple-response optimization was performed to search for the appropriate formulation with specific release pattern. It was found that the interaction effect of these formulation factors (X1X2, X1X3, and X2X3 showed more potential influence than that of the main factors (X1, X2, and X3. An optimal predicted formulation with Y10 min, Y30 min, Y60 min, and Y90 min release values of 12.3%, 36.7%, 73.6%, and 92.7% at X1, X2, and X3 of 5.75, 15.37, and 78.88, respectively, was developed. The new formulation was prepared and performed by the dissolution test. The similarity factor f2 was 54.8, indicating that the dissolution pattern of the new optimized formulation showed equivalence to the predicted profile.

  12. Formulation of heat absorbing glasses

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Álvarez-Casariego, Pedro

    1996-06-01

    Full Text Available In the thermal exchanges between buildings and environment, glazing is an element of major importance, for it largely influences the so-called Solar Heat Gain and Thermal Losses. These parameters can be modified by applying different type of coatings onto glass surface or by adding colorant compounds during glass melting. The latter is a cheaper way to control the Solar Heat Gain. The knowledge of the laws governing the interaction between colorant compounds and solar radiation, allows us to define glass formulations achieving specific aesthetic requirements and solar energy absorption. In this paper two examples of application of the modelling of glass colorants spectral absorptance are presented. First is addressed to obtaining a glass with high luminous transmittance and low solar energy transmittance, and the other one to obtaining a glass with neutral colour appearance and minimized solar energy transmittance. Calculation formulas are defined together with photometric properties so-obtained. These type of glasses are particularly suitable to be used as building and automotive glazing, for they retain the mechanical characteristics and possibilities of transformation of standard glass.

    En los intercambios de energía entre un edificio y el medio exterior, el vidrio es el elemento de mayor importancia, por su influencia en la Ganancia de Calor Solar y en las Pérdidas Térmicas. Estos parámetros pueden ser modificados mediante el depósito de capas sobre el vidrio o mediante la adición de compuestos absorbentes de la radiación solar. Esta última vía es la más económica para controlar la Ganancia de Calor Solar. El conocimiento de las leyes que gobiernan la interacción de los diversos colorantes con la radiación solar, permite definir formulaciones de vidrios con características especificas de tipo estético y de absorción energética. En este trabajo se presentan dos ejemplos de aplicación de esta modelización de las

  13. A covariant formulation of classical spinning particle

    CERN Document Server

    Cho, J H; Kim, J K; Jin-Ho Cho; Seungjoon Hyun; Jae-Kwan Kim

    1994-01-01

    Covariantly we reformulate the description of a spinning particle in terms of the which entails all possible constraints explicitly; all constraints can be obtained just from the Lagrangian. Furthermore, in this covariant reformulation, the Lorentz element is to be considered to evolve the momentum or spin component from an arbitrary fixed frame and not just from the particle rest frame. In distinction with the usual formulation, our system is directly comparable with the pseudo-classical formulation. We get a peculiar symmetry which resembles the supersymmetry of the pseudo-classical formulation.

  14. The Electromagnetic Duality Formulation of Geometric Phases

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Yuchao; Li, Kang

    2015-06-01

    This paper focuses on the electromagnetic(EM) duality formulation of geometric phases of Aharonov-Bohm(A-B) effect and Aharonov-Casher(A-C) effect. Through the two four-vector potential formulation of electromagnetic theory, we construct a EM duality formulation for both A-B effect and A-C effect. The He-McKellar-Wilkens(HMW) effect is included as a EM duality counterpart of the A-C effect, and also the EM duality counterpart of the A-B effect is also predicted.

  15. Geometric Formulation of Gauge Theory of Gravity

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WUNing; ZHANGDa-Hua; RUANTu-Nan

    2003-01-01

    DitTerential geometric formulation of quantum gauge theory of gravity is studied in this paper. The quantum gauge theory of gravity is formulated completely in the framework of traditional quantum field theory. In order to study the relationship between quantum gauge theory of gravity and traditional quantum gravity which is formulated in curved space, it is important to set up the geometry picture of quantum gauge theory of gravity. The correspondence between quantum gauge theory of gravity and differential geometry is discussed and the geometry picture of quantum gauge theory of gravity is studied.

  16. Geometric Formulation of Gauge Theory of Gravity

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WU Ning; ZHANG Da-Hua; RUAN Tu-Nan

    2003-01-01

    Differential geometric formulation of quantum gauge theory of gravity is studied in this paper. The quantumgauge theory of gravity is formulated completely in the framework of traditional quantum field theory. In order to studythe relationship between quantum gauge theory of gravity and traditional quantum gravity which is formulated in curvedspace, it is important to set up the geometry picture of quantum gauge theory of gravity. The correspondence betweenquantum gauge theory of gravity and differential geometry is discussed and the geometry picture of quantum gaugetheory of gravity is studied.

  17. A possible gauge formulation for gravity?

    CERN Document Server

    Gaitan, R

    2001-01-01

    A possible Yang-Mills like lagrangian formulation for gravity is explored. The starting point consists on two next assumptions. First, the metric is assumed as a real map from a given gauge group. Second, a gauge invariant lagrangian density is considered with the condition that it is related to the Einstein one up to a bound term. We study a stationary solution of the abelian case for the spherical symmetry, which is connected to the M\\"oller's Maxwell like formulation for gravity. Finally, it is showed the consistence of this formulation with the Newtonian limit.

  18. Formulation and stability of cytokine therapeutics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lipiäinen, Tiina; Peltoniemi, Marikki; Sarkhel, Sanjay; Yrjönen, Teijo; Vuorela, Heikki; Urtti, Arto; Juppo, Anne

    2015-02-01

    Cytokines are messenger proteins that regulate the proliferation and differentiation of cells and control immune responses. Interferons, interleukins, and growth factors have applications in cancer, autoimmune, and viral disease treatment. The cytokines are susceptible to chemical and physical instability. This article reviews the structure and stability issues of clinically used cytokines, as well as formulation strategies for improved stability. Some general aspects for identifying most probable stability concerns, selecting excipients, and developing stable cytokine formulations are presented. The vast group of cytokines offers possibilities for new biopharmaceuticals. The formulation approaches of the current cytokine products could facilitate development of new biopharmaceuticals.

  19. An exact approach for aggregated formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gamst, Mette; Spoorendonk, Simon; Røpke, Stefan

    optimality cannot be guaranteed by branching on aggregated variables. We present a generic exact solution method to remedy the drawbacks of aggregation. It combines the original and aggregated formulations and applies Benders' decomposition. We apply the method to the Split Delivery Vehicle Routing Problem.......Aggregating formulations is a powerful approach for problems to take on tractable forms. Aggregation may lead to loss of information, i.e. the aggregated formulation may be an approximation of the original problem. In branch-and-bound context, aggregation can also complicate branching, e.g. when...

  20. Formulating and Solving Problems in Computational Chemistry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Norris, A. C.

    1980-01-01

    Considered are the main elements of computational chemistry problems and how these elements can be used to formulate the problems mathematically. Techniques that are useful in devising an appropriate solution are also considered. (Author/TG)

  1. Drug Nanoparticle Formulation Using Ascorbic Acid Derivatives

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kunikazu Moribe

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Drug nanoparticle formulation using ascorbic acid derivatives and its therapeutic uses have recently been introduced. Hydrophilic ascorbic acid derivatives such as ascorbyl glycoside have been used not only as antioxidants but also as food and pharmaceutical excipients. In addition to drug solubilization, drug nanoparticle formation was observed using ascorbyl glycoside. Hydrophobic ascorbic acid derivatives such as ascorbyl mono- and di-n-alkyl fatty acid derivatives are used either as drugs or carrier components. Ascorbyl n-alkyl fatty acid derivatives have been formulated as antioxidants or anticancer drugs for nanoparticle formulations such as micelles, microemulsions, and liposomes. ASC-P vesicles called aspasomes are submicron-sized particles that can encapsulate hydrophilic drugs. Several transdermal and injectable formulations of ascorbyl n-alkyl fatty acid derivatives were used, including ascorbyl palmitate.

  2. Formulation and characterization of caffeine biodegradable chewing ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Methods: Biodegradable plasticized poly(D,L-lactic acid) caffeine-MCGs were formulated with a fixed concentration (15 ... Caffeine serves as a key component in various beverages such as ..... reasonable shelf life, and long-lasting flavour.

  3. Paclitaxel Albumin-stabilized Nanoparticle Formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    This page contains brief information about paclitaxel albumin-stabilized nanoparticle formulation and a collection of links to more information about the use of this drug, research results, and ongoing clinical trials.

  4. On the Mathematical Formulation of Radiance

    CERN Document Server

    Lessig, Christian; Desbrun, Mathieu

    2012-01-01

    Radiance is widely regarded as the principal quantity in light transport theory. Yet, the concept of radiance in use today has remained mostly unchanged since Lambert's work in the 18th century. His formulation of the measurement of light intensity is based on classical differentials, and is known to suffer from several theoretical and practical limitations. After tracing the historic development of radiance and its shortcomings, we provide a modern formulation of light intensity measurements that models radiance as a differential form. We demonstrate the utility of this use of exterior calculus for questions in light transport theory by rigorously deriving the cosine term and the area formulation, without the need for postulates or heuristic arguments. The formulation of radiance as a differential form introduced in this paper hence provides the first step towards a modern theory of light transport.

  5. Hepatoprotective activity studies of herbal formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kamble Manisha

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Traditional system of medicine recommends various hepatoprotective agents and preparations to treat hepatic disorders. Polyherbal formulations F1 and F2 were developed for treatment of liver disorders by exploiting the knowledge of traditional system of medicine and evaluated for hepatoprotective activity using acute liver toxicity models of CCl 4 and Paracetamol induced liver damage in rats. The rats were monitored for morphological changes in liver, biochemical parameter Serum Glutamate Oxaloacetate Transaminase, Serum Glutamate Pyruvate Transaminase, Serum Alkaline Phosphatase, and Serum bilirubin, histopathological studies, and pentobarbitone sleeping time. Both of these formulations F1 and F2 showed significant hepatoprotective activity at dose of 400 mg/kg, which was comparable to silymarin at 6 mg/kg. Formulations F1 and F2 are effective both as prophylactic and therapeutic in experimental liver damage. Biochemical parameters showed better results for formulation F2 but morphological, pentobarbitone sleeping time and hisptopathological observation were similar for both the groups.

  6. The Boltzmann equation in the difference formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Szoke, Abraham [Lawrence Livermore National Lab. (LLNL), Livermore, CA (United States); Brooks III, Eugene D. [Lawrence Livermore National Lab. (LLNL), Livermore, CA (United States)

    2015-05-06

    First we recall the assumptions that are needed for the validity of the Boltzmann equation and for the validity of the compressible Euler equations. We then present the difference formulation of these equations and make a connection with the time-honored Chapman - Enskog expansion. We discuss the hydrodynamic limit and calculate the thermal conductivity of a monatomic gas, using a simplified approximation for the collision term. Our formulation is more consistent and simpler than the traditional derivation.

  7. Clinical pharmacology of novel anticancer drug formulations

    OpenAIRE

    Stuurman, F.E.

    2013-01-01

    Studies outlined in this thesis describe the impact of drug formulations on pharmacology of anticancer drugs. It consists of four parts and starts with a review describing the mechanisms of low oral bioavailability of anti-cancer drugs and strategies for improvement of the bioavailability. The majority of new anti-cancer drugs are oral pharmaceutical formulations, consisting of new chemical entities, like molecular targeted agents and novel variants of existing drugs. The development of oral ...

  8. Chemicals-Based Formulation Design: Virtual Experimentations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Conte, Elisa; Gani, Rafiqul

    2011-01-01

    This paper presents a systematic procedure for virtual experimentations related to the design of liquid formulated products. All the experiments that need to be performed when designing a liquid formulated product (lotion), such as ingredients selection and testing, solubility tests, property mea...... on the design of an insect repellent lotion will show that the software is an essential instrument in decision making, and that it reduces time and resources since experimental efforts can be focused on one or few product alternatives....

  9. Microbiological quality of pediatric oral liquid formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Maria Josep Cabañas Poy

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available The oral administration of drugs to the pediatric population involves the extemporaneous preparation of liquid formulations. These formulations have studies on their physicochemical stability, but they often lack microbiological studies. The objective of this study is to check the microbiological quality of five oral liquid formulations prepared with different excipients, which represent five major combinations, in two conditions: kept unopened until the day of the test, and in a multi-dose vial opened daily. The formulations were prepared according to standard operating procedures. Half of each batch was packaged in vials that remained closed until the day of testing, and the other half in a single container which was opened daily. Both the vials and the containers had been previously sterilized. Microbiological tests were performed weekly during the first month of the study, and then every two weeks, until the expiration date. The microbiological quality of oral liquid formulations is determined by the Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia. The conclusion was that none of the formulations prepared that were packaged in sterilized containers became contaminated, either in unopened vials or in multi-dose containers when they were opened daily

  10. Sterile Filtration of Highly Concentrated Protein Formulations: Impact of Protein Concentration, Formulation Composition, and Filter Material.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Allmendinger, Andrea; Mueller, Robert; Huwyler, Joerg; Mahler, Hanns-Christian; Fischer, Stefan

    2015-10-01

    Differences in filtration behavior of concentrated protein formulations were observed during aseptic drug product manufacturing of biologics dependent on formulation composition. The present study investigates filtration forces of monoclonal antibody formulations in a small-scale set-up using polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) or polyethersulfone (PES) filters. Different factors like formulation composition and protein concentration related to differences in viscosity, as well as different filtration rates were evaluated. The present study showed that filtration behavior was influenced by the presence or absence of a surfactant in the formulation, which defines the interaction between filter membrane and surface active formulation components. This can lead to a change in filter resistance (PES filter) independent on the buffer system used. Filtration behavior was additionally defined by rheological non-Newtonian flow behavior. The data showed that high shear rates resulting from small pore sizes and filtration pressure up to 1.0 bar led to shear-thinning behavior for highly concentrated protein formulations. Differences in non-Newtonian behavior were attributed to ionic strength related to differences in repulsive and attractive interactions. The present study showed that the interplay of formulation composition, filter material, and filtration rate can explain differences in filtration behavior/filtration flux observed for highly concentrated protein formulations thus guiding filter selection.

  11. Formulation and optimization of potassium iodide tablets.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Al-Achi, Antoine; Patel, Binit

    2015-01-01

    The use of potassium iodide (KI) as a protective agent against accidental radioactive exposure is well established. In this study, we aimed to prepare a KI tablet formulation using a direct compression method. We utilized Design of Experiment (DoE)/mixture design to define the best formulation with predetermined physical qualities as to its dissolution, hardness, assay, disintegration, and angle of repose. Based on the results from the DoE, the formulation had the following components (%w/w): Avicel 48.70%, silicon dioxide 0.27%, stearic acid (1.00%), magnesium stearate 2.45%, and dicalcium phosphate 18.69%, in addition to potassium iodide 28.89% (130 mg/tablet). This formulation was scaled-up using two tablet presses, a single-punch press and a rotary mini tablet press. The final scaled-up formulation was subjected to a variety of quality control tests, including photo-stability testing. The results indicate that potassium iodide tablets prepared by a rotary mini tablet press had good pharmaceutical characteristics and a shelf-life of 25 days when stored at room temperature protected from light.

  12. Biopolymeric Formulations for Biocatalysis and Biomedical Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Magdy M. M. Elnashar

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Three gel disks formulations prepared using chitosan (Chito or polyethylenimine (PEI followed by glutaraldehyde were prepared for biocatalysis and biomedical applications. The carriers have been used to immobilize lactase covalently and it was evaluated in terms of enzyme loading capacity and enzyme kinetics (km and Vmax. The Km of the Chito formulation was almost half that of the PEI formulations, which is favored in industries. On the other hand, the gel disks were evaluated in terms of their swelling kinetics and the gels’ morphology using SEM. The mechanism of the three gels’ swelling was also studied and it was found to be non-Fickian, where the mechanism of transport depends on both the diffusion and polymer relaxation, which are controlling the overall rate of water uptake. The Chito formulation was 2–5 folds and PEI formulations were 33–62 folds in terms of the swelling rate constant and the diffusion rate, respectively. These results were highly supported by the SEM. This study will help scientists to design the right polymer network for enzymes immobilization as well as control the surface area and the swelling power of the polymers for different applications such as drug delivery systems and tissue engineering.

  13. Self-Setting Calcium Orthophosphate Formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sergey V. Dorozhkin

    2013-11-01

    Full Text Available In early 1980s, researchers discovered self-setting calcium orthophosphate cements, which are bioactive and biodegradable grafting bioceramics in the form of a powder and a liquid. After mixing, both phases form pastes, which set and harden forming either a non-stoichiometric calcium deficient hydroxyapatite or brushite. Since both of them are remarkably biocompartible, bioresorbable and osteoconductive, self-setting calcium orthophosphate formulations appear to be promising bioceramics for bone grafting. Furthermore, such formulations possess excellent molding capabilities, easy manipulation and nearly perfect adaptation to the complex shapes of bone defects, followed by gradual bioresorption and new bone formation. In addition, reinforced formulations have been introduced, which might be described as calcium orthophosphate concretes. The discovery of self-setting properties opened up a new era in the medical application of calcium orthophosphates and many commercial trademarks have been introduced as a result. Currently such formulations are widely used as synthetic bone grafts, with several advantages, such as pourability and injectability. Moreover, their low-temperature setting reactions and intrinsic porosity allow loading by drugs, biomolecules and even cells for tissue engineering purposes. In this review, an insight into the self-setting calcium orthophosphate formulations, as excellent bioceramics suitable for both dental and bone grafting applications, has been provided.

  14. Bioequivalence assessment of two formulations of ibuprofen

    KAUST Repository

    Al-Talla, Zeyad

    2011-10-19

    Background: This study assessed the relative bioavailability of two formulations of ibuprofen. The first formulation was Doloraz , produced by Al-Razi Pharmaceutical Company, Amman, Jordan. The second forumulation was Brufen , manufactured by Boots Company, Nottingham, UK. Methods and results: A prestudy validation of ibuprofen demonstrated long-term stability, freeze-thaw stability, precision, and accuracy. Twenty-four healthy volunteers were enrolled in this study. After overnight fasting, the two formulations (test and reference) of ibuprofen (100 mg ibuprofen/5 mL suspension) were administered as a single dose on two treatment days separated by a one-week washout period. After dosing, serial blood samples were drawn for a period of 14 hours. Serum harvested from the blood samples was analyzed for the presence of ibuprofen by high-pressure liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection. Pharmacokinetic parameters were determined from serum concentrations for both formulations. The 90% confidence intervals of the ln-transformed test/reference treatment ratios for peak plasma concentration and area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) parameters were found to be within the predetermined acceptable interval of 80%-125% set by the US Food and Drug Administration. Conclusion: Analysis of variance for peak plasma concentrations and AUC parameters showed no significant difference between the two formulations and, therefore, Doloraz was considered bioequivalent to Brufen. 2011 Al-Talla et al, publisher and licensee Dove Medical Press Ltd.

  15. Gamma Ray Bursts Cook Book I: Formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Ziaeepour, Houri

    2008-01-01

    Since the suggestion of relativistic shocks as the origin of gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) in early 90's, the mathematical formulation of this process has stayed at phenomenological level. One of the reasons for the slow development of theoretical works in this domain has been the simple power-law behaviour of the afterglows hours or days after the prompt gamma-ray emission. Nowadays with the launch of the Swift satellite, gamma-ray bursts can be observed in multi-wavelength from a few tens of seconds after trigger onward. These observations have leaded to the discovery of features unexplainable by the simple formulation of the shocks and emission processes used up to now. But "devil is in details" and some of these features may be explained with a more detailed formulation of phenomena and without adhoc addition of new processes. Such a formulation is the goal of this work. We present a consistent formulation of the collision between two spherical relativistic shells. The model can be applied to both internal and ...

  16. Additive Technology for EU Ecolabel Formulations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Eric Nehls; Tassilo Habereder; Edward Ng

    2009-01-01

    Currently, Bio -lubricants are still regarded as niche products. Within the global lubricant market, however, the ar-ea of environmentally acceptable fluids represents one of the fast growing markets with an estimated annual growth of more than 6% per year. This growth is supported by various market drivers such as legal regulations, public subsidies and the im-plementation of national or international labeling schemes.With the implementation of the European Ecolabel for lubricants in 2005, a common standard specifying ecological and performance requirements for Bio - lubricants was defined. Applying for the EU Ecolabel requires a comprehensive assess-ment, not only of the final formulation, but also of the additives used. Additives are required to meet specifications for oxi-dation and thermal stability, as well as to impart metal protection (of both steel and yellow metals), thus improving corro-sion protection and wear performance of the formulation. Therefore, it is challenging in terms of formulation technology to develop the right formulation that meets the technical specifications as well as the stringent requirements of the EU - Ecola-bel.The paper describes how, by using ester base fluids and additives currently available in the market, lubricants can be developed to meet the technical and eco - toxicological requirements of the EU - Ecolabel, approaching the performance lev-els of lubricants formulated with traditional base fluids.

  17. FORMULATION AND EVALUATION OF AMISULPRIDE ORODISPERSIBLE TABLET

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dr. Hitesh P. Dalvadi

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available Orodispersible dosage forms have lured the market for a certain section of the patient population which includes dysphagia, bed ridden, psychic, and geriatric patients. Moreover Orodispersible tablets shows increased bioavailability as compared to conventional dosage forms. Amisulpride is a psychotropic agent belonging to the chemical class of benzamide derivatives. At low doses, it enhances dopaminergic neurotransmission by preferentially blocking presynaptic dopamine D2/D3 auto receptors. The tablets were prepared by using direct compression method, and drug solubility is enhanced by solid dispersion. Formulation were prepared by using different superdisintegrant, combination of different superdisintegrant and effect of hydrophilic lubricant was studied and evaluated pre and post compression parameters. Tablets were evaluated for content uniformity, Disintegration time, wetting time, hardness, friability and In-vitro dissolution studies. More than 90% of drug was released from almost all the formulations within 10 min. Formulation C4 containing Sodium starch glycolate (4.5%, Crospovidone (2.5% and crosscarmellose sodium (3.5%, was having disintegration time 24 seconds, wetting time 18 seconds, hardness 3.4Kg/cm2 and in vitro drug release of 99.96% in pH 6.8. Based on this data C4 was found to be the best formulation. Further formulations were subjected to accelerated stability studies. Tablets showed no appreciable changes with respect to disintegration and dissolution profiles. Results of this study indicate among the superdisintegrants tried, combination of superdisintegrant gave the best result.

  18. Formulation and optimization of carbamazepine floating tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Patel D

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available Floating tablets of carbamazepine were developed using melt granulation technique. Bees wax was used as a hydrophobic meltable material. Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium bicarbonate and ethyl cellulose were used as matrixing agent, gas-generating agent and floating enhancer, respectively. The tablets were evaluated for in vitro buoyancy and dissolution studies. A simplex lattice design was applied to investigate the combined effect of 3 formulation variables i.e. amount of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ( X 1 , ethyl cellulose ( X 2 and sodium bicarbonate ( X 3 . The floating lag time (F lag , time required for 50% (t 50 and 80% drug dissolution (t 80 were taken as responses. Results of multiple regression analysis indicated that, low level of X 1 and X 2 , and high level of X 3 should be used to manufacture the tablet formulation with desired in vitro floating time and dissolution. Formulations developed using simplex lattice design were fitted to various kinetic models for drug release. Formulation S3 was selected as a promising formulation and was found stable at 40 o and 75% relative humidity for 3 months. Present study demonstrates the use of simplex lattice design in the development of floating tablets with minimum experimentation.

  19. Formulation and evaluation of saquinavir injection

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nahar M

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS pandemic is one of the biggest challenges of the 21st century. With the development of antiretroviral therapy, the count of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV-infected people may decrease to a certain extent. Presently available formulations for this disease are found not to be very useful due to poor bioavailability, leading to poor efficacy, various side effects and high cost. In the present investigation, it was proposed to formulate the aqueous injection of saquinavir, which should definitely be more effective, economical, safe and with the least side effects as compared to its existing dosage forms, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsule. The solubilization of saquinavir (antiHIV drug, practically insoluble in water, by means of physiologically active hydrotropes and cosolvents has been investigated. The results indicate that enhancement in solubility of saquinavir in the presence of hydrotrope at low concentration is due to weak ionic interaction. At higher concentrations (>0.4 M, complexation is found to be the probable mechanism for solubility enhancement by nicotinamide but nature of complex formed is not clear; whereas for ascorbic acid, self-association is the probable mechanism at these concentrations. Using these two approaches, various formulations of saquinavir were developed, and haemolysis study and dilution study of these formulations were carried out. Formulation containing nicotinamide as hydrotrope showed promising results.

  20. Formulations for children: problems and solutions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Batchelor, Hannah K; Marriott, John F

    2015-01-01

    Paediatric formulation design is complex as there is a need to understand the developmental physiological changes that occur during childhood and their impact on the absorption of drugs. Paediatric dose adjustments are usually based on achieving pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic profiles equivalent to those achieved in adult populations. However, differences in the way in which children handle adult products or the use of bespoke paediatric formulations can result in unexpected pharmacokinetic drug profiles with altered clinical efficacy. Differences in drug formulations need to be understood by healthcare professionals involved in the prescribing, administration or dispensing of drugs to children such that appropriate advice is given to ensure that therapeutic outcomes are achieved. This issue is not confined to oral medicines but is applicable for all routes of administration encountered in paediatric therapy. PMID:25855822

  1. Aeroelastic formulations for turbomachines and propellers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Crawley, E. F.

    1984-01-01

    The task of the aeroelastic analysis is to combine the formulations of the structural dynamic and unsteady aerodynamic models in a consistent manner, to solve the resulting aeroelastic model to determine the dynamic behavior (e.g., stability, forced vibration), and to interpret those results for both qualitative trends, and quantitative detail. A review of the various formulations of the aeroelastic problem and a comparison of their relative advantages will be the subject of this paper. Specifically, the topics to be addressed are: the formulation of the aeroelastic problem, including a summary of the relations necessary to transform various diverse structural and aerodynamic models to a consistent notation for oscillatory motion; an approximate transformation for arbitrary temporal behavior; and a brief review of the applicable solution techniques.

  2. Quantum Holonomy Theory, Lattice-Independent Formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Aastrup, Johannes

    2016-01-01

    Quantum holonomy theory is a candidate for a non-perturbative theory of quantum gravity coupled to fermions. The theory is based on the QHD-algebra, which essentially encodes how local degrees of freedom are moved on a three-dimensional manifold. In this paper we continue the development of the theory by providing a lattice-independent formulation. We first define a Dirac type operator over a configuration space of Ashtekar connections and use it to formulate a graded version of the QHD-algebra. Next we formulate necessary conditions for a state to exist on this algebra and use the GNS construction to build a kinematical Hilbert space. Finally we find that operators, that correspond to the Dirac and gravitational Hamiltonians in a semi-classical limit, are background independent.

  3. "Sustained release formulation of Metoclopramide Hydrochloride "

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dabbagh MA

    2000-08-01

    Full Text Available In this research, several formulations containing, an anti emetic agent (Metoclopramide hydrochloride, a hydrophilic polymer (hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and a hydrophobic polymer (ethylcellulose 10 cP were prepared by direct compression. Different factors such as: the effect of different ratios of the polymers, particle size, pressure force and differences of release in acidic and distilled water as media were investigated. After developing the ideal formulation, the effect of changing the ratio of drug in core: coating on the formulation was investigated. Coating of tablets with ethylcellulose, changed the release mechanism of drug and shifted it to near zero order release. The results showed that except when matrices were coated with ethylcellulose, drug release was proportioned to the square root of time, which might be due to the change of release pattern from matrix to reservoir system.

  4. Engaged Problem Formulation in IS Research

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Peter Axel; Persson, John Stouby

    2016-01-01

    problems requires a more substantial engagement with the different stakeholders, especially when their problems are ill structured and situated in complex organizational settings. On this basis, we present an engaged approach to formulating IS problems with, not for, IS practitioners. We have come......“Is this the problem?”: the question that haunts many information systems (IS) researchers when they pursue work relevant to both practice and research. Nevertheless, a deliberate answer to this question requires more than simply asking the involved IS practitioners. Deliberately formulating...... to understand engaged problem formulation as joint researching and as the defining of contemporary and complex problems by researchers and those practitioners who experience and know these problems. We used this approach in investigating IS management in Danish municipalities. In this paper, we present...

  5. Patented herbal formulations and their therapeutic applications.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Musthaba, Mohamed; Baboota, Sanjula; Athar, Tanwir M D; Thajudeen, Kamal Y; Ahmed, Sayeed; Ali, Javed

    2010-11-01

    Recently, there is a greater global interest in non synthetic, natural medicines derived from plant sources due to better tolerance and minimum adverse drug reactions as compared to synthetic medicines. Herbal products are also commonly used by the patients with certain chronic medical conditions, including breast cancer, liver disease, human immunodeficiency, asthma and rheumatological disorders. WHO estimates that about three-quarters of the world's population currently uses herbs and other forms of traditional medicines for the treatment of various diseases. The herbs are formulated in different modern dosage forms, such as Tablets, Capsules, Topical cream, Gel, Ointment and even some novel drug delivery forms, like extended release, sustained release, and microencapsules dosage forms. Patenting of herbal formulations has increased over the past few years and scientific evidence of therapeutic activity has been reported by performing various in vitro and in vivo experiments. This manuscript deals with various patented herbal formulations with their therapeutic application against various diseases.

  6. Assessing Component Effects in Formulation Systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Snee, Ronald D.; Piepel, Gregory F.

    2012-12-17

    The purpose of Snee (2011) was to discuss and illustrate how using Six Sigma concepts and approaches can lead to a better understanding of formulation systems. Central to the recommended approach is estimating and interpreting the effects of the components in the formulation on the response variable. Knowledge of components that have no effect, small or large effects (positive or negative), and similar effects is very helpful in understanding how the formulation system works. This understanding helps one decide 1) which components having large effects should be increased or decreased, and 2) what to do about components with no effects or similar effects. Correspondence between the authors following Snee (2011), along with further review of the literature, have pointed out that the approaches discussed in Snee (2011), and the interpretation of component effects in general, need further clarification. That is the focus of this article.

  7. Engaged Problem Formulation in IS Research

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Peter Axel; Persson, John Stouby

    2016-01-01

    “Is this the problem?”: the question that haunts many information systems (IS) researchers when they pursue work relevant to both practice and research. Nevertheless, a deliberate answer to this question requires more than simply asking the involved IS practitioners. Deliberately formulating...... to understand engaged problem formulation as joint researching and as the defining of contemporary and complex problems by researchers and those practitioners who experience and know these problems. We used this approach in investigating IS management in Danish municipalities. In this paper, we present...... the approach to formulating problems in an engaged way. We discuss it in relation to ideas and assumptions that underpin engaged scholarship, and we discuss the implications for IS action research, design science research, and mixed approaches....

  8. Chemical-Based Formulation Design: Virtual Experimentation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Conte, Elisa; Gani, Rafiqul

    This paper presents a software, the virtual Product-Process Design laboratory (virtual PPD-lab) and the virtual experimental scenarios for design/verification of consumer oriented liquid formulated products where the software can be used. For example, the software can be employed for the design...... system engineering community, it is possible now to replace, at least, some of the experimental steps with efficient and validated model-based approaches. For example, the search space can be significantly reduced through computer-aided screenings of the active ingredient (AI), the solvent mixture......, the additives and/or their mixtures (formulations). Therefore, the experimental resources can focus on a few candidate product formulations to find the best product. The virtual PPD-lab allows various options for experimentations related to design and/or verification of the product. For example, the selection...

  9. RAACFDb: Rheumatoid arthritis ayurvedic classical formulations database.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mohamed Thoufic Ali, A M; Agrawal, Aakash; Sajitha Lulu, S; Mohana Priya, A; Vino, S

    2017-02-02

    In the past years, the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) has undergone remarkable changes in all therapeutic modes. The present newfangled care in clinical research is to determine and to pick a new track for better treatment options for RA. Recent ethnopharmacological investigations revealed that traditional herbal remedies are the most preferred modality of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM). However, several ayurvedic modes of treatments and formulations for RA are not much studied and documented from Indian traditional system of medicine. Therefore, this directed us to develop an integrated database, RAACFDb (acronym: Rheumatoid Arthritis Ayurvedic Classical Formulations Database) by consolidating data from the repository of Vedic Samhita - The Ayurveda to retrieve the available formulations information easily. Literature data was gathered using several search engines and from ayurvedic practitioners for loading information in the database. In order to represent the collected information about classical ayurvedic formulations, an integrated database is constructed and implemented on a MySQL and PHP back-end. The database is supported by describing all the ayurvedic classical formulations for the treatment rheumatoid arthritis. It includes composition, usage, plant parts used, active ingredients present in the composition and their structures. The prime objective is to locate ayurvedic formulations proven to be quite successful and highly effective among the patients with reduced side effects. The database (freely available at www.beta.vit.ac.in/raacfdb/index.html) hopefully enables easy access for clinical researchers and students to discover novel leads with reduced side effects. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. Effects of Formulation Variables and Storage Conditions on Light Protected Vitamin B12 Mixed Parenteral Formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Farnaz Monajjemzadeh

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: In this research the effect of vitamin B1 and B6 on cyanocobalamin stability in commercial light protected parenteral formulations and upon adding stabilizing agents will be investigated and best formulation composition and proper storage condition will be introduced. Methods: In this research some additives such as co solvents and tonicity adjusters, surfactants, antioxidants and chelating agents as well as buffer solutions, were used to improve the stability of the parenteral mixed formulations of B12 in the presence of other B vitamins (B1 and B6. Screening tests and accelerated stability tests were performed according to ICH guidelines Q1A (R2. Results: Shelf life evaluation revealed the best formulation and the proper storage condition. The results indicated the first kinetic models for all tested formulations and the optimum pH value was determined to be 5.8. There was no evidence of B12 loss when mixed with B1 and B6 in a medical syringe at room temperature for maximum of 8 hours. Conclusion: It is necessary to formulate vitamin B12 mixed parenteral solutions using proper phosphate buffers (pH=5.8 and to indicate “Store in refrigerator” on the mixed parenteral formulations of vitamin B12 with other B vitamins, which has not been expressed on the label of tested Brand formulations at the time of this study.

  11. From the Berkovits formulation to the Witten formulation in open superstring field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Iimori, Yuki; Noumi, Toshifumi; Okawa, Yuji; Torii, Shingo

    2014-03-01

    The Berkovits formulation of open superstring field theory is based on the large Hilbert space of the superconformal ghost sector. We discuss its relation to the Witten formulation based on the small Hilbert space. We introduce a one-parameter family of conditions for partial gauge fixing of the Berkovits formulation such that the cubic interaction of the theory under the partial gauge fixing reduces to that of the Witten formulation in a singular limit. The local picture-changing operator at the open-string midpoint in the Witten formulation is regularized in our approach, and the divergence in on-shell four-point amplitudes coming from collision of picture-changing operators is resolved. The quartic interaction inherited from the Berkovits formulation plays a role of adjusting different behaviors of the picture-changing operators in the s channel and in the t channel of Feynman diagrams with two cubic vertices, and correct amplitudes in the world-sheet theory are reproduced. While gauge invariance at the second order in the coupling constant is obscured in the Witten formulation by collision of picture-changing operators, it is well defined in our approach and is recovered by including the quartic interaction inherited from the Berkovits formulation.

  12. From the Berkovits formulation to the Witten formulation in open superstring field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Iimori, Yuki [Department of Physics, Nagoya University,Nagoya 464-8602 (Japan); Noumi, Toshifumi [Mathematical Physics Laboratory, RIKEN Nishina Center,Saitama 351-0198 (Japan); Okawa, Yuji [Institute of Physics, The University of Tokyo,Komaba, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8902 (Japan); Torii, Shingo [Mathematical Physics Laboratory, RIKEN Nishina Center,Saitama 351-0198 (Japan)

    2014-03-07

    The Berkovits formulation of open superstring field theory is based on the large Hilbert space of the superconformal ghost sector. We discuss its relation to the Witten formulation based on the small Hilbert space. We introduce a one-parameter family of conditions for partial gauge fixing of the Berkovits formulation such that the cubic interaction of the theory under the partial gauge fixing reduces to that of the Witten formulation in a singular limit. The local picture-changing operator at the open-string midpoint in the Witten formulation is regularized in our approach, and the divergence in on-shell four-point amplitudes coming from collision of picture-changing operators is resolved. The quartic interaction inherited from the Berkovits formulation plays a role of adjusting different behaviors of the picture-changing operators in the s channel and in the t channel of Feynman diagrams with two cubic vertices, and correct amplitudes in the world-sheet theory are reproduced. While gauge invariance at the second order in the coupling constant is obscured in the Witten formulation by collision of picture-changing operators, it is well defined in our approach and is recovered by including the quartic interaction inherited from the Berkovits formulation.

  13. Pharmacokinetics of formulated tenoxicam transdermal delivery systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Taekyung; Kang, Eunyoung; Chun, Inkoo; Gwak, Hyesun

    2008-01-01

    To investigate the feasibility of developing a new tenoxicam transdermal delivery system (TDS), the pharmacokinetics of tenoxicam from various formulated TDS were evaluated and compared with values following oral administration of tenoxicam and with application of a piroxicam plaster (Trast) marketed in Korea. Based on previous in-vitro study results, a mixture of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (DGME) and propylene glycol monolaurate (PGML) (40:60) was used as a vehicle, and caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid (each at 3%) was added as an enhancer. Triethanolamine (5%) was used as a solubilizer, and Duro-Tak 87-2510 as a pressure-sensitive adhesive. Among these fatty acids used for the formulation of tenoxicam TDS, caprylic acid showed the greatest enhancing effect; the area under the plasma concentration-time profile (AUC) decreased in the order of caprylic acid>linoleic acid>or=oleic acid>lauric acid>capric acid. Compared with oral administration, maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) was significantly lower, and time to reach Cmax (Tmax) delayed with all formulated tenoxicam TDS. All formulated TDS resulted in a lower AUC than with the oral formulation, except for TDS containing caprylic acid, although the difference was statistically significant only with capric acid. The AUC for all the formulated tenoxicam TDS was significantly higher than that of the piroxicam plaster; TDS with caprylic acid increased AUC 8.53-fold compared with the piroxicam plaster. Even though the Tmax of tenoxicam TDS was not significantly different from that of the piroxicam plaster, Cmax was higher; formulations containing caprylic acid and linoleic acid increased Cmax by 7.39- and 8.76-fold, respectively. In conclusion, a formulation containing 1.5 mL DGME-PGML (40:60) with 3% caprylic acid and 5% triethanolamine mixed with 6 g Duro-Tak 87-2510 could be a good candidate for developing a new tenoxicam TDS to maintain a comparable extent of absorption

  14. A Novel Formulation of Baroclinic Rotational Equilibria

    CERN Document Server

    Yasutake, Nobutoshi

    2014-01-01

    We have developed a new formulation to obtain self-gravitating, axisymmetric configurations in permanent rotation. It is applicable not only to barotropic equations of state but also to baroclinic ones, for which angular momentum distributions are not cylindrical. The formulation is based on the Lagrangian variational principle. Some test calculations are presented, in which we have achieved an error of $O(10^{-4})$ in the Virial relation. We believe that this method could be a major break-through in stellar evolution theory, in which it is a common practice that rotation is included only approximately in one dimensional models.

  15. Application of UV Imaging in Formulation Development

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sun, Yu; Østergaard, Jesper

    2017-01-01

    defining formulation behavior after exposure to the aqueous environments and pharmaceutical performance is critical in pharmaceutical development, manufacturing and quality control of drugs. UV imaging has been explored as a tool for qualitative and quantitative characterization of drug dissolution...... and release with the characteristic feature of providing real-time visualization of the solution phase drug transport in the vicinity of the formulation. Events occurring during drug dissolution and release, such as polymer swelling, drug precipitation/recrystallization, or solvent-mediated phase transitions...

  16. Design of formulated products: a systematic methodology

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Conte, Elisa; Gani, Rafiqul; Ng, K.M.

    2011-01-01

    -based computer-aided methodology for design and verification of a class of chemical-based products (liquid formulations) is presented. This methodology is part of an integrated three-stage approach for design/verification of liquid formulations where stage-1 generates a list of feasible product candidates and....../or verifies a specified set through a sequence of predefined activities (work-flow). Stage-2 and stage-3 (not presented here) deal with the planning and execution of experiments, for product validation. Four case studies have been developed to test the methodology. The computer-aided design (stage-1...

  17. Quaternionic formulation of the exact parity model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brumby, S.P.; Foot, R.; Volkas, R.R.

    1996-02-28

    The exact parity model (EPM) is a simple extension of the standard model which reinstates parity invariance as an unbroken symmetry of nature. The mirror matter sector of the model can interact with ordinary matter through gauge boson mixing, Higgs boson mixing and, if neutrinos are massive, through neutrino mixing. The last effect has experimental support through the observed solar and atmospheric neutrino anomalies. In the paper it is shown that the exact parity model can be formulated in a quaternionic framework. This suggests that the idea of mirror matter and exact parity may have profound implications for the mathematical formulation of quantum theory. 13 refs.

  18. Novel self-nanoemulsifying formulation of quercetin

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jain, Amit K; Thanki, Kaushik; Jain, Sanyog

    2014-01-01

    UNLABELLED: The present work focuses on the anticancer potential of quercetin (QT) loaded self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery system (QT-SNEDDS) composed of Capmul MCM, Tween 20 and ethanol. In vitro cell culture studies revealed potential cell cytotoxicity of developed formulation mediated by its...... to that of free QT (~20%). Finally, safety profile of developed formulation was established assessing various hepatotoxicity markers. FROM THE CLINICAL EDITOR: This basic science study focuses on the anticancer potential of a specific quercetin loaded self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery system. At higher doses...... significantly higher therapeutic anticancer efficacy (~65% tumor suppression) was noted in the same model as compared to that of free quercetin (~20%)....

  19. 3a micromagnetic solution by finite formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Giuffrida, C. [Politecnico di Torino, Dip. Ingegneria Elettrica, C.so Duca Abruzzi 24, I-10129 Turin (Italy); Ragusa, C. [Politecnico di Torino, Dip. Ingegneria Elettrica, C.so Duca Abruzzi 24, I-10129 Turin (Italy); Repetto, M. [Politecnico di Torino, Dip. Ingegneria Elettrica, C.so Duca Abruzzi 24, I-10129 Turin (Italy)]. E-mail: maurizio.repetto@polito.it

    2006-02-01

    In this paper, a method for the numerical solution of micromagnetic problems in 3D cases is presented. These problems require the solution of electromagnetic field coupled with Landau-Lifshitz-Gilbert equation, governing magnetization dynamics. Finite formulation of electromagnetic fields (FFEF) is used to compute the magnetostatic contribution to the effective field in terms of line integrals of magnetic vector potential, while integral boundary conditions are obtained computing magnetic scalar potential using magnetization values as source. Magnetization dynamics is evaluated by an implicit formulation. Results on benchmark configurations are shown.

  20. Determination of carbamazepine in pharmaceutical formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lílian Grace da Silva Solon

    2010-09-01

    Full Text Available The aim of this study was to evaluate the quality of five different solid formulations of carbamazepine. The reference formulation was Tegretol® 200.00 mg (Novartis and the others were: generic formulation of carbamazepine 200.00 mg (National Industry, similar formulation of carbamazepine 200.00 mg (National Industry, and two formulations of carbamazepine 200.00 mg acquired from two different compounding pharmacies. The latter consisted of capsules obtained in Natal, the capital city of the Brazilian State of Rio Grande do Norte. The quality of samples was evaluated through physical and physical-chemical tests, including: weight, diameter, thickness, content, dissolution, disintegration, hardness, friability and moisture. The results of friability analysis showed that all formulations met Brazilian and United States Pharmacopeia (USP specifications. In spite of having a higher hardness compared to the reference, the generic formulation had a lower disintegration time. This could be associated to the presence of crospovidone in its formulation. Results of this study showed that all formulations had dissolutions which were in accordance with Brazilian Pharmacopoeia specifications, and quality control tests. An exception was found for the similar formulation, which had a hardness parameter that exceeded the USP standard. However, this difference was not significant given the similar formulation's satisfactory disintegration time.O objetivo desse trabalho foi avaliar a qualidade de cinco formulações de carbamazepina na dosagem de 200,00 mg: medicamento referência Tegretol® (Novartis, medicamento genérico (indústria nacional, medicamento similar (indústria nacional e cápsulas do mesmo medicamento obtidas de duas farmácias de manipulação da cidade do Natal, RN. Os ensaios realizados foram: peso médio, diâmetro, espessura, teor, dissolução, desintegração, dureza, friabilidade e umidade. Foi observado que nenhuma das amostras

  1. State-Space Formulation for Circuit Analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Martinez-Marin, T.

    2010-01-01

    This paper presents a new state-space approach for temporal analysis of electrical circuits. The method systematically obtains the state-space formulation of nondegenerate linear networks without using concepts of topology. It employs nodal/mesh systematic analysis to reduce the number of undesired variables. This approach helps students to…

  2. Implicit Hamiltonian formulation of bond graphs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Golo, G.; Schaft, A.J. van der; Breedveld, P.C.; Maschke, B.M.

    2003-01-01

    This paper deals with mathematical formulation of bond graphs. It is proven that the power continuous part of bond graphs, the junction structure, can be associated with a Dirac structure and that equations describing a bond graph model correspond to an implicit port-controlled Hamiltonian system wi

  3. New lipid formulation of octenidine dihydrochloride.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Szostak, Kamila; Czogalla, Aleksander; Przybyło, Magdalena; Langner, Marek

    2017-01-18

    Octenidine dihydrochloride is an effective antiseptic compound which mode of action is based on destabilization plasma membrane of microorganisms. This ensures that microorganisms cannot develop the drug resistance in a straightforward way, as the entire cellular structure, rather than specific molecular target is affected. Since the octenidine is a hydrophobic compound, it requires organic solvent such as phenoxyethanol in order to be effectively administered. However, the presence of phenoxyethanol has strong irritating effect, particularly when applied on open wounds and mucous membranes. Phospholipids are known as neutral excipients free of side effects and in their aggregated form may serve as solvent for octenidine. In this article, we propose a new antiseptic formulation composed of equimolar ratio of lipids and octenidine. The resulting particles are ∼4 nm in diameter showing that their topology is different from that known for liposomes. The new formulation has proven to be equally effective as octenidine dihydrochloride formulation marketed under the name of Octenisept®. The main advantage of the new formulation is that it does not contain phenoxyethanol, which opens new possibilities for broader application spectrum of octenidine, including treatments of mucous membranes and open wounds.

  4. Clinical pharmacology of novel anticancer drug formulations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Stuurman, F.E.

    2013-01-01

    Studies outlined in this thesis describe the impact of drug formulations on pharmacology of anticancer drugs. It consists of four parts and starts with a review describing the mechanisms of low oral bioavailability of anti-cancer drugs and strategies for improvement of the bioavailability. The

  5. A parcel formulation for Hamiltonian layer models

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bokhove, O.; Oliver, M.

    2009-01-01

    Starting from the three-dimensional hydrostatic primitive equations, we derive Hamiltonian N-layer models with isentropic tropospheric and isentropic or isothermal stratospheric layers. Our construction employs a new parcel Hamiltonian formulation which describes the fluid as a continuum of Hamilton

  6. Structural design using equilibrium programming formulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scotti, Stephen J.

    1995-06-01

    Solutions to increasingly larger structural optimization problems are desired. However, computational resources are strained to meet this need. New methods will be required to solve increasingly larger problems. The present approaches to solving large-scale problems involve approximations for the constraints of structural optimization problems and/or decomposition of the problem into multiple subproblems that can be solved in parallel. An area of game theory, equilibrium programming (also known as noncooperative game theory), can be used to unify these existing approaches from a theoretical point of view (considering the existence and optimality of solutions), and be used as a framework for the development of new methods for solving large-scale optimization problems. Equilibrium programming theory is described, and existing design techniques such as fully stressed design and constraint approximations are shown to fit within its framework. Two new structural design formulations are also derived. The first new formulation is another approximation technique which is a general updating scheme for the sensitivity derivatives of design constraints. The second new formulation uses a substructure-based decomposition of the structure for analysis and sensitivity calculations. Significant computational benefits of the new formulations compared with a conventional method are demonstrated.

  7. Clinical pharmacology of novel anticancer drug formulations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Stuurman, F.E.

    2013-01-01

    Studies outlined in this thesis describe the impact of drug formulations on pharmacology of anticancer drugs. It consists of four parts and starts with a review describing the mechanisms of low oral bioavailability of anti-cancer drugs and strategies for improvement of the bioavailability. The major

  8. [Optimization of formulations for dietetic pastry products].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Villarroel, M; Uquiche, E; Brito, G; Cancino, M

    2000-03-01

    Optimized formulations of dietetic pastry products such as cake and sponge cake premixes were formulated using the surface response methodology. % Emulsifier agent and baking time were the selected independent variables for cake, as well as % emulsifier agent % chlorinated flour the variables selected for sponge cake. Three different level of each variable summing up thirteen experimental formulae of each product were assessed to optimize the variables that could have some influence in the sensory characteristics of these dietetic products. The total sensory quality was determined for both dietetic products using the composite scoring test and a panel of 18 trained judges. Looking at the contour graphic and considering economic aspects the best combination of variables for cake formulation was 2% emulsifier agent and 48 minutes for baking time, With respect to sponge cake, the best combination was 6% emulsifier agent and 48% chlorinated flour. Shelf life studies showed that both dietetic formulations remained stable during storage conditions of 75 days at 30 degrees C. During this period, significant differences in sensory characteristics were not found (p < 0.05). Data of peroxide values were kept under the critical value reported for detection of organoleptic rancidity. Reported values of hedonic test showed that these dietetics pastry products had good acceptability, and open up marketing opportunities for new products with potential health benefits to consumers.

  9. Engaged Problem Formulation in IS Research

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Peter Axel; Persson, John Stouby

    2016-01-01

    problems requires a more substantial engagement with the different stakeholders, especially when their problems are ill structured and situated in complex organizational settings. On this basis, we present an engaged approach to formulating IS problems with, not for, IS practitioners. We have come...

  10. Preformulation and Formulation Investigational New Drugs

    Science.gov (United States)

    1990-07-01

    pyridostigmine. Formulation Strate~y Since hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC) and hydrogenated castor oil (Castorwax@)/polyvinylpyrolidone (PVP) had been used... hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (MethocelO K4M CR) for 10 minutes in a V-blender. Povidone was added to this mixture and blended for a further 10 minutes. The

  11. Innate antioxidant activity of some traditional formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gunpreet Kaur

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Herbal medicine is the oldest form of healthcare known to humanity. Recently, much attention is being directed toward the use of antioxidants. There are some very commonly used Ayurvedic preparations that might have inbuilt antioxidant activity, and their therapeutic potential can be partially attributable to its antioxidant activity. Hence, it was proposed to find out antioxidant activity of such common formulations. Estimation of innate antioxidant activity of some commonly used traditional formulations. In this study, five formulations were evaluated for antioxidant activity in comparison to gallic acid (standard using the in vitro reducing power method and superoxide radical scavenging activity by dimethyl sulfoxide method followed by calculation of scavenging activity and inhibitory concentration 50% (IC 50 . The result shows that Ayurvedic drug extracts possess good reducing power and antioxidant activity. Laxmivilas Ras shows higher reducing power ranging from 117 ± 0.021 to 0.176 ± 0.012 as compared to other extracts. The drug extracts were also found to be an efficient scavenger of superoxide radical. The IC 50 values for Laxmivilas Ras, Agnitundi Vati, Ajmodadi Churna, Tribhuvankirti Rasa, gallic acid (standard and Sitopladi Churna, were found to be 50.07, 98.41, 105.13, 116.39, 176.80, and 200.17, respectively. From this study, it can be concluded that the above Ayurvedic formulations possess antioxidant property. However, work could be initiated on the isolation and identification of these antioxidant components.

  12. A Generalized Fluid Formulation for Turbomachinery Computations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Merkle, Charles L.; Sankaran, Venkateswaran; Dorney, Daniel J.; Sondak, Douglas L.

    2003-01-01

    A generalized formulation of the equations of motion of an arbitrary fluid are developed for the purpose of defining a common iterative algorithm for computational procedures. The method makes use of the equations of motion in conservation form with separate pseudo-time derivatives used for defining the numerical flux for a Riemann solver and the convergence algorithm. The partial differential equations are complemented by an thermodynamic and caloric equations of state of a complexity necessary for describing the fluid. Representative solutions with a new code based on this general equation formulation are provided for three turbomachinery problems. The first uses air as a working fluid while the second uses gaseous oxygen in a regime in which real gas effects are of little importance. These nearly perfect gas computations provide a basis for comparing with existing perfect gas code computations. The third case is for the flow of liquid oxygen through a turbine where real gas effects are significant. Vortex shedding predictions with the LOX formulations reduce the discrepancy between perfect gas computations and experiment by approximately an order of magnitude, thereby verifying the real gas formulation as well as providing an effective case where its capabilities are necessary.

  13. PERFORMANCE OF LOCALLY FORMULATED FEEDS FOR ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    ACSS

    sector, providing almost 20% of the world's protein supply; however, the trend in fish production from capture fisheries has reached its limits due to overfishing. ... each were stocked with 320 catfish fry each, and fed with formulated feeds at 5% of ...

  14. Formulation of statistical mechanics for chaotic systems

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Vishnu M Bannur; Ramesh Babu Thayyullathil

    2009-02-01

    We formulate the statistical mechanics of chaotic system with few degrees of freedom and investigated the quartic oscillator system using microcanonical and canonical ensembles. Results of statistical mechanics are numerically verified by considering the dynamical evolution of quartic oscillator system with two degrees of freedom.

  15. Potential vorticity formulation of compressible magnetohydrodynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Arter, Wayne

    2013-01-04

    Compressible ideal magnetohydrodynamics is formulated in terms of the time evolution of potential vorticity and magnetic flux per unit mass using a compact Lie bracket notation. It is demonstrated that this simplifies analytic solution in at least one very important situation relevant to magnetic fusion experiments. Potentially important implications for analytic and numerical modelling of both laboratory and astrophysical plasmas are also discussed.

  16. Preparation of Copper-loaded Microcapsule Formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nenad Jalšenjak

    2011-06-01

    Full Text Available Novel copper-loaded chitosan or chitosan/alginate based microcapsules formulations have been presented. It was shown that prolonged release of copper from microcapsules accompanied with possible prolonged presence of copper on leaves is useful in crop protection.

  17. Preparation of Copper-loaded Microcapsule Formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nenad Jalšenjak

    2014-02-01

    Full Text Available Novel copper-loaded chitosan or chitosan/alginate based microcapsules formulations have been presented. It was shown that prolonged release of copper from microcapsules accompanied with possible prolonged presence of copper on leaves is useful in crop protection.

  18. Engaged Problem Formulation in IS Research

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Peter Axel; Persson, John Stouby

    2016-01-01

    “Is this the problem?”: the question that haunts many information systems (IS) researchers when they pursue work relevant to both practice and research. Nevertheless, a deliberate answer to this question requires more than simply asking the involved IS practitioners. Deliberately formulating...

  19. An alternative formulation of classical electromagnetic duality

    CERN Document Server

    Li, K; Li, Kang; Naón, Carlos M.

    2001-01-01

    By introducing a doublet of electromagnetic four dimensional vector potentials, we set up a manifestly Lorentz covariant and SO(2) duality invariant classical field theory of electric and magnetic charges. In our formulation one does not need to introduce the concept of Dirac string.

  20. Bioequivalence assessment of two formulations of ibuprofen

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Al-Talla ZA

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available Zeyad A Al-Talla1, Sabah H Akrawi2, Luke T Tolley3, Salim H Sioud1, Mohammed F Zaater4, Abdul-Hamid M Emwas1 1Analytical and NMR Core Laboratories, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, Thuwal, Kingdom of Saudia Arabia; 2College of Pharmacy, Al-Ain University, Al-Ain, United Arab Emirates; 3Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, Southern Illinois University Carbondale, Carbondale, IL, USA; 4Department of Chemistry, Jordan University of Science and Technology, Jordan University of Science and Technology, Irbid, Jordan Background: This study assessed the relative bioavailability of two formulations of ibuprofen. The first formulation was Doloraz®, produced by Al-Razi Pharmaceutical Company, Amman, Jordan. The second forumulation was Brufen®, manufactured by Boots Company, Nottingham, UK. Methods and results: A prestudy validation of ibuprofen demonstrated long-term stability, freeze-thaw stability, precision, and accuracy. Twenty-four healthy volunteers were enrolled in this study. After overnight fasting, the two formulations (test and reference of ibuprofen (100 mg ibuprofen/5 mL suspension were administered as a single dose on two treatment days separated by a one-week washout period. After dosing, serial blood samples were drawn for a period of 14 hours. Serum harvested from the blood samples was analyzed for the presence of ibuprofen by high-pressure liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection. Pharmacokinetic parameters were determined from serum concentrations for both formulations. The 90% confidence intervals of the ln-transformed test/reference treatment ratios for peak plasma concentration and area under the concentration-time curve (AUC parameters were found to be within the predetermined acceptable interval of 80%–125% set by the US Food and Drug Administration. Conclusion: Analysis of variance for peak plasma concentrations and AUC parameters showed no significant difference between the two formulations and

  1. Formulation of Pine Tar Antidandruff Shampoo Assessment and Comparison With Some Commercial Formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Gharavi

    1990-07-01

    Full Text Available In this study a pine tar shampoo as a new antidandruff formulation is presented. Assessment of antidandruff preparations has been hampered by the lack of standardized schedules, and reliable methods of evaluation.Some antidandruff agents such as : Zinc pyri-thione pine tar, selenium sulphide and (sulfure were used in shampoos. Samples were coded as numbers 1,2 formulated by us and 3,4 formulated commercially. The grading scheme based on 10 point scale, and corneocyte count was carried out on 50 selected volunte¬ers. Corneocyte count and fungal study proved that pine tor shampoo is effective against pityrosporum ovale. Draize lest was used for determination of the irritancy potential of the samples. Results showed that samples numbered 1,2 were relatively innocous in comparison with the others. I urthermore,s kin sensitination test on rabbit also confirmed the results obtained by Draize test. Consumer judgments proved that all formulations were acceptable.

  2. 偏心倒角对双切向进气道进气性能的影响%Effects of Eccentric Chamfers on Intake Performance of Double Tangent Intake Ports

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    徐玉梁; 廖方楼; 祖炳锋; 李德胜; 堃丛玉

    2015-01-01

    Aimed at the double tangent intake port layout scheme which is widely adopted in diesel engine in recent years,core box of intake port was designed and manufactured,and an experimental study about effects of eccentric chamfers at valve seats on intake performance of double tangent ports was conducted with steady flow experiment rig of intake port. The experimental results show:eccentric chamfers have quite little influence on flow coefficient;when normalized valve lift is smaller than 0.184,6,eccentric chamfers can significantly increase swirl ratio,and obvious differences exist among eccentric chamfers of ,the concerned cases;when normalized lift exceeds 0.184,6, swirl ratio curves of all the cases almost coincide with each other. 2,mm and 9,mm were selected to be on behalf of small and large valve lift respectively,and 3D numeric simulation of port-valve-cylinder model was performed with the help of computational fluid dynamics(CFD). The simulation results suggest that at 2,mm lift,compared to the case without eccentric chamfers,in which two swirl structures from different directions appear in the cylin-der.Eccentric chamfers are able to prevent impact and interference phenomenon between different air flows,causing a single swirl to form inside the cylinder;as a result,however,one single swirl can always form inside cylinder at 9,mm lift,regardless of eccentric chamfers. Therefore,the experimental results are explained from the point of mechanism.%针对近年来柴油机中广泛采用的双切向进气道布置形式,自行设计、制作了实验用气道芯盒,利用气道稳流实验台研究了气门座圈底孔偏心倒角结构对气道流量系数和涡流比的影响.实验结果表明:偏心倒角对流量系数基本无影响;当标准化气门升程小于0.184,6时,偏心倒角可以大大提高涡流比,且带偏心倒角的各方案间涡流比也存在显著差异;而当标准化气门升程超过0.184,6时,各方案的涡流比

  3. Dual Foliation Formulations of General Relativity

    CERN Document Server

    Hilditch, David

    2015-01-01

    A dual foliation treatment of General Relativity is presented. The basic idea of the construction is to consider two foliations of a spacetime by spacelike hypersurfaces and relate the two geometries. The treatment is expected to be useful in various situations, and in particular whenever one would like to compare objects represented in different coordinates. Potential examples include the construction of initial data and the study of trapped tubes. It is common for studies in mathematical relativity to employ a double-null gauge. In such studies local well-posedness is treated by referring back, for example, to the generalized harmonic formulation, global properties of solutions being treated in a separate formalism. As a first application of the dual foliation formulation we find that one can in fact obtain local well-posedness in the double-null coordinates directly, which should allow their use in numerical relativity with standard methods. With due care it is expected that practically any coordinates can...

  4. Linear derivative Cartan formulation of General Relativity

    CERN Document Server

    Kummer, Wolfgang

    2004-01-01

    Beside diffeomorphism invariance also manifest SO(3,1) local Lorentz invariance is implemented in a formulation of Einstein Gravity (with or without cosmological term) in terms of initially completely independent vielbein and spin connection variables and auxiliary two-form fields. In the systematic study of all possible embeddings of Einstein gravity into that formulation with auxiliary fields, the introduction of a ``bi-complex'' algebra possesses crucial technical advantages. Certain components of the new two-form fields directly provide canonical momenta for spatial components of all Cartan variables, whereas the remaining ones act as Lagrange multipliers for a large number of constraints, some of which have been proposed already in different, less radical approaches. The time-like components of the Cartan variables play that role for the Lorentz constraints and others associated to the vierbein fields. Although also some ternary ones appear, we show that relations exist between these constraints, and how...

  5. A novel formulation for mebeverine hydrochloride.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abdel-Hamid, Sameh M; Abdel-Hady, Seham E; El-Shamy, Abdel-Hamid A; El-Dessouky, Hadir F

    2007-10-01

    The antispasmodic drug mebeverine hydrochloride was formulated into a film-forming gel to be used as a topical local anesthetic. A mixture of cellulose derivatives was used as a base. Additives were used to enhance the release as well as the residence time. Formulations were characterized in terms of drug release, mucoadhesion and rheology. Clinically, the selected formula has shown faster onset (p = 0.0156), longer duration (p = 0.0313), better film residence (p = 0.0313), and no foreign body sensation (p = 0.0313) in comparison to Solcoseryl dental paste. Histopathological examination showed no change in inflammatory cells count, concluding that this topical anesthetic is efficacious and safe orally.

  6. Spray drying formulation of amorphous solid dispersions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Singh, Abhishek; Van den Mooter, Guy

    2016-05-01

    Spray drying is a well-established manufacturing technique which can be used to formulate amorphous solid dispersions (ASDs) which is an effective strategy to deliver poorly water soluble drugs (PWSDs). However, the inherently complex nature of the spray drying process coupled with specific characteristics of ASDs makes it an interesting area to explore. Numerous diverse factors interact in an inter-dependent manner to determine the final product properties. This review discusses the basic background of ASDs, various formulation and process variables influencing the critical quality attributes (CQAs) of the ASDs and aspects of downstream processing. Also various aspects of spray drying such as instrumentation, thermodynamics, drying kinetics, particle formation process and scale-up challenges are included. Recent advances in the spray-based drying techniques are mentioned along with some future avenues where major research thrust is needed.

  7. Consistency of canonical formulation of Horava gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Soo, Chopin, E-mail: cpsoo@mail.ncku.edu.tw [Department of Physics, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan, Taiwan (China)

    2011-09-22

    Both the non-projectable and projectable version of Horava gravity face serious challenges. In the non-projectable version, the constraint algebra is seemingly inconsistent. The projectable version lacks a local Hamiltonian constraint, thus allowing for an extra graviton mode which can be problematic. A new formulation (based on arXiv:1007.1563) of Horava gravity which is naturally realized as a representation of the master constraint algebra (instead of the Dirac algebra) studied by loop quantum gravity researchers is presented. This formulation yields a consistent canonical theory with first class constraints; and captures the essence of Horava gravity in retaining only spatial diffeomorphisms as the physically relevant non-trivial gauge symmetry. At the same time the local Hamiltonian constraint is equivalently enforced by the master constraint.

  8. Critical Review of Path Integral Formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Fujita, Takehisa

    2008-01-01

    The path integral formulation in quantum mechanics corresponds to the first quantization since it is just to rewrite the quantum mechanical amplitude into many dimensional integrations over discretized coordinates $x_n$. However, the path integral expression cannot be connected to the dynamics of classical mechanics, even though, superficially, there is some similarity between them. Further, the field theory path integral in terms of many dimensional integrations over fields does not correspond to the field quantization. We clarify the essential difference between Feynman's original formulation of path integral in QED and the modern version of the path integral method prevailing in lattice field theory calculations, and show that the former can make a correct second quantization while the latter cannot quantize fields at all and its physical meaning is unknown.

  9. New Variational Formulations of Hybrid Stress Elements

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pian, T. H. H.; Sumihara, K.; Kang, D.

    1984-01-01

    In the variational formulations of finite elements by the Hu-Washizu and Hellinger-Reissner principles the stress equilibrium condition is maintained by the inclusion of internal displacements which function as the Lagrange multipliers for the constraints. These versions permit the use of natural coordinates and the relaxation of the equilibrium conditions and render considerable improvements in the assumed stress hybrid elements. These include the derivation of invariant hybrid elements which possess the ideal qualities such as minimum sensitivity to geometric distortions, minimum number of independent stress parameters, rank sufficient, and ability to represent constant strain states and bending moments. Another application is the formulation of semiLoof thin shell elements which can yield excellent results for many severe test cases because the rigid body nodes, the momentless membrane strains, and the inextensional bending modes are all represented.

  10. Gauge-Invariant Formulation of Circular Dichroism.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Raimbault, Nathaniel; de Boeij, Paul L; Romaniello, Pina; Berger, J A

    2016-07-12

    Standard formulations of magnetic response properties, such as circular dichroism spectra, are plagued by gauge dependencies, which can lead to unphysical results. In this work, we present a general gauge-invariant and numerically efficient approach for the calculation of circular dichroism spectra from the current density. First we show that in this formulation the optical rotation tensor, the response function from which circular dichroism spectra can be obtained, is independent of the origin of the coordinate system. We then demonstrate that its trace is independent of the gauge origin of the vector potential. We also show how gauge invariance can be retained in practical calculations with finite basis sets. As an example, we explain how our method can be applied to time-dependent current-density-functional theory. Finally, we report gauge-invariant circular dichroism spectra obtained using the adiabatic local-density approximation. The circular dichroism spectra we thus obtain are in good agreement with experiment.

  11. Formulation and application of Russell's method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hou, J. W.

    1985-01-01

    It is shown that the numerical technique of Russell's momentum approach can be derived by using Hamilton's principle and Vance's numerical scheme. It results in a set of first order differnce equations for solving the angular velocities. The numerical examples show that the method is reliable. The algorithm is modified next to perform the analysis of N-body systems with closed loop topology. To increase the formulation flexibility, the equations of motion are represented by using Cartesian coordinates and Lagrange multipliers. The algorithm consists of two parts, Vance's scheme and an unconstrained minimization. The Vance's scheme is used to find the angular velocities, and the unconstrained minimization is applied to provide the correct angular displacements. The proposed scheme is further extended to find the design sensitivity of an N-body system with closed loop configuration, and to carry out the design optimization as well. The numerical example of a small-scaled mechanical system is presented to verify the proposed formulation.

  12. Formulation and characterization of rifampicin microcapsules

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Md.Sarfaraz

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Rifampicin biodegradable microcapsules were prepared by feasible emulsification-ionic gelation method for a novel controlled release product. Sodium alginate and Carbopol 974P were used as coating polymers in different ratios 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4 to obtain elegant microcapsules. The formulations were characterized for encapsulation efficiency, drug loading, sieve analysis, scanning electron microscopy and in vitro release studies. The microcapsules were discrete, large, almost spherical and free flowing with encapsulation efficiency in the range of 75% to 89%, drug loading 75% to 86% and size 440 µm to 500 µm. Rifampicin release from these microcapsules was slow and extended over longer periods of time depending on the polymer coat. Drug release was diffusion controlled and followed first order kinetics. The formulation MC1 with a coating ratio of 1:1 (Sodium alginate: Carbopol 974P was found to be suitable for oral controlled release.

  13. Itraconazole nanosuspension for oral delivery: Formulation, characterization and in vitro comparison with marketed formulation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M Nakarani

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available "n Background and the purpose of the study:Itraconazole is a poorly water soluble drug which results in its insufficient bioavailability. The purpose of the present study was to formulate Itraconazole in a nanosuspension to increase the aqueous solubility and to improve its formulation related parameters, dissolution and hence oral bioavailability. "nMethods:Itraconazole nanosuspension was prepared by pearl milling technique using zirconium oxide beads as a milling media, Poloxamer 407 as a stabilizer and glycerol as a wetting agent. Effects of various process parameters like, stirring time and the ratio of the beads were optimized by keeping drug:surfactant:milling media (1:3.0:50 as a constant initially and then optimized process parameters were used to optimize formulation parameters by 32 factorial designs. The optimized nanosuspension was lyophilized using mannitol (1:1 ratio as a cryoprotectant. Nanosuspension was characterized by particle size and size distribution, drug content, scanning electron microscopy, differential scanning colorimetry and X-ray diffraction techniques. "nResults:Optimized nanosuspension showed spherical shape with surface oriented surfactant molecules and a mean particle diameter of 294 nm. There was no significant change in crystalline nature after formulation and it was found to be chemically stable with high drug content. Conclusion:The in vitro dissolution profile of the optimized formulation compared to the pure drug and marketed formulation (Canditral Capsule by using 0.1N Hydrochloric acid as release medium showed higher drug release.

  14. From the Berkovits formulation to the Witten formulation in open superstring field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Iimori, Yuki; Okawa, Yuji; Torii, Shingo

    2014-01-01

    The Berkovits formulation of open superstring field theory is based on the large Hilbert space of the superconformal ghost sector. We discuss its relation to the Witten formulation based on the small Hilbert space. We introduce a one-parameter family of conditions for partial gauge fixing of the Berkovits formulation such that the cubic interaction of the theory under the partial gauge fixing reduces to that of the Witten formulation in a singular limit. The local picture-changing operator at the open-string midpoint in the Witten formulation is regularized in our approach, and the divergence in on-shell four-point amplitudes coming from collision of picture-changing operators is resolved. The quartic interaction inherited from the Berkovits formulation plays a role of adjusting different behaviors of the picture-changing operators in the $s$ channel and in the $t$ channel of Feynman diagrams with two cubic vertices, and correct amplitudes in the world-sheet theory are reproduced. While gauge invariance at th...

  15. 基于牛顿切线法创建通风机扩散器导叶模型%Constructing the model of the entrance bucket of a fanning machine diffuser on the basis of newton tangent law

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    朱修传; 潘地林

    2011-01-01

    利用牛顿切线法快速、高精度地计算出通风机扩散器导叶圆弧的圆心角,通过VBA技术提供的求线段的向量角和极点坐标等方法求出圆弧圆心坐标和半径,再利用VBA中画圆弧的命令精确绘制导叶圆弧曲线.成功解决了在AutoCAD软件中高精度创建通风机扩散器导叶三维模型的困难.为通风机扩散器的虚拟设计及其内部流场数值分析奠定了基础.同时,也为AutoCAD软件提供了一种新的绘制圆弧的方法.%In order to improve the precision in constructing the model of the entrance bucket of a fanning machine diffuser in AutoCAD,Firstly,calculate the central angle of the arc of the entrance bucket based on Newton Tangent Law. Secondly,get the values coordinates of the center of the arc and the radius by applying the methods from VBA of getting the polar angle and the coordinates of the pole. Lastly,accurately draw the arc by employing the instructions of VBA. The suggested method successfully solve the difficulty in constructing 3D model of the entrance bucket in high accuracy in AutoCAD,and lays a foundation for the virtual design of the diffuser and the numerical analysis of the internal flow field. Simultaneously,it provides a new method of drawing arc for AutoCAD.

  16. Damage Evaluation of Hyperbolic Tangent Nonlinear Packaging System with Critical Component%双曲正切包装系统关键部件破损评价理论研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    姜久红; 王军; 王志伟

    2011-01-01

    建立二自由度非线性产品包装系统模型,得到冲击动力学方程并数值求解,研究了双曲正切包装系统关键部件的矩形脉冲响应特性。运用数值求解得到关键部件破损边界曲面,并讨论了名义频率比、阻尼、脉冲激励幅值和系统参数对关键部件破损边界的影响规律,结果表明,频率比、阻尼、脉冲激励幅值和系统参数对关键部件破损边界影响显著,研究结论为产品包装设计提供科学依据。%The shock characteristic of the hyperbolic tangent nonlinear packaging system with critical component were investigated under the action of rectangular acceleration pulse. The dynamical model of the system was developed. And the numerical results of the dynamical equations were got. The damage boundary surface of critical component was obtained based on the results. And the effect of the pulse duration, the frequency ratio, the dmaping ratio, the pulse peak acceleration in additional to the defined system parameter on the DBS of critical component was discussed. It's shown that all of their effects are noticeable. The results lead to some insights into the design of cushioning packaging.

  17. On the Relativistic Formulation of Matter

    CERN Document Server

    Vishwakarma, Ram Gopal

    2012-01-01

    A critical analysis of the relativistic formulation of matter reveals some surprising inconsistencies and paradoxes. Corrections are discovered which lead to the long-sought-after equality of the gravitational and inertial masses, which are otherwise different in general relativity. Realizing the potentially great impact of the discovered corrections, an overview of the situation is provided resulting from the newly discovered crisis, amid the evidences defending the theory.

  18. Consistent formulation of the spacelike axial gauge

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Burnel, A.; Van der Rest-Jaspers, M.

    1983-12-15

    The usual formulation of the spacelike axial gauge is afflicted with the difficulty that the metric is indefinite while no ghost is involved. We solve this difficulty by introducing a ghost whose elimination is such that the metric becomes positive for physical states. The technique consists in the replacement of the gauge condition nxA = 0 by the weaker one partial/sub 0/nxAroughly-equal0.

  19. Canonical Formulation of pp-waves

    CERN Document Server

    Balasin, Herbert

    2007-01-01

    We construct a Hamiltonian formulation for the class of plane-fronted gravitational waves with parallel rays (pp-waves). Because of the existence of a light-like Killing vector, the dynamics is effectively reduced to a 2+1 evolution with "time" chosen to be light-like. In spite of the vanishing action this allows us to geometrically identify a symplectic form as well as dynamical Hamiltonian, thus casting the system into canonical form.

  20. Ising formulations of many NP problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lucas, Andrew

    2014-02-01

    We provide Ising formulations for many NP-complete and NP-hard problems, including all of Karp's 21 NP-complete problems. This collects and extends mappings to the Ising model from partitioning, covering and satisfiability. In each case, the required number of spins is at most cubic in the size of the problem. This work may be useful in designing adiabatic quantum optimization algorithms.

  1. Gurson's Model: ALE Formulation and Strain Localization

    Science.gov (United States)

    da Cunda, Luiz A. B.; Creus, Guillermo J.

    2007-05-01

    This paper presents a brief review of Gurson's damage model, employed to describes the strength degradation in ductile metals submitted to large plastic deformations. The damage model is applied using finite elements and an Arbitrary Lagrangian-Eulerian formulation (ALE), to ensure a better quality to the finite elements mesh. The study of the combined application of ALE and Gurson approach to damage modeling and strain localization is the object of this paper.

  2. Domain-Independent Heuristics for Goal Formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-05-01

    on the projected consequences of achieving them. We then describe their integration in M- ARTUE , an agent that balances the satisfaction of internal...for goal formulation. For example, ARTUE (Molineaux et al. 2010a) uses manually-engineered trigger rules that add goals suggested by a rule when...its trigger conditions are met. This reactive mechanism allows the designer to instruct and control ARTUE , but prevents it from leveraging its own

  3. FORMULATION STRATEGY FOR DISSOLUTION ENHANCEMENT OF SIMVASTATIN

    OpenAIRE

    Neha Parmar et al

    2012-01-01

    The present work aim was “Formulation Strategy for Dissolution Enhancement of Simvastatin”. Simvastatin is lipid lowering drug which is known as HMG CoA reductase. The objective of this study was to increase the solubility of poorly water soluble drug, namely simvastatin, by the formation of solid dispersion and complex and also using the microwave induction technique on these formations. For solid dispersion method dispersion carrier used were poloxamer 407 and gelucire 44/14. The fusion met...

  4. Quasienergy formulation of damped response theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kristensen, Kasper; Kauczor, Joanna; Kjaergaard, Thomas; Jørgensen, Poul

    2009-07-28

    We present a quasienergy-based formulation of damped response theory where a common effective lifetime parameter has been introduced for all excited states in terms of complex excitation energies. The introduction of finite excited state lifetimes leads to a set of (complex) damped response equations, which have the same form to all orders in the perturbation. An algorithm is presented for solving the damped response equations in Hartree-Fock theory and Kohn-Sham density functional theory. The use of the quasienergy formulation allows us to obtain directly the computationally simplest expressions for damped response functions by applying a set of response parameter elimination rules, which minimize the total number of damped response equations to be solved. In standard response theory broadened absorption spectra are obtained by ad hoc superimposing lineshape functions onto the absorption stick spectra, whereas an empirical lineshape function common to all excitations is an integrated part of damped response theory. By superimposing the lineshape functions inherent in damped response theory onto the stick spectra of standard response theory, we show that the absorption spectra obtained in standard and damped response theory calculations are identical. We demonstrate that damped response theory may be applied to obtain absorption spectra in all frequency ranges, also those that are not readily addressed using standard response theory. This makes damped response theory an effective tool, e.g., for determining absorption spectra for large molecules, where the density of the excited states may be very high, and where standard response theory therefore is not applicable in practice. A thorough comparison is given between our formulation of damped response theory and the formulation by Norman et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 123, 194103 (2005)].

  5. Abelian Ashtekar formulation from the ADM action

    CERN Document Server

    Contreras, Ernesto

    2013-01-01

    We study the Ashtekar formulation of linear gravity starting from the ADM first order action for the non linear theory, linearizing it, and performing a canonical transformation that coordinatizes the phase space in terms of the already linearized Ashtekar variables. The results obtained in this way are in accordance with those obtained through the standard method, in which, after introducing the Ashtekar variables for the full theory, a linearization around the flat Abelian connection and its conjugate momentum is performed.

  6. Planar multibody dynamics formulation, programming and applications

    CERN Document Server

    Nikravesh, Parviz E

    2007-01-01

    Introduction Multibody Mechanical Systems Types of Analyses Methods of Formulation Computer Programming Application Examples Unit System Remarks Preliminaries Reference Axes Scalars and Vectors Matrices Vector, Array, and Matrix Differentiation Equations and Expressions Remarks Problems Fundamentals of Kinematics A Particle Kinematics of a Rigid Body Definitions Remarks Problems Fundamentals of Dynamics Newton's Laws of Motion Dynamics of a Body Force Elements Applied Forces Reaction Force Remarks Problems Point-Coordinates: Kinematics Multipoint

  7. Phytoconstituents as photoprotective novel cosmetic formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S Saraf

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Phytoconstituents are gaining popularity as ingredients in cosmetic formulations as they can protect the skin against exogenous and endogenous harmful agents and can help remedy many skin conditions. Exposure of skin to sunlight and other atmospheric conditions causes the production of reactive oxygen species, which can react with DNA, proteins, and fatty acids, causing oxidative damage and impairment of antioxidant system. Such injuries damage regulation pathways of skin and lead to photoaging and skin cancer development. The effects of aging include wrinkles, roughness, appearance of fine lines, lack of elasticity, and de- or hyperpigmentation marks. Herbal extracts act on these areas and produce healing, softening, rejuvenating, and sunscreen effects. We have selected a few photoprotective phytoconstituents, such as curcumin, resveratrol, tea polyphenols, silymarin, quercetin and ascorbic acid, and have discussed the considerations to be undertaken for the development of herbal cosmetic formulations that could reduce the occurrence of skin cancer and delay the process of photoaging. This article is aimed at providing specific and compiled knowledge for the successful preparation of photoprotective herbal cosmetic formulations.

  8. Linear derivative Cartan formulation of general relativity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kummer, W.; Schütz, H.

    2005-07-01

    Beside diffeomorphism invariance also manifest SO(3,1) local Lorentz invariance is implemented in a formulation of Einstein gravity (with or without cosmological term) in terms of initially completely independent vielbein and spin connection variables and auxiliary two-form fields. In the systematic study of all possible embeddings of Einstein gravity into that formulation with auxiliary fields, the introduction of a “bi-complex” algebra possesses crucial technical advantages. Certain components of the new two-form fields directly provide canonical momenta for spatial components of all Cartan variables, whereas the remaining ones act as Lagrange multipliers for a large number of constraints, some of which have been proposed already in different, less radical approaches. The time-like components of the Cartan variables play that role for the Lorentz constraints and others associated to the vierbein fields. Although also some ternary ones appear, we show that relations exist between these constraints, and how the Lagrange multipliers are to be determined to take care of second class ones. We believe that our formulation of standard Einstein gravity as a gauge theory with consistent local Poincaré algebra is superior to earlier similar attempts.

  9. Midazolam-sirupus, formulation and pharmacodynamic efficacy

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K. Goracinova

    2002-04-01

    Full Text Available Due to its pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties (sedation, amnesia and relief of anxiety Midazolam has become a comm only used agent for conscious sedation of children before diagnostic or therapeutic procedure or before induction of anesthesia. Con sidering the advantage of oral administration to avoid the additional trauma of starting an IV in the child, and the fact that there is no ad equate dosage form (Midazolam - Syrupus on the drug market in our country, the aim of the presented work was to formulate syrupus using syrupus b ase/aqueous solution of viscosity enhancer - HPMC, in combination with suitable sweetener, flavor, and preservatives, and to evaluate its q uality and stability. The pharmacodynamic efficacy/sedative effect of Midazolam HCl - Syrupus formulation was evaluated in 33 pediatric patients comp aring this with the efficacy of intramuscularly administered Midazolam HCl (35 pediatric patients in accordance with the Ramsay scale for analgosedation. The formulation manifested good quality in respect to physical properties, physico-chemical parameters (pH value, relative dens ity, drug content, ingredients content antimicrobial efficacy and microbiological quality according to Ph Eur 3. In the conditions chara cteristic of the second (II climate zone, the dosage form was stable for four months. The sedative effect of orally administered Midazolam was manifested in a period necessary for surgical premedication (30 - 45 min. The majority of patients (71% entered the second phase on the Ramsa y scale, when Midazolam was administered in a dose of 0.40 mg/kg.

  10. HERBAL LIPSTICK FORMULATION: A NEW APPROACH

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Meher Deepali Avinash

    2011-06-01

    Full Text Available Coloring skin particularly skin of face and lips is an ancient practice going back to prehistoric period. In present days the use of such product has increased and choice of shades of color, texture and luster have been changed and become wider. This can be observed from the fact that lipsticks are marked in hundreds of shades of colors to satisfy the demand of women. The present investigation was done to formulate herbal lipstick, since lipsticks are one of the key cosmetics to be used by the women. Attempt was also made to evaluate the formulated herbal lipstick. The word herbal is a symbol of safety in contrast to the synthetic one which has adverse effects on human health. Herbal preparations viz., herbal tablets, herbal tonics, herbal paste, herbal shampoo, herbal sindhur, herbal contraceptives and herbal lipstick has become popular among the consumer herbal medicines represent the fastest growing segment to heal the various ailments. Human being have been using herbs for different purpose like food, medicine, beatifying with advancement of science & technology use of natural things including plant has been reduced except for food, vegetarian takes plant& plant only. However there is resurgence of use of herbs both as drug and cosmetics. Due to various adverse effects of available synthetic preparation the present work was conceived by us to formulate a herbal lipstick having minimal or no side effects which will extensively used by the women of our communities with great surety and satisfaction.

  11. Formulation of benzoporphyrin derivatives in Pluronics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chowdhary, Rubinah K; Chansarkar, Namrata; Sharif, Isha; Hioka, Noboru; Dolphin, David

    2003-03-01

    This study investigates the potential of Pluronics for the formulation of tetrapyrrole-based photosensitizers, with a particular focus on B-ring benzoporphyrin derivatives. The B-ring derivatives have a high tendency to aggregate in aqueous solutions, and this poses a significant formulation problem. Pluronics are ABA-type triblock copolymers composed of a central hydrophobic polypropylene oxide section with two hydrophilic polyethylene oxide sections of equal length at either end. Out of a range of different commercially available block copolymers studied, it was found that the longer the hydrophobic block, the better the stabilization of tetrapyrrolic drugs in monomeric form in aqueous suspensions. Of these the best performance was observed in the micelle-forming Pluronic P123. Micelle size determination by laser light scattering confirmed that particle size in stable Pluronic formulations was around 20 nm. Pluronics such as L122 formed emulsions spontaneously without the need for emulsion stabilizers; emulsions were highly stable at ambient temperatures over several days and also highly effective as potential drug delivery agents.

  12. Linear derivative Cartan formulation of general relativity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kummer, W.; Schuetz, H. [Institute for Theoretical Physics, Vienna University of Technology, Vienna (Austria)

    2005-07-01

    Beside diffeomorphism invariance also manifest SO(3,1) local Lorentz invariance is implemented in a formulation of Einstein gravity (with or without cosmological term) in terms of initially completely independent vielbein and spin connection variables and auxiliary two-form fields. In the systematic study of all possible embeddings of Einstein gravity into that formulation with auxiliary fields, the introduction of a ''bi-complex'' algebra possesses crucial technical advantages. Certain components of the new two-form fields directly provide canonical momenta for spatial components of all Cartan variables, whereas the remaining ones act as Lagrange multipliers for a large number of constraints, some of which have been proposed already in different, less radical approaches. The time-like components of the Cartan variables play that role for the Lorentz constraints and others associated to the vierbein fields. Although also some ternary ones appear, we show that relations exist between these constraints, and how the Lagrange multipliers are to be determined to take care of second class ones. We believe that our formulation of standard Einstein gravity as a gauge theory with consistent local Poincare algebra is superior to earlier similar attempts. (orig.)

  13. Formulation and evaluation of antihelminthic polyherbal tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dinesh Puri

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available From time immemorial, man has been depending on plants as medicine. Helminthes infections are among the most common infections in man, affecting a large proportion of the world′s population. These helminthic diseases can be treated by various herbal drugs. The purpose of the present work was to formulate antihelminthic tablets. In this work, a spray dried-powder was used, which was obtained from the extract of different part of seven plants that were used in helminthic disease. The different tablets were prepared by using different types of disintegrating agents and various excipients. All parameters related to physicochemical property, trace metal and microbial examination of the spray-dried powder showed that these were within limits and could be used for the tablet formulation. The granules of the spray-dried powder were prepared by a wet granulation technique using isopropyl alcohol. The blends were evaluated for flow properties and for compressibility, which were found to be good. The tablets were prepared using a single rotatory punching machine, in which the punch size was 11 mm×8 mm, and formulated caplet-type tablets. These tablets were evaluated for the colour, odor, thickness and diameter, with visual inspection for any defects, weight variation, hardness, friability and in vitro disintegration time.

  14. On the spectral formulation of Granger causality.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chicharro, D

    2011-12-01

    Spectral measures of causality are used to explore the role of different rhythms in the causal connectivity between brain regions. We study several spectral measures related to Granger causality, comprising the bivariate and conditional Geweke measures, the directed transfer function, and the partial directed coherence. We derive the formulation of dependence and causality in the spectral domain from the more general formulation in the information-theory framework. We argue that the transfer entropy, the most general measure derived from the concept of Granger causality, lacks a spectral representation in terms of only the processes associated with the recorded signals. For all the spectral measures we show how they are related to mutual information rates when explicitly considering the parametric autoregressive representation of the processes. In this way we express the conditional Geweke spectral measure in terms of a multiple coherence involving innovation variables inherent to the autoregressive representation. We also link partial directed coherence with Sims' criterion of causality. Given our results, we discuss the causal interpretation of the spectral measures related to Granger causality and stress the necessity to explicitly consider their specific formulation based on modeling the signals as linear Gaussian stationary autoregressive processes.

  15. Algebraic Quarks from the Tangent Bundle: Methodology

    CERN Document Server

    Vargas, Jose G

    2015-01-01

    In a previous paper, we developed a table of components of algebraic solutions of a system of equations generated by an inhomogeneous proper-value equation involving K\\"ahler's total angular momentum. This table looks as if it were a representation of real life quarks. We did not consider all options for solutions of the system of equations that gave rise to it. We shall not, therefore, claim that the present distribution of those components as a well ordered table has strict physical relevance. It, however, is of great interest for the purpose of developing methodology, which may then be used for other solutions. We insert into our present table concepts that parallel those of the phenomenology of HEP: generations, color, flavor, isospin, etc. Breaking then loose from that distribution, we consider simpler alternatives for algebraic "quarks" of primary color (The mathematics speaks of each generation having its own primary color). We use them to show how stoichiometric argument allows one to reach what appea...

  16. Towards a methodology to formulate sustainable diets for livestock: accounting for environmental impact in diet formulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mackenzie, S G; Leinonen, I; Ferguson, N; Kyriazakis, I

    2016-05-28

    The objective of this study was to develop a novel methodology that enables pig diets to be formulated explicitly for environmental impact objectives using a Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) approach. To achieve this, the following methodological issues had to be addressed: (1) account for environmental impacts caused by both ingredient choice and nutrient excretion, (2) formulate diets for multiple environmental impact objectives and (3) allow flexibility to identify the optimal nutritional composition for each environmental impact objective. An LCA model based on Canadian pig farms was integrated into a diet formulation tool to compare the use of different ingredients in Eastern and Western Canada. By allowing the feed energy content to vary, it was possible to identify the optimum energy density for different environmental impact objectives, while accounting for the expected effect of energy density on feed intake. A least-cost diet was compared with diets formulated to minimise the following objectives: non-renewable resource use, acidification potential, eutrophication potential, global warming potential and a combined environmental impact score (using these four categories). The resulting environmental impacts were compared using parallel Monte Carlo simulations to account for shared uncertainty. When optimising diets to minimise a single environmental impact category, reductions in the said category were observed in all cases. However, this was at the expense of increasing the impact in other categories and higher dietary costs. The methodology can identify nutritional strategies to minimise environmental impacts, such as increasing the nutritional density of the diets, compared with the least-cost formulation.

  17. Chitosan-based formulations of drugs, imaging agents and biotherapeutics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Amidi, M.; Hennink, W.E.

    2010-01-01

    This preface is part of the Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews theme issue on “Chitosan-Based Formulations of Drugs, Imaging Agents and Biotherapeutics”. This special Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews issue summarizes recent progress and different applications of chitosanbased formulations.

  18. Chitosan-based formulations of drugs, imaging agents and biotherapeutics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Amidi, M.; Hennink, W.E.

    This preface is part of the Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews theme issue on “Chitosan-Based Formulations of Drugs, Imaging Agents and Biotherapeutics”. This special Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews issue summarizes recent progress and different applications of chitosanbased formulations.

  19. Nano-formulations of drugs: Recent developments, impact and challenges.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jeevanandam, Jaison; Chan, Yen San; Danquah, Michael K

    2016-01-01

    Nano-formulations of medicinal drugs have attracted the interest of many researchers for drug delivery applications. These nano-formulations enhance the properties of conventional drugs and are specific to the targeted delivery site. Dendrimers, polymeric nanoparticles, liposomes, nano-emulsions and micelles are some of the nano-formulations that are gaining prominence in pharmaceutical industry for enhanced drug formulation. Wide varieties of synthesis methods are available for the preparation of nano-formulations to deliver drugs in biological system. The choice of synthesis methods depend on the size and shape of particulate formulation, biochemical properties of drug, and the targeted site. This article discusses recent developments in nano-formulation and the progressive impact on pharmaceutical research and industries. Additionally, process challenges relating to consistent generation of nano-formulations for drug delivery are discussed.

  20. Eulerian Formulation of Spatially Constrained Elastic Rods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huynen, Alexandre

    Slender elastic rods are ubiquitous in nature and technology. For a vast majority of applications, the rod deflection is restricted by an external constraint and a significant part of the elastic body is in contact with a stiff constraining surface. The research work presented in this doctoral dissertation formulates a computational model for the solution of elastic rods constrained inside or around frictionless tube-like surfaces. The segmentation strategy adopted to cope with this complex class of problems consists in sequencing the global problem into, comparatively simpler, elementary problems either in continuous contact with the constraint or contact-free between their extremities. Within the conventional Lagrangian formulation of elastic rods, this approach is however associated with two major drawbacks. First, the boundary conditions specifying the locations of the rod centerline at both extremities of each elementary problem lead to the establishment of isoperimetric constraints, i.e., integral constraints on the unknown length of the rod. Second, the assessment of the unilateral contact condition requires, in principle, the comparison of two curves parametrized by distinct curvilinear coordinates, viz. the rod centerline and the constraint axis. Both conspire to burden the computations associated with the method. To streamline the solution along the elementary problems and rationalize the assessment of the unilateral contact condition, the rod governing equations are reformulated within the Eulerian framework of the constraint. The methodical exploration of both types of elementary problems leads to specific formulations of the rod governing equations that stress the profound connection between the mechanics of the rod and the geometry of the constraint surface. The proposed Eulerian reformulation, which restates the rod local equilibrium in terms of the curvilinear coordinate associated with the constraint axis, describes the rod deformed configuration

  1. New Formulation for the Viscosity of Propane

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vogel, Eckhard; Herrmann, Sebastian

    2016-12-01

    A new viscosity formulation for propane, using the reference equation of state for its thermodynamic properties by Lemmon et al. [J. Chem. Eng. Data 54, 3141 (2009)] and valid in the fluid region from the triple-point temperature to 650 K and pressures up to 100 MPa, is presented. At the beginning, a zero-density contribution and one for the critical enhancement, each based on the experimental data, were independently generated in parts. The higher-density contributions are correlated as a function of the reciprocal reduced temperature τ = Tc/T and of the reduced density δ = ρ/ρc (Tc—critical temperature, ρc—critical density). The final formulation includes 17 coefficients inferred by applying a state-of-the-art linear optimization algorithm. The evaluation and choice of the primary data sets are detailed due to its importance. The viscosity at low pressures p ≤ 0.2 MPa is represented with an expanded uncertainty of 0.5% (coverage factor k = 2) for temperatures 273 ≤ T/K ≤ 625. The expanded uncertainty in the vapor phase at subcritical temperatures T ≥ 273 K as well as in the supercritical thermodynamic region T ≤ 423 K at pressures p ≤ 30 MPa is assumed to be 1.5%. In the near-critical region (1.001 < 1/τ < 1.010 and 0.8 < δ < 1.2), the expanded uncertainty increases with decreasing temperature up to 3.0%. It is further increased to 4.0% in regions of less reliable primary data sets and to 6.0% in ranges in which no primary data are available but the equation of state is valid. Tables of viscosity computed for the new formulation are given in an Appendix for the single-phase region, for the vapor-liquid phase boundary, and for the near-critical region.

  2. A geometric formulation of exceptional field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Bosque, Pascal du; Lust, Dieter; Malek, Emanuel

    2016-01-01

    We formulate the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory in a coordinate-invariant manner. Thereby we interpret the 10-dimensional extended space as a manifold with $\\mathrm{SL}(5)\\times\\mathbb{R}^+$-structure. We show that the algebra of generalised diffeomorphisms closes subject to a set of closure constraints which are reminiscent of the quadratic and linear constraints of maximal seven-dimensional gauged supergravities, as well as the section condition. We construct an action for the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory, even when the $\\mathrm{SL}(5)\\times\\mathbb{R}^+$-structure is not locally flat.

  3. Noncompact lattice formulation of gauge theories

    CERN Document Server

    Friedberg, R; Pang, Y; Ren, H C

    1995-01-01

    We expand the gauge field in terms of a suitably constructed complete set of Bloch wave functions, each labeled by a band designation \\,n\\, and a wave number \\,\\vec K\\, restricted to the Brillouin zone. A noncompact formulation of lattice QCD (or QED) can be derived by restricting the expansion only to the \\,0^{th}-band (\\,n = 0\\,) functions, which are simple continuum interpolations of discrete values associated with sites or links on a lattice. The exact continuum theory can be reached through the inclusion of all \\,n = 0\\, and \\,n \

  4. Quality Evaluation of Pharmaceutical Formulations Containing Hydrochlorothiazide

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marcelo Antonio de Oliveira

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available Hydrochlorothiazide is a diuretic used to treat hypertension that belongs to class IV of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System. The drug was evaluated by quality control, thermal characterization tests, and pharmaceutical formulation compatibility studies. It was concluded that the generic drug, Lab 2, was not a pharmaceutical equivalent. The compounded drugs, Lab 5 and Lab 6, produced unsatisfactory but expected results, since there is no requirement for dissolution and dissolution profile testing for the commercialization of these products. In a compatibility study, lactose and mannitol were shown to be incompatible with HCTZ, which may explain the lack of equivalence of the generic pharmaceutical product, associated with other situations.

  5. The Canvas model in project formulation

    OpenAIRE

    Ferreira-Herrera, Diana Carolina

    2016-01-01

    Purpose: The aim of this article is to determine the relevance of the Canvas methodology in project formulation through model characterization, thus answering the question: Is the Canvas methodology a relevant model for project management in an entrepreneurial context? Description: The Canvas model seeks to manage projects as business units. It is a model intended for emphasizing the entrepreneurial potential in project management. For this, texts and articles that have provided the basis for...

  6. Gradient Elasticity Formulations for Micro/Nanoshells

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bohua Sun

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The focus of this paper is on illustrating how to extend the second author’s gradient theory of elasticity to shells. Three formulations are presented based on the implicit gradient elasticity constitutive relation 1 -ld2∇2σij=Cijkl(1-ls2∇2εkl and its two approximations 1+ls2∇2-ld2∇2σij=Cijklεkl and σij=Cijkl(1+ld2∇2-ls2∇2εkl.

  7. A geometric formulation of exceptional field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    du Bosque, Pascal; Hassler, Falk; Lüst, Dieter; Malek, Emanuel

    2017-03-01

    We formulate the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory in a coordinateinvariant manner. Thereby we interpret the 10-dimensional extended space as a manifold with SL(5) × ℝ +-structure. We show that the algebra of generalised diffeomorphisms closes subject to a set of closure constraints which are reminiscent of the quadratic and linear constraints of maximal seven-dimensional gauged supergravities, as well as the section condition. We construct an action for the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory, even when the SL(5) × ℝ +-structure is not locally flat.

  8. TANK 50 BATCH 0 SALTSTONE FORMULATION CONFIRMATION

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Langton, C.

    2006-06-05

    Savannah River National Laboratory (SRNL) personnel were requested to confirm the Tank 50 Batch 0 grout formulation per Technical Task Request, SSF-TTR-2006-0001 (task 1 of 2) [1]. Earlier Batch 0 formulation testing used a Tank 50 sample collected in September 2005 and is described elsewhere [2]. The current testing was performed using a sample of Tank 50 waste collected in May 2006. This work was performed according to the Technical Task and Quality Assurance Plan (TT/QAP), WSRC-RP-2006-00594 [3]. The salt solution collected from Tank 50 in May 2006 contained approximately 3 weight percent more solids than the sample collected in September 2005. The insoluble solids took longer to settle in the new sample which was interpreted as indicating finer particles in the current sample. The saltstone formulation developed for the September 2005 Tank 50 Batch 0 sample was confirmed for the May 2006 sample with one minor exception. Saltstone prepared with the Tank 50 sample collected in May 2006 required 1.5 times more Daratard 17 set retarding admixture than the saltstone prepared with the September In addition, a sample prepared with lower shear mixing (stirring with a spatula) had a higher plastic viscosity (57 cP) than samples made with higher shear mixing in a blender (23cP). The static gel times of the saltstone slurries made with low shear mixing were also shorter ({approx}32 minutes) than those for comparable samples made in the blender ({approx}47 minutes). The addition of the various waste streams (ETP, HEU-HCAN, and GPE-HCAN) to Tank 50 from September 2005 to May 2006 has increased the amount of set retarder, Daratard 17, required for processing saltstone slurries through the Saltstone facility. If these streams are continued to be added to Tank 50, the quantity of admixtures required to maintain the same processing conditions for the Saltstone facility will probably change and additional testing is recommended to reconfirm the Tank 50 Saltstone formulation.

  9. Formulations of a hydromechanical interface element

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhong-Zhi Fu; Si-Hong Liu

    2011-01-01

    A hydromechanical interface element is proposed for the consideration of the hydraulic-mechanical coupling effect along the interface.The fully coupled governing equations and the relevant finite element formulations are derived in detail for the interface element.All the involved matrices are of the same form as those of a solid element,which makes the incorporation of the model into a finite element program straightforward.Three examples are then numerically simulated using the interface element.Reasonable results confirm the correctness of the proposed model and motivate its application in hydromechanical contact problems in the future.

  10. Quality evaluation of pharmaceutical formulations containing hydrochlorothiazide.

    Science.gov (United States)

    de Oliveira, Marcelo Antonio; Yoshida, Maria Irene; Silva, Daphne Carina Gonçalves Monteiro da

    2014-10-20

    Hydrochlorothiazide is a diuretic used to treat hypertension that belongs to class IV of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System. The drug was evaluated by quality control, thermal characterization tests, and pharmaceutical formulation compatibility studies. It was concluded that the generic drug, Lab 2, was not a pharmaceutical equivalent. The compounded drugs, Lab 5 and Lab 6, produced unsatisfactory but expected results, since there is no requirement for dissolution and dissolution profile testing for the commercialization of these products. In a compatibility study, lactose and mannitol were shown to be incompatible with HCTZ, which may explain the lack of equivalence of the generic pharmaceutical product, associated with other situations.

  11. Algebraic formulation of quantum theory, particle identity and entanglement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Govindarajan, T. R.

    2016-08-01

    Quantum theory as formulated in conventional framework using statevectors in Hilbert spaces misses the statistical nature of the underlying quantum physics. Formulation using operators 𝒞∗ algebra and density matrices appropriately captures this feature in addition leading to the correct formulation of particle identity. In this framework, Hilbert space is an emergent concept. Problems related to anomalies and quantum epistemology are discussed.

  12. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous hafnium oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L; Hunt, Rodney D; Montgomery, Frederick C

    2013-08-06

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous hafnium oxide gels contain a metal salt including hafnium, an acid, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous hafnium oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including hafnium, an acid, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  13. Super-group field cosmology in Batalin-Vilkovisky formulation

    CERN Document Server

    Upadhyay, Sudhaker

    2016-01-01

    In this paper, we study the third quantized super-group field cosmology, a model in multiverse scenario, in Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formulation. Further, we propose the superfield/super-antifield dependent BRST symmetry transformations. Within this formulation, we establish connection between the two different solutions of the quantum master equation within the BV formulation.

  14. Super-Group Field Cosmology in Batalin-Vilkovisky Formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Upadhyay, Sudhaker

    2016-09-01

    In this paper we study the third quantized super-group field cosmology, a model in multiverse scenario, in Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formulation. Further, we propose the superfield/super-antifield dependent BRST symmetry transformations. Within this formulation we establish connection between the two different solutions of the quantum master equation within the BV formulation.

  15. The role of formulation on the pharmacokinetics of antiretroviral drugs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bastiaans, Diane E T; Cressey, Tim R; Vromans, Herman; Burger, David M

    2014-01-01

    INTRODUCTION: A multitude of antiretroviral drug formulations are now available for HIV-infected adults and children. These formulations include individual and co-formulated drugs, many of which are also supplied in generic versions. Many antiretroviral drugs have a low aqueous solubility and poor b

  16. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous aluminum oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L.

    2014-06-17

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous aluminum oxide gels contain a metal salt including aluminum, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous aluminum oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including aluminum, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  17. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous cerium oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L; Chi, Anthony

    2013-05-07

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous cerium oxide gels contain a metal salt including cerium, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous cerium oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including cerium, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  18. Stabilisation de la formule des traces tordue

    CERN Document Server

    Moeglin, Colette

    2016-01-01

    Ce travail en deux volumes donne la preuve de la stabilisation de la formule des trace tordue. Stabiliser la formule des traces tordue est la méthode la plus puissante connue actuellement pour comprendre l'action naturelle du groupe des points adéliques d'un groupe réductif, tordue par un automorphisme, sur les formes automorphes de carré intégrable de ce groupe. Cette compréhension se fait en réduisant le problème, suivant les idées de Langlands, à des groupes plus petits munis d'un certain nombre de données auxiliaires; c'est ce que l'on appelle les données endoscopiques. L'analogue non tordu a été résolu par J. Arthur et dans ce livre on suit la stratégie de celui-ci. Publier ce travail sous forme de livre permet de le rendre le plus complet possible. Les auteurs ont repris la théorie de l'endoscopie tordue développée par R. Kottwitz et D. Shelstad et par J.-P. Labesse. Ils donnent tous les arguments des démonstrations même si nombre d'entre eux se trouvent déjà dans les travaux d'Ar...

  19. Formulation and picture of quantum phase

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YAO ZhiXin; ZHONG JianWei; PAN BaiLiang

    2009-01-01

    Based on the concept of classical phase, we formulate a new explanation for the quantum phase from the quantum mechanical point of view. The quantum phase is the canonically conjugate variable of an angular momentum operator, which corresponds to the angular position φ in an actual physical space with a classical reference frame, but it takes a complex exponential form e~(iφ)-cosφ+i sinφin the abstract Hilbert space of a quantum reference frame. This formulation is simply the famous Euler formula in a complex number field. In particular, when φ= π/2, the correlative quantum phase is a unitary pure imaginary number e~(iπ/2)=cos(π/2)+i sin(π/2) = i. By using a photon state-vector function that is the general solution of photon Schrodinger equation and can completely describe a photon's behavior, we discuss the relationship between the angular momentum of a photon and the phase of the photon; we also analyze the intrinsic relationship between the macroscopic light wave phase and the microscopic photon phase.

  20. A novel liposomal formulation of flavopiridol.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Xiaojuan; Zhao, Xiaobin; Phelps, Mitch A; Piao, Longzhu; Rozewski, Darlene M; Liu, Qing; Lee, L James; Marcucci, Guido; Grever, Michael R; Byrd, John C; Dalton, James T; Lee, Robert J

    2009-01-05

    Flavopiridol has shown promising activities in hematologic and solid tumor models, as well as in clinical trials in chronic lymphocytic leukemia patients. Flavopiridol has relatively low solubility and high plasma protein-binding. To address these issues and to provide an alternative strategy to achieve clinical efficacy, we encapsulated flavopiridol into a liposomal carrier and characterized its physicochemical and pharmacokinetic properties. The liposomes, comprising hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine (HSPC), cholesterol and poly (ethylene glycol) 2000-distearoyl phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-DSPE), were prepared by polycarbonate membrane extrusion and then loaded with flavopiridol by a pH-gradient driven remote loading procedure. The liposomes had a mean diameter of 120.7 nm and a flavopiridol entrapment efficiency of 70.4%. Pharmacokinetic study in mice after i.v. bolus injection showed that the liposomal flavopiridol had an increased elimination phase half-life (T((1/2)beta), 339.7 min vs. 57.0 min), decreased clearance (CL, 0.012 L/min vs. 0.036 L/min), and increased area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC, 10.8 min micromol/L vs. 3.4 min micromol/L) compared to the free drug. This indicates a significant and potentially beneficial change in flavopiridol pharmacokinetics for the liposomal formulation. Further preclinical studies are warranted to define the toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of this novel formulation.

  1. Clinical evaluation of seven anticalculus dentifrice formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scruggs, R R; Stewart, P W; Samuels, M S; Stamm, J W

    1991-01-01

    One hundred ninety-two subjects completed a clinical trial to determine the effects of seven dentifrice formulations on calculus inhibition. The double-blind study involved a ten-day control phase and a ten-day experimental phase. For the control phase, subjects were evaluated for calculus present, received a prophylaxis and had pre-weighed mylar strips attached to the lingual surfaces of the mandibular incisors to harvest mineral deposits. Subjects were then assigned the placebo dentifrice for unsupervised twice-daily use and were required to report once a day for a supervised mouthrinse using a 1:3 dilution of the dentrifice. The experimental phase was identical except that subjects were allocated the experimental dentifices using a stratified random assignment based on age, gender and the initial presence of calculus. Simple linear regression analyses of the dry and ash log weights obtained from the strips were performed. The results showed no statistically significant differences among the test products; however, two formulations containing zinc citrate showed some calculus inhibition-potential suggesting that further research and development of such products may be warranted.

  2. Formulation and picture of quantum phase

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2009-01-01

    Based on the concept of classical phase,we formulate a new explanation for the quantum phase from the quantum mechanical point of view. The quantum phase is the canonically conjugate variable of an angular momentum operator,which corresponds to the angular position θ in an actual physical space with a classical reference frame,but it takes a complex exponential form eiθ≡cosθ +i sinθ in the abstract Hilbert space of a quantum reference frame. This formulation is simply the famous Euler formula in a complex number field. In particular,when θ = π/2,the correlative quantum phase is a unitary pure imaginary number eiπ/2 ≡cos(π/2)+i sin(π/2) ≡ i. By using a photon state-vector function that is the general solution of photon Schrdinger equation and can completely describe a photon’s behavior,we discuss the relationship between the angular momentum of a photon and the phase of the photon; we also analyze the intrinsic relationship between the macroscopic light wave phase and the microscopic photon phase.

  3. Formulation of microbial cocktails for BTEX biodegradation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nagarajan, Karthiga; Loh, Kai-Chee

    2015-02-01

    BTEX biodegradation by a mixed community of micro-organisms offers a promising approach in terms of cost-effectiveness and elimination of secondary pollution. Two bacterial strains, Pseudomonas putida F1 and Pseudomonas stutzeri OX1 were chosen to formulate synthetic consortia based on their ability to biodegrade the mono-aromatic compounds. Benzene and toluene supported the growth of both the strains; while ethyl benzene and o-xylene were only utilized as growth substrates by P. putida F1 and P. stutzeri OX1, respectively. In a mixed substrate system, P. putida F1 exhibited incomplete removal of o-xylene while P. stutzeri OX1 displayed cometabolic removal of ethyl benzene with dark coloration of the growth medium. The biodegradation potential of the two Pseudomonas species complemented each other and offered opportunities to explore their performance as a co-culture for enhanced BTEX biodegradation. Several microbial formulations were concocted and their BTEX biodegradation characteristics were evaluated. Mixed culture biodegradation ascertained the advantages of the co-culture over the individual Pseudomonas species. This study also emphasized the significance of inoculum density and species proportion while concocting preselected micro-organisms for enhanced BTEX biodegradation.

  4. Formulation of elastic multi-structures

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2009-01-01

    Based on the creative and groundbreaking work done by Feng and Shi, some further work has been carried out comprehensively by the first author on the formulation of elastic multi-structures. The main contribution of this paper can be summarized as follows: The work of Feng and Shi has been extended to an elastic multi-structures with nonlinear structural element: shell in both linear and nonlinear case. Three general combinations of multi-structures have been formulated, that is, Case 1: linear elements of 3-D body, 1-D bar/beam, 2-D plates and 2-D shell; Case 2: nonlinear elements of 3-D body, 1-D bar/beam, 2-D plates and 2-D shell; and Case 3: the linear-nonlinear mix problem of 3-D body (nonlinear), 1-D bar/beam (linear), 2-D plates (linear) and 2-D shell (linear). From the investigation, it has proved that the higher dimensional element will have a strong influence on the lower one with the inner linkage boundaries, and also proved that solution uniqueness of elastic multi-structures is different from a single 3-D body.

  5. Formulation of elastic multi-structures

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SUN BoHua; YE ZhiMing

    2009-01-01

    Based on the creative and groundbreaking work done by Feng and Shi, some further work has been carried out comprehensively by the first author on the formulation of elastic multi-structures. The main contribution of this paper can be summarized as follows: The work of Feng and Shi has been extended to an elastic multi-structures with nonlinear structural element: shell in both linear and nonlinear case. Three general combinations of multi-structures have been formulated, that is, Case 1: linear elements of 3-D body, 1-D bar/beam, 2-D plates and 2-D shell; Case 2: nonlinear elements of 3-D body, 1-D bar/beam, 2-D plates and 2-D shell; and Case 3: the linear-nonlinear mix problem of 3-D body (nonlinear), 1-D bar/beam (linear), 2-D plates (linear) and 2-D shell (linear). From the investigation, it has proved that the higher dimensional element will have a strong influence on the lower one with the inner linkage boundaries, and also proved that solution uniqueness of elastic mulU-structures is different from a single 3-D body.

  6. FORMULATION STRATEGY FOR DISSOLUTION ENHANCEMENT OF SIMVASTATIN

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Neha Parmar et al

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available The present work aim was “Formulation Strategy for Dissolution Enhancement of Simvastatin”. Simvastatin is lipid lowering drug which is known as HMG CoA reductase. The objective of this study was to increase the solubility of poorly water soluble drug, namely simvastatin, by the formation of solid dispersion and complex and also using the microwave induction technique on these formations. For solid dispersion method dispersion carrier used were poloxamer 407 and gelucire 44/14. The fusion method was used to prepare the dispersions. For inclusion complexation method β-cyclodextrin derivative of cyclodextrin was used to prepare complex with drug. Kneading method was used for formulation. After completion of these two techniques these polymers were used for the microwave induced fusion method. All the ratio of drug and polymer were used to heat for different time interval. These samples were used for solubility measurement. In the solid dispersion technique, simvastatin show higher increase in solubility with gelucire 44/14 in the ratio of 1:5 as compare to poloxamer 407. In the microwave induced fusion method simvastatin show higher solubility with simvastatin with gelucire 44/14 after 10 mins time interval as compare to poloxamer 407 and β-cyclodextrin. Solubility of simvastatin increased higher with gelucire 44/14 by using microwave induced fusion method as compare to other technique. By using gelucire 44/14 with simvastatin it show 94% increase in solubility of simvastatin as compare to pure drug in water.

  7. Formulation of nimodipine nanocrystals for oral administration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Jianwen; Fu, Qiang; Liu, Xiaohong; Li, Mo; Wang, Yongjun

    2016-02-01

    The aim of this paper is to optimize nimodipine (NMD) nanocrystals (NCs) for oral administration. The effects of independent process variables (microprecipitation temperature, shearing speed, shearing time, homogenization pressure and number of cycles) on the particle size have been studied. Experiments were conducted to optimize the formulation composition. A single factor exploration was used to screen the primary stabilizers. Then, the selected polymers/surfactants were further optimized using an L9 (3(4)) orthogonal design. The optimal formulation was composed of NMD (0.7 %, w/v), F127 (0.4 %, w/v), HPMC-E5 (0.1 %, w/v), and sodium deoxycholate (0.05 %, w/v) and was rod-shaped as shown by SEM observations, and it had a particle size of 833.3 ± 20.6 nm, determined by laser diffraction. These aqueous NCs were physically stable for 15 days. To further improve the stability, the NCs were freeze-dried. The powder obtained exhibited acceptable flowability and was physically stable for at least 24 months. Additionally, the NMD NCs displayed much higher dissolution profiles than the bulk drug. The pharmacokinetic results showed that the relative bioavailability was 397 % in comparison with Nimotop(®), suggesting that NCs are an efficient strategy for improving the oral bioavailability of poorly water-soluble drugs.

  8. Immunoglobulin: production, mechanisms of action and formulations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marcia Cristina Zago Novaretti

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available Human immunoglobulin (Ig began to be applied in the clinical practice with the treatment of primary immunodeficiencies. Quickly, applications of Ig increased, as its anti-inflammatory and immunomodulatory functions were elucidated. Currently, Ig is the most commonly used blood product. Ig is obtained by processing plasma; methods, in particular, techniques to reduce plasma viral loads have been evolving over the years and include: pasteurization, solvent/ detergent treatment, caprylic acid treatment and nanofiltration. These methods contribute to increased safety and quality of blood products. The mechanisms of action of Ig not only involve the blockade of Fc receptors of phagocytes, but also control complement pathways, idiotype-anti-idiotype dimer formation, blockage of superantigen binding to T cells, inhibition of dendritic cells and stimulation of regulatory T cells (Tregs. There are several formulations of Ig available, each one with its own peculiar characteristics. In Brazil, there is stringent legislation regulating the quality of Ig. Only Ig products that completely fulfill the quality control criteria are released for use. These standards involve different tests from visual inspection to determination of anti-complementary activity. This paper will further review the history and current status of Ig, including its production and mechanisms of action. The formulations available in Brazil and also the criteria of quality control currently applied will be presented.

  9. Formulation and Dissolution Study of Valsartan Immediate Release Tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    B. Brahmaiah*, K. Sasikanth, Sreekanth Nama , P.Suresh, Patan Adam Khan

    2013-06-01

    Full Text Available In the present study, design of oral immediate release tablets of Valsartan by direct compression techniquewas carried out. The main aim and objective of the work is to formulate immediate release tablets usingdifferent direct compression vehicles (DCV’S in different ratios. The main motive is to compare thedissolution profile of these formulations and conclude the best formulation which release drug at a fasterrate. To determine the best fit dissolution profile for the dosage forms. Valsartan tablets were formulated byusing microcrystalline cellulose (diluents, potato starch, acacia (binder and magnesium stearate(lubricant. The granules were compressed into tablets and were subjected to dissolution studies. Thedissolution profile of the formulation F2 was found to have better dissolution rate compared to others. TheIn-vitro dissolution studies of all the formulations were conducted and the results were obtained, it wasconcluded that formulation F2 was the best with fast release of drug compared to others.

  10. Peridynamic Formulation for Coupled Thermoelectric Phenomena

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Migbar Assefa

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Modeling of heat and electrical current flow simultaneously in thermoelectric convertor using classical theories do not consider the influence of defects in the material. This is because traditional methods are developed based on partial differential equations (PDEs and lead to infinite fluxes at the discontinuities. The usual way of solving such PDEs is by using numerical technique, like Finite Element Method (FEM. Although FEM is robust and versatile, it is not suitable to model evolving discontinuities. To avoid such shortcomings, we propose the concept of peridynamic theory to derive the balance of energy and charge equations in the coupled thermoelectric phenomena. Therefore, this paper presents the transport of heat and charge in thermoelectric material in the framework of peridynamic (PD theory. To illustrate the reliability of the PD formulation, numerical examples are presented and results are compared with those from literature, analytical solutions, or finite element solutions.

  11. Boson--Fermion hybrid representation formulation, I

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wu, C.; Feng, D.H.

    1981-08-01

    A boson--fermion hybrid representation is presented. In this framework, a fermion system is described concurrently by the bosonic and the fermonic degrees of freedom. A fermion pair in this representation can be treated as a boson without violating the Pauli principle. Furthermore the ''bosonic interactions'' are shown to originate from the exchange processes of the fermions and can be calculated from the original fermion interactions. Both the formulation of the BFH representations for the even and odd nuclear systems are given. We find that the basic equation of the nuclear field theory (NFT) is just the usual Schroedinger equation in such a representation with the empirical NFT diagrammatic rules emerging naturally. This theory was numerically checked in the case of four nucleons moving in a single-j shell and the exactness of the theory was established.

  12. An Entropic Formulation of Tunneling Time

    CERN Document Server

    Demir, Durmus A

    2015-01-01

    Quantum tunneling governs numerous phenomena in biology, chemistry, physics and technology. Tunneling time, formulated in various different forms due to the absence of a time operator in quantum theory, has been measured recently in experiments based on the attoclock in ultrafast laser ionization of Helium atoms [A.~Landsman {\\it et al.}, Optica {\\bf 1}, 343 (2014)]. The experiment performs a refined measurement with which no tunneling time formula in the literature exhibits adequate congruence. Here we show that, entropic considerations lead to a real tunneling time which shows remarkable agreement with the experimental data and stays always subluminal. Indeed, with phase space volume setting the number of microstates for a single evanescing particle in a state of definite momentum consistent with energy conservation, one is naturally led to a statistical description for quantum tunneling in which thermal energy sets the tunneling time. This entropic tunneling time is rather general and might also be extende...

  13. Voltammetric assay of Guaifenesin in pharmaceutical formulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tapsoba, I; Belgaied, J-E; Boujlel, K

    2005-06-01

    The electrochemical oxidation of Guaifenesin in a pharmaceutical formulation containing Guaifenesin has been carried out in Britton-Robinson buffer (BRB) (0.04 mol L-1) on platinum electrode. Guaifenesin exhibits a well-defined irreversible oxidation peak at 0.924 V/ref. The influence of pH on the oxidation of Guaifenesin was studied in BRB (pH range 2-5). A method for the analysis of Guaifenesin in BRB (0.04 mol L-1, pH 2), which allows quantification over the range 20-60 microg mL-1, was proposed and successfully applied to the determination of Guaifenesin in syrup with mean recovery and relative standard deviation of 103.3% and 1.32%, respectively.

  14. Reversible Dialysis in a Microfluidic Formulator.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Selimovic, Seila; Shim, Jung-Uk; Fraden, Seth

    2006-03-01

    In order to facilitate the screening of conditions for protein crystallization, we have been using the Microfluidic Formulator chip (Stephen Quake, PNAS Vol. 101, 40 ). This PDMS device allows us to mix up to 40 different reagents and protein solutions. We use this combinatorial approach along with a ``drop-on-demand'' method whereby we employ on-chip positive displacement pumps to form aqueous droplets containing protein and separate them by plugs of oil. Subsequently, the aqueous drops containing protein are guided by surface tension forces into storage chambers. To control the chemical potential of these sub-nanoliter protein samples, we fabricate reservoirs underneath the storage compartments. A thin PDMS membrane that is permeable to water, but not to protein or salt, separates the reservoirs from the storage chambers. Water can permeate into or out of the stored samples until the chemical potentials of the reservoir and the protein solution are equal leading to protein crystallization in some chambers.

  15. Theory of photorefractive dynamic grating formulation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    The photorefractive holographic recording and two-beam coupling are both dynamic grating formulation process. The interference light intensity of the two coherent beams induces a phase grating though photo-induced refractive index variation and the phase grating changing the intensities of the two beams through beam-coupling take place at the same time. By solving simultaneously the band transport equations and wave-coupled equations, and using the light intensity modulation as the main variable, the analytic solution is obtained, which is valid for any light intensity modulation and constant light excitation efficiency. Here all the mechanics of drift, diffusion and photovoltaic effect are considered. The result shows that the modulation of the dynamic grating varies more slowly compared with that of the linear modulation approximation.

  16. Formulating formation mechanism of natural gas hydrates.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Palodkar, Avinash V; Jana, Amiya K

    2017-07-25

    A large amount of energy, perhaps twice the total amount of all other hydrocarbon reserves combined, is trapped within gas hydrate deposits. Despite emerging as a potential energy source for the world over the next several hundred years and one of the key factors in causing future climate change, gas hydrate is poorly known in terms of its formation mechanism. To address this issue, a mathematical formulation is proposed in the form of a model to represent the physical insight into the process of hydrate growth that occurs on the surface and in the irregular nanometer-sized pores of the distributed porous particles. To evaluate the versatility of this rigorous model, the experimental data is used for methane (CH4) and carbon dioxide (CO2) hydrates grown in different porous media with a wide range of considerations.

  17. Oral pulsatile delivery: rationale and chronopharmaceutical formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maroni, Alessandra; Zema, Lucia; Del Curto, Maria Dorly; Loreti, Giulia; Gazzaniga, Andrea

    2010-10-15

    Oral pulsatile/delayed delivery systems are designed to elicit programmable lag phases preceding a prompt and quantitative, repeated or prolonged release of drugs. Accordingly, they draw increasing interest because of the inherent suitability for accomplishing chronotherapeutic goals, which have recently been highlighted in connection with a number of widespread chronic diseases with typical night or early-morning recurrence of symptoms (e.g. bronchial asthma, cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, early-morning awakening). In addition, time-based colonic release can be attained when pulsatile delivery systems are properly adapted to overcome unpredictable gastric emptying and provide delay phases that would approximately match the small intestinal transit time. Oral pulsatile delivery is pursued by means of a variety of release platforms, namely reservoir, capsular and osmotic devices. The aim of the present review is to outline the rationale and main formulation strategies behind delayed-release dosage forms intended for the pharmacological treatment of chronopathologies.

  18. FORMATE-BASED FLUIDS: FORMULATION AND APPLICATION

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nediljka Gaurina-Međimurec

    2008-12-01

    Full Text Available Formate-based fluids has been successfully used in over hunders HPHT well operations since they introduced in field practice. They have many advantages when compared with conventional HPHT drilling and completion fluids such as: minimal formation damage, maintenance of additve properties at high temperatures, reduced hydraulic flow resistance, low potential for differential sticking, naturally lubricating, very low corrosion rates, biodegradable and pose little risk to the environment etc. Formate-based fluids can be applied during deep slim hole drilling, shale drilling, reservoir drilling, salt and gas hydrate formations drilling. The laboratory research was carried out to evaluate the rheological behavior of formate-based fluids as a function of temperature. Formate-based fluids were formulated using potassium formate brine, xanthan polymer, PAC, starch and calcium carbonate. Experimental results show that potassium formate improves the thermal stability of polymers.

  19. Etodolac Containing Topical Niosomal Gel: Formulation Development and Evaluation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gyati Shilakari Asthana

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The present study aimed to investigate the delivery potential of Etodolac (ETD containing topical niosomal gel. Niosomal formulations were prepared by thin film hydration method at various ratios of cholesterol and Span 60 and were evaluated with respect to particle size, shape, entrapment efficiency, and in vitro characteristics. Dicetyl phosphate (DCP was also added in the niosomal formulation. Mean particle size of niosomal formulation was found to be in the range of 2 μm to 4 μm. Niosomal formulation N2 (1 : 1 ratio of cholesterol and surfactant displayed good entrapment efficiency (96.72%. TEM analyses showed that niosomal formulation was spherical in shape. Niosomal formulation (N2 displayed high percentage of drug release after 24 h (94.91 at (1 : 1 ratio of cholesterol : surfactant. Further selected niosomal formulation was used to formulate topical gel and was characterized with respect to its various parameters such as pH, viscosity, spreadability, ex vivo study, and in vivo potential permeation. Ex vivo study showed that niosomal gel possessed better skin permeation study than the plain topical gel. Further in vivo study revealed good inhibition of inflammation in case of topical niosomal gel than plain gel and niosomal formulation. The present study suggested that topical niosomal gel formulations provide sustained and prolonged delivery of drug.

  20. Formulation and characterization of benzoyl peroxide gellified emulsions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thakur, Naresh Kumar; Bharti, Pratibha; Mahant, Sheefali; Rao, Rekha

    2012-01-01

    The present investigation was carried out with the objective of formulating a gellified emulsion of benzoyl peroxide, an anti-acne agent. The formulations were prepared using four different vegetable oils, viz. almond oil, jojoba oil, sesame oil, and wheat germ oil, owing to their emollient properties. The idea was to overcome the skin irritation and dryness caused by benzoyl peroxide, making the formulation more tolerable. The gellified emulsions were characterized for their homogeneity, rheology, spreadability, drug content, and stability. In vitro permeation studies were performed to check the drug permeation through rat skin. The formulations were evaluated for their antimicrobial activity, as well as their acute skin irritation potential. The results were compared with those obtained for the marketed formulation. Later, the histopathological examination of the skin treated with various formulations was carried out. Formulation F3 was found to have caused a very mild dysplastic change to the epidermis. On the other hand, the marketed formulation led to the greatest dysplastic change. Hence, it was concluded that formulation F3, containing sesame oil (6%w/w), was the optimized formulation. It exhibited the maximum drug release and anti-microbial activity, in addition to the least skin irritation potential.

  1. Stability of Bacillus thuringiensis and NPV Microencapsulated Formulation under Sunlight

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Samaneh Sadat Naghavi

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available Microencapsulation technology is used for the formulation of bio pesticides and is effective against the ultra-violet radiation of sunlight. The present research studied the stability of Bt and NPV formulations microencapsulated with gelatin and sodium alginate, individually or in combination. The formulations were evaluated in outdoor space and under sunlight on potted growing cabbage. The stability of each active ingredient tested in each formulation was studied at 0, 3, 7 and 10 days after spraying on cabbage infested with diamondback moth Plutella xylostella second instars larvae. Results showed that non-formulated and microencapsulated formulations not exposed to sunlight (time zero had similar mortality. However, after being exposed to sunlight for three days, the non-formulated Bt and NPV resulted in a significantly lower mortality (less than 40%; compared with the microencapsulated bio pesticides (more than 70% mortality. Fifty percent (50% mortality was reached in microencapsulated formulations after seven and ten days of exposure to sunlight, whereas there was no mortality in larvae exposed to unformulated treated plants after ten days. ANOVA analysis showed the highest larval mortality was achieved by the Bt+NPV gelatin microencapsulated formulation followed by gelatin coated Bt, sodium alginate coated NPV, sodium alginate coated Bt+NPV, gelatin coated NPV and sodium alginate coated Bt. The formulations showed no significant LT50 differences between microencapsulated versus unformulated Bt and NPV.

  2. Etodolac Containing Topical Niosomal Gel: Formulation Development and Evaluation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Asthana, Abhay; Singh, Davinder; Sharma, Parveen Kumar

    2016-01-01

    The present study aimed to investigate the delivery potential of Etodolac (ETD) containing topical niosomal gel. Niosomal formulations were prepared by thin film hydration method at various ratios of cholesterol and Span 60 and were evaluated with respect to particle size, shape, entrapment efficiency, and in vitro characteristics. Dicetyl phosphate (DCP) was also added in the niosomal formulation. Mean particle size of niosomal formulation was found to be in the range of 2 μm to 4 μm. Niosomal formulation N2 (1 : 1) ratio of cholesterol and surfactant displayed good entrapment efficiency (96.72%). TEM analyses showed that niosomal formulation was spherical in shape. Niosomal formulation (N2) displayed high percentage of drug release after 24 h (94.91) at (1 : 1) ratio of cholesterol : surfactant. Further selected niosomal formulation was used to formulate topical gel and was characterized with respect to its various parameters such as pH, viscosity, spreadability, ex vivo study, and in vivo potential permeation. Ex vivo study showed that niosomal gel possessed better skin permeation study than the plain topical gel. Further in vivo study revealed good inhibition of inflammation in case of topical niosomal gel than plain gel and niosomal formulation. The present study suggested that topical niosomal gel formulations provide sustained and prolonged delivery of drug. PMID:27478643

  3. Scientific validation of polyherbal hepatoprotective formulation against paracetamol induced toxicity

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Beerendra Kumar Saroj; Dayanandan Mani; Sunil Kumar Mishra

    2012-01-01

    Objective: This polyherbal formulation has been traditionally used in the Indian system of medicine as a chief formulation for the treatment of hepatic diseases as hepatoprotective. The aim of the study was to study hepatoprotective activity which will be scientific validation of traditional knowledge claimed about this polyherbal formulation. Methods: Hepatotoxicity was induced by administration of paracetamol (300mg/kg) to the animals. The levels of liver enzymes (SGOT, SGPT, Alkaline phosphatase, Serum Bilirubin), lipid profiles (triglyceride, cholesterol, HDL, LDL), creatinine, urea levels and histopathological parameters were measured in order to evaluate hepatoprotective activity of polyherbal formulation. Results: The polyherbal formulation produced a significant hepatoprotective activity of the decoction of polyherbal formulation. The polyherbal formulation (PHF = 1) shows good hepatoprotective activity by lowering the levels of SGOT, alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin parameters (P<0.05), lipid profiles - cholesterol, triglyceride, LDL and histopathological evaluations shows that PHF = 1 and PHF = 3 formulations have significantly hepatoprotective activity (P<0.05). Conclusions: The study validates that polyherbal formulation has a good hepatoprotective activity. Further standardization processes may be performed in order to make it a beneficial hepatoprotective formulation.

  4. Nonequilibrium formulation of abelian gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zoeller, Thorsten

    2013-09-01

    This work is about a formulation of abelian gauge theories out-of-equilibrium. In contrast to thermal equilibrium, systems out-of-equilibrium are not constant in time, and the interesting questions in such systems refer to time evolution problems. After a short introduction to quantum electrodynamics (QED), the two-particle irreducible (2PI) effective action is introduced as an essential technique for the study of quantum field theories out-of-equilibrium. The equations of motion (EOMs) for the propagators of the theory are then derived from it. It follows a discussion of the physical degrees of freedom (DOFs) of the theory, in particular with respect to the photons, since in covariant formulations of gauge theories unphysical DOFs are necessarily contained. After that the EOMs for the photon propagator are examined more closely. It turns out that they are structurally complicated, and a reformulation of the equations is presented which for the untruncated theory leads to an essential structural simplification of the EOMs. After providing the initial conditions which are necessary in order to solve the EOMs, the free photon EOMs are solved with the help of the reformulated equations. It turns out that the solutions diverge in time, i.e. they are secular. This is a manifestation of the fact that gauge theories contain unphysical DOFs. It is reasoned that these secularities exist only in the free case and are therefore ''artificial''. It is however emphasized that they may not be a problem in principle, but certainly are in practice, in particular for the numerical solution of the EOMs. Further, the origin of the secularities, for which there exists an illustrative explanation, is discussed in more detail. Another characteristic feature of 2PI formulations of gauge theories is the fact that quantities calculated from approximations of the 2PI effective action, which are gauge invariant in the exact theory as well as in an approximated theory at

  5. Local normal vector field formulation for periodic scattering problems formulated in the spectral domain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    van Beurden, M C; Setija, I D

    2017-02-01

    We present two adapted formulations, one tailored to isotropic media and one for general anisotropic media, of the normal vector field framework previously introduced to improve convergence near arbitrarily shaped material interfaces in spectral simulation methods for periodic scattering geometries. The adapted formulations enable the definition and generation of the normal vector fields to be confined to a region of prolongation that includes the material interfaces but is otherwise limited. This allows for a more flexible application of geometrical transformations like rotation and translation per scattering object in the unit cell. Moreover, these geometrical transformations enable a cut-and-connect strategy to compose general geometries from elementary building blocks. The entire framework gives rise to continuously parameterized geometries.

  6. Element free Galerkin formulation of composite beam with longitudinal slip

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ahmad, Dzulkarnain; Mokhtaram, Mokhtazul Haizad [Department of Civil Engineering, Universiti Selangor, Bestari Jaya, Selangor (Malaysia); Badli, Mohd Iqbal; Yassin, Airil Y. Mohd [Faculty of Civil Engineering, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Skudai, Johor (Malaysia)

    2015-05-15

    Behaviour between two materials in composite beam is assumed partially interact when longitudinal slip at its interfacial surfaces is considered. Commonly analysed by the mesh-based formulation, this study used meshless formulation known as Element Free Galerkin (EFG) method in the beam partial interaction analysis, numerically. As meshless formulation implies that the problem domain is discretised only by nodes, the EFG method is based on Moving Least Square (MLS) approach for shape functions formulation with its weak form is developed using variational method. The essential boundary conditions are enforced by Langrange multipliers. The proposed EFG formulation gives comparable results, after been verified by analytical solution, thus signify its application in partial interaction problems. Based on numerical test results, the Cubic Spline and Quartic Spline weight functions yield better accuracy for the EFG formulation, compares to other proposed weight functions.

  7. Geometrical Field Formulation of Thermomechanics in Rational Mechanics

    CERN Document Server

    Jianhua, Xiao

    2010-01-01

    In modern science, the thermo mechanics motion can be traced back to quantum motion in micro viewpoint. On the other hand, the thermo mechanics is definitely related with geometrical configuration motion (phase) in macro viewpoint. On this sense, the thermomechanics should be formulated by two kinds of motion: quantum motion and configuration motion. Its principle goal ought to be bridge the gap between atomic physics and engineering practice. In this research, the configuration motion is formulated by deformation geometrical field (motion transformation tensor). The quantum motion is formulated by the wave function of quantum state. Based on these two fields, the thermo stress is formulated as the coupling of quantum motion and configuration motion. Along this line, the entropy is interpreted and formulated according to thermodynamics rules. For scalar entropy, the traditional meaning of entropy is reserved. For infinitesimal configuration variation, the formulation is degenerated to the traditional elastici...

  8. Neural networks to formulate special fats

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Garcia, R. K.

    2012-09-01

    Full Text Available Neural networks are a branch of artificial intelligence based on the structure and development of biological systems, having as its main characteristic the ability to learn and generalize knowledge. They are used for solving complex problems for which traditional computing systems have a low efficiency. To date, applications have been proposed for different sectors and activities. In the area of fats and oils, the use of neural networks has focused mainly on two issues: the detection of adulteration and the development of fatty products. The formulation of fats for specific uses is the classic case of a complex problem where an expert or group of experts defines the proportions of each base, which, when mixed, provide the specifications for the desired product. Some conventional computer systems are currently available to assist the experts; however, these systems have some shortcomings. This article describes in detail a system for formulating fatty products, shortenings or special fats, from three or more components by using neural networks (MIX. All stages of development, including design, construction, training, evaluation, and operation of the network will be outlined.

    Las redes neuronales son una rama de la inteligencia artificial basadas en la estructura y funcionamiento de sistemas biológicos, teniendo como principal característica la capacidad de aprender y generalizar conocimiento. Estas son utilizadas en la resolución de problemas complejos, en los cuales los sistemas computacionales tradicionales presentan una eficiencia baja. Hasta la fecha, han sido propuestas aplicaciones para los más diversos sectores y actividades. En el área de grasas y aceites, la utilización de redes neuronales se ha concentrado principalmente en dos asuntos: la detección de adulteraciones y la formulación de productos grasos. La formulación de grasas para uso específico es el caso clásico de problema complejo donde un experto o grupo de

  9. A UNIVERSAL VARIATIONAL FORMULATION FOR TWO DIMENSIONAL FLUID MECHANICS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    何吉欢

    2001-01-01

    A universal variational formulation for two dimensional fluid mechanics is obtained, which is subject to the so-called parameter-constrained equations (the relationship between parameters in two governing equations). By eliminating the constraints, the generalized variational principle (GVPs) can be readily derived from the formulation. The formulation can be applied to any conditions in case the governing equations can be converted into conservative forms. Some illustrative examples are given to testify the effectiveness and simplicity of the method.

  10. Lagrangian formulation of continuum with internal long-range interactions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2011-01-01

    Based on a new definition of nonlocal variable,this paper establishes the Lagrangian formulation for continuum with internal long-range interactions.Distinguished from the existing theories,the nonlocal term in the Lagrangian formulation automatically satisfies the zero mean condition determined by the action and reaction law.By this formulation,elastic wave in a rod with the internal long-range interactions is investigated.The dispersion of the elastic wave is predicted.

  11. FORMULATION AND EVALUATION OF HERBAL GEL OF MAGNIFERA INDICA LINN

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gaikwad D.D

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available To formulate Magnifera indica Linn bark extract in to a gel. Ethanolic extract of dried bark of Magnifera indica Linn were subjected to priliminery phytochemical evaluation studies. Different gel formulations of ethanolic extract of Magnifera indica linn (2% w/v were prepared using polymers carbopol 934 & HPMC by varying their concentration. These formulation were evaluated for physical parameters, drug contains, Ph, viscosity, Extrudability, Spread ability, primary skin irritation, study.Keywords:

  12. Viability of lactobacillus acidophilus in various vaginal tablet formulations

    OpenAIRE

    Fazeli M.R.; Toliyat T.; Samadi N.; Hajjaran S.; Jamalifar H.

    2006-01-01

    The lactobacilli which are present in vaginal fluids play an important role in prevention of vaginosis and there are considerable interests in formulation of these friendly bacteria into suitable pharmaceutical dosage forms. Formulating these microorganisms for vaginal application is a critical issue as the products should retain viability of lactobacilli during formulation and also storage. The aim of this study was to examine the viability and release of Lactobacillus acidophilus from slow-...

  13. Summary of Remediated Nitrate Salt Surrogate Formulation and Testing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brown, Geoffrey Wayne [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Leonard, Philip [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Hartline, Ernest Leon [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Tian, Hongzhao [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2016-05-05

    High Explosives Science and Technology (M-7) completed all required formulation and testing of Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) surrogates on April 27, 2016 as specified in PLAN-TA9-2443 Rev B, "Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) Surrogate Formulation and Testing Standard Procedure", released February 16, 2016. This report summarizes the results of the work and also includes additional documentation required in that test plan. All formulation and testing was carried out according to PLAN-TA9-2443 Rev B. The work was carried out in three rounds, with the full matrix of samples formulated and tested in each round. Results from the first round of formulation and testing were documented in memorandum M7-J6-6042, " Results from First Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Surrogate Formulation and Testing." Results from the second round of formulation and testing were documented in M7-16-6053 , "Results from the Second Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Surrogate Formulation and Testing." Initial results from the third round were documented in M7-16-6057, "Initial Results from the Third Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Formulation and Testing."

  14. The psychiatric cultural formulation: translating medical anthropology into clinical practice.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aggarwal, Neil Krishan

    2012-03-01

    This article reviews proposed revisions to the DSM-IV Outline for Cultural Formulation for clinical practice. The author begins by exploring the theoretical development of and assumptions involved in the Cultural Formulation. A case presentation is then used to demonstrate shortcomings in the current implementation of the Cultural Formulation based on older definitions of culture. Finally, the author recommends practical questions based on the growing anthropological literature concerning the interpersonal elements of culture and the social course of illness. A simple clear format that clinically translates social science concepts has the potential to increase use of the Cultural Formulation by all psychiatrists, not just those specializing in cultural psychiatry.

  15. Accelerating Vaccine Formulation Development Using Design of Experiment Stability Studies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ahl, Patrick L; Mensch, Christopher; Hu, Binghua; Pixley, Heidi; Zhang, Lan; Dieter, Lance; Russell, Ryann; Smith, William J; Przysiecki, Craig; Kosinski, Mike; Blue, Jeffrey T

    2016-10-01

    Vaccine drug product thermal stability often depends on formulation input factors and how they interact. Scientific understanding and professional experience typically allows vaccine formulators to accurately predict the thermal stability output based on formulation input factors such as pH, ionic strength, and excipients. Thermal stability predictions, however, are not enough for regulators. Stability claims must be supported by experimental data. The Quality by Design approach of Design of Experiment (DoE) is well suited to describe formulation outputs such as thermal stability in terms of formulation input factors. A DoE approach particularly at elevated temperatures that induce accelerated degradation can provide empirical understanding of how vaccine formulation input factors and interactions affect vaccine stability output performance. This is possible even when clear scientific understanding of particular formulation stability mechanisms are lacking. A DoE approach was used in an accelerated 37(°)C stability study of an aluminum adjuvant Neisseria meningitidis serogroup B vaccine. Formulation stability differences were identified after only 15 days into the study. We believe this study demonstrates the power of combining DoE methodology with accelerated stress stability studies to accelerate and improve vaccine formulation development programs particularly during the preformulation stage. Copyright © 2016 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  16. High-Order Entropy Stable Formulations for Computational Fluid Dynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Carpenter, Mark H.; Fisher, Travis C.

    2013-01-01

    A systematic approach is presented for developing entropy stable (SS) formulations of any order for the Navier-Stokes equations. These SS formulations discretely conserve mass, momentum, energy and satisfy a mathematical entropy inequality. They are valid for smooth as well as discontinuous flows provided sufficient dissipation is added at shocks and discontinuities. Entropy stable formulations exist for all diagonal norm, summation-by-parts (SBP) operators, including all centered finite-difference operators, Legendre collocation finite-element operators, and certain finite-volume operators. Examples are presented using various entropy stable formulations that demonstrate the current state-of-the-art of these schemes.

  17. St\\"uckelberg Formulation of Holography

    CERN Document Server

    Dvali, Gia; Wintergerst, Nico

    2015-01-01

    We suggest that holography can be formulated in terms of the information capacity of the St\\"uckelberg degrees of freedom that maintain gauge invariance of the theory in the presence of an information boundary. These St\\"uckelbergs act as qubits that account for a certain fraction of quantum information. Their information capacity is measured by the ratio of the inverse St\\"uckelberg energy gap to the size of the system. Systems with the smallest gap are maximally holographic. For massless gauge systems this information measure is universally equal to the inverse coupling evaluated at the systems' length scale. In this language it becomes very transparent why the St\\"uckelberg information capacity of black holes saturates the Bekenstein bound and accounts for the entire information of the system. The physical reason is that the strength of quantum interaction is bounded from below by the gravitational coupling, which scales as area. Observing the striking similarity between the scalings of the energy gap of t...

  18. Stückelberg formulation of holography

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dvali, Gia; Gomez, Cesar; Wintergerst, Nico

    2016-10-01

    We suggest that holography can be formulated in terms of the information capacity of the Stückelberg degrees of freedom that maintain gauge invariance of the theory in the presence of an information boundary. These Stückelbergs act as qubits that account for a certain fraction of quantum information. Their information capacity is measured by the ratio of the inverse Stückelberg energy gap to the size of the system. Systems with the smallest gap are maximally holographic. For massless gauge systems this information measure is universally equal to the inverse coupling evaluated at the systems' length scale. In this language it becomes very transparent why the Stückelberg information capacity of black holes saturates the Bekenstein bound and accounts for the entire information of the system. The physical reason is that the strength of quantum interaction is bounded from below by the gravitational coupling, which scales as area. Observing the striking similarity between the scalings of the energy gap of the boundary Stückelberg modes and the Bogoliubov modes of critical many-body systems, we establish a connection between holography and quantum criticality through the correspondence between these modes.

  19. Formulation of an injectable phosphocalcium cement

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Goncalves, S. [CIRIMAT Equipe de Physico-Chimie des Phosphates ENSCT INP, Toulouse (France); TEKNIMED, Vic en Bigorre (France); Brouchet, A.; Delisle, B. [CHU Rangueil, Toulouse (France). Service d' Anatomie Pathologie; Freche, M.; Lacout, J.L. [CIRIMAT Equipe de Physico-Chimie des Phosphates ENSCT INP, Toulouse (France); Rodriguez, F. [Lab. de Galenique, Chmin des Maraichers, Toulouse (France)

    2001-07-01

    In orthopedic surgery, the loss or the reinforcement of osseous substance often requires filling of the defective part. In order to make the surgical operations easier we sought to make an injectable form. This study examined the effect of silicone and polyglycol on the injectability, setting time and mechanical properties of the cement. The basic solid phase was composed of a mixture of tetracalcium phosphate (Ca{sub 4}(PO{sub 4}){sub 2}O), {alpha}-tricalcium phosphate (Ca{sub 3}(PO{sub 4}){sub 2}) and sodium glycerophosphate. The basic liquid phase was made up of lime, orthophosphoric acid and water. Silicone was previously dissolved in cyclohexane and introduced in the solid phase. Polyglycol is a water-soluble compound so it is introduced in the liquid phase. For the mechanical properties, the strong increase in the percentage of additives decreased the compressive strength. Silicone and polyglycol made it possible to improve viscosity without modifying the basic setting time. The rate of evolution was different with the two different additives. From the data it was possible to optimize the formulation of cements to give predicted properties. Testing the in vivo implantation of the cement has already started. Preliminary results show the perfect osteointegration of the new cements without reactions to the foreign body in spite of the presence of silicone. (orig.)

  20. New covariant Lagrange formulation for field theories

    CERN Document Server

    Ootsuka, T

    2012-01-01

    A novel approach for Lagrange formulation for field theories is proposed in terms of Kawaguchi geometry (areal metric space). On the extended configuration space M for classical field theory composed of spacetime and field configuration space, one can define a geometrical structure called Kawaguchi areal metric K from the field Lagrangian and (M,K) can be regarded as Kawaguchi manifold. The geometrical action functional is given by K and the dynamics of field is determined by covariant Euler-Lagrange equation derived from the variational principle of the action. The solution to the equation becomes a minimal hypersurface on (M,K) which has the same dimension as spacetime. We propose that this hypersurface is what we should regard as our real spacetime manifold, while the usual way to understand spacetime is to consider it as the parameter spacetime (base manifold) of a fibre bundle. In this way, the dynamics of field and spacetime structure is unified by Kawaguchi geometry. The theory has the property of stro...

  1. A quasilinear formulation of turbulence driven current

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    McDevitt, C. J.; Tang, Xian-Zhu; Guo, Zehua [Theoretical Division, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico 87545 (United States)

    2014-02-15

    Non-inductive current drive mechanisms, such as the familiar neoclassical bootstrap current correspond to an essential component to the realization of steady state tokamak operation. In this work, we discuss a novel collisionless mechanism through which a mean plasma current may be driven in the presence of microturbulence. In analogy with the traditional neoclassical bootstrap current drive mechanism, in which the collisional equilibrium established between trapped and passing electrons results in the formation of a steady state plasma current, here we show that resonant scattering of electrons by drift wave microturbulence provides an additional means of determining the equilibrium between trapped and passing electrons. The resulting collisionless equilibrium is shown to result in the formation of an equilibrium current whose magnitude is a function of the thermodynamic forces. A mean field formulation is utilized to incorporate the above components into a unified framework through which both collisional as well as collisionless current drive mechanisms may be self-consistently treated. Utilizing a linearized Fokker-Planck collision operator, the plasma current in the presence of both collisions as well as turbulent stresses is computed, allowing for the relative strength of these two mechanisms to be quantified as a function of collisionality and fluctuation amplitude.

  2. Controlled Release Formulations of Auxinic Herbicides

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kowalski, Witold J.; Siłowiecki, Andrzej.; Romanowska, Iwona; Glazek, Mariola; Bajor, Justyna; Cieciwa, Katarzyna; Rychter, Piotr

    2013-04-01

    Controlled release formulations are applied extensively for the release of active ingredients such as plant protection agents and fertilizers in response to growing concern for ecological problems associated with increased use of plant protection chemicals required for intensive agricultural practices [1]. We synthesized oligomeric mixtures of (R,S)-3-hydroxy butyric acid chemically bonded with 2,4-D, Dicamba and MCPA herbicides (HBA) respectively, and determined their molecular structure and molecular weight dispersion by the size exclusion chromatography, proton magnetic resonance spectrometry and electro-spray ionization mass spectrometry. Further we carried out bioassays of herbicidal effectiveness of the HBA herbicides vs. series of dicotyledonous weeds and crop injury tests [2, 3, 4]. Field bioassays were accomplished according to the EPPO standards [5]. Groups of representative weeds (the development stages in the BCCH scale: 10 - 30) were selected as targets. Statistical variabilities were assessed by the Fisher LSD test for plants treated with the studied herbicides in form of HBA oligomers, the reference herbicides in form of dimethyl ammonium salts (DMA), and untreated plants. No statistically significant differences in the crop injuries caused by the HBA vs. the DMA reference formulation were observed. The effectiveness of the HBA herbicides was lower through the initial period (ca. 2 weeks) relative to the DMA salts, but a significant increase in the effectiveness of the HBA systems followed during the remaining fraction of each assay. After 6 weeks all observed efficiencies approached 100%. The death of weeds treated with the HBA herbicides was delayed when compared with the DMA reference herbicides. The delayed uptake observed for the HBA oligomers relative to the DMA salts was due to controlled release phenomena. In case of the DMA salts the total amount of active ingredients was available at the target site. By contrast, the amount of an active

  3. Solubilizing excipients in oral and injectable formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Strickley, Robert G

    2004-02-01

    A review of commercially available oral and injectable solution formulations reveals that the solubilizing excipients include water-soluble organic solvents (polyethylene glycol 300, polyethylene glycol 400, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, and dimethylsulfoxide), non-ionic surfactants (Cremophor EL, Cremophor RH 40, Cremophor RH 60, d-alpha-tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, Solutol HS 15, sorbitan monooleate, poloxamer 407, Labrafil M-1944CS, Labrafil M-2125CS, Labrasol, Gellucire 44/14, Softigen 767, and mono- and di-fatty acid esters of PEG 300, 400, or 1750), water-insoluble lipids (castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, hydrogenated soybean oil, and medium-chain triglycerides of coconut oil and palm seed oil), organic liquids/semi-solids (beeswax, d-alpha-tocopherol, oleic acid, medium-chain mono- and diglycerides), various cyclodextrins (alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether-beta-cyclodextrin), and phospholipids (hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine, distearoylphosphatidylglycerol, L-alpha-dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine, L-alpha-dimyristoylphosphatidylglycerol). The chemical techniques to solubilize water-insoluble drugs for oral and injection administration include pH adjustment, cosolvents, complexation, microemulsions, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems, micelles, liposomes, and emulsions.

  4. Formulation study of tea tree oil patches.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Minghetti, Paola; Casiraghi, Antonella; Cilurzo, Francesco; Gambaro, Veniero; Montanari, Luisa

    2009-01-01

    The antimicrobial, antifungal and anti-inflammatory properties of tea tree oil (TTO), the essential oil of Melaleuca alternifolia are well documented. In order to optimize its therapeutic activity, TTO patches were designed. The aim of this work was the formulation of monolayer patches containing TTO. Moreover, the performance of oleic acid (OA) as a skin penetration enhancer in patches was evaluated. Terpinen-4-ol (T4OL), the main component of TTO, was the marker used to evaluate TTO skin permeability. The permeation study was performed through human epidermis by using Franz diffusion cells. Patches were prepared by using methacrylic copolymers, Eudragit E100 (EuE100) or Eudragit NE (EuNE), and a silicone resin, BioPSA7-4602 (Bio-PSA). TTO and OA contents were fixed at 10% w/w and 3% w/w, respectively. The patches were prepared by a casting method and characterised in terms of T4OL content and skin permeability. All the selected polymers were suitable as the main component of the patch matrix. Since the main critical issue in the use of TTO is related to its toxicity after absorption, the local administration of TTO can take advantage of the use of patches based on EuE100 because of the high retained amount and the low permeation of T4OL. In this matrix, OA slightly increased the T4OL retained amount, improving the efficacy and safety of TTO patches.

  5. Analytical formulation of lunar cratering asymmetries

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, Nan

    2016-01-01

    We formulate the lunar cratering distribution and verify the cratering asymmetries generated by the main-belt asteroids (MBAs) as well as the near-Earth objects (NEOs). Based on a planar model that excludes the terrestrial and lunar gravitations on the impactors and assuming the impactor encounter speed with Earth $v_{\\rm{enc}}$ is higher than the lunar orbital speed $v_{\\rm{M}}$, we rigorously integrated the lunar cratering distribution, and derived its approximation to the first order of $v_{\\rm{M}}/v_{\\rm{enc}}$. Numerical simulations of lunar bombardment by the MBAs during the late heavy bombardment were performed with an Earth-Moon distance $a_{\\rm{M}}$ = 20--60 Earth radii in five cases. The analytical model directly proves the existence of a leading/trailing asymmetry and the absence of near/far asymmetry. The approximate form of the leading/trailing asymmetry is $(1 + A_1 \\cos\\beta)$, which decreases as the apex distance $\\beta$ increases. The numerical simulations show evidence of a pole/equator asym...

  6. A thermodynamic formulation of root water uptake

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hildebrandt, Anke; Kleidon, Axel; Bechmann, Marcel

    2016-08-01

    By extracting bound water from the soil and lifting it to the canopy, root systems of vegetation perform work. Here we describe how root water uptake can be evaluated thermodynamically and demonstrate that this evaluation provides additional insights into the factors that impede root water uptake. We derive an expression that relates the energy export at the base of the root system to a sum of terms that reflect all fluxes and storage changes along the flow path in thermodynamic terms. We illustrate this thermodynamic formulation using an idealized setup of scenarios with a simple model. In these scenarios, we demonstrate why heterogeneity in soil water distribution and rooting properties affect the impediment of water flow even though the mean soil water content and rooting properties are the same across the scenarios. The effects of heterogeneity can clearly be identified in the thermodynamics of the system in terms of differences in dissipative losses and hydraulic energy, resulting in an earlier start of water limitation in the drying cycle. We conclude that this thermodynamic evaluation of root water uptake conveniently provides insights into the impediments of different processes along the entire flow path, which goes beyond resistances and also accounts for the role of heterogeneity in soil water distribution.

  7. Biosurfactants in cosmetic formulations: trends and challenges.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vecino, X; Cruz, J M; Moldes, A B; Rodrigues, L R

    2017-01-12

    Cosmetic products play an essential role in everyone's life. People everyday use a large variety of cosmetic products such as soap, shampoo, toothpaste, deodorant, skin care, perfume, make-up, among others. The cosmetic industry encompasses several environmental, social and economic impacts that are being addressed through the search for more efficient manufacturing techniques, the reduction of waste and emissions and the promotion of personal hygiene, contributing to an improvement of public health and at the same time providing employment opportunities. The current trend among consumers is the pursuit for natural ingredients in cosmetic products, as many of these products exhibit equal, better or additional benefits in comparison with the chemical-based products. In this sense, biosurfactants are natural compounds with great potential in the formulation of cosmetic products given by their biodegradability and impact in health. Indeed, many of these biosurfactants could exhibit a "prebiotic" character. This review covers the current state-of-the-art of biosurfactant research for cosmetic purposes and further discusses the future challenges for cosmetic applications.

  8. Modern Vaccines/Adjuvants Formulation Session 6: Vaccine &Adjuvant Formulation & Production 15-17 May 2013, Lausanne, Switzerland.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fox, Christopher B

    2013-09-01

    The Modern Vaccines/Adjuvants Formulation meeting aims to fill a critical gap in current vaccine development efforts by bringing together formulation scientists and immunologists to emphasize the importance of rational formulation design in order to optimize vaccine and adjuvant bioactivity, safety, and manufacturability. Session 6 on Vaccine and Adjuvant Formulation and Production provided three examples of this theme, with speakers emphasizing the need for extensive physicochemical characterization of adjuvant-antigen interactions, the rational formulation design of a CD8+ T cell-inducing adjuvant based on immunological principles, and the development and production of a rabies vaccine by a developing country manufacturer. Throughout the session, the practical importance of sound formulation and manufacturing design accompanied by analytical characterization was highlighted.

  9. The operator tensor formulation of quantum theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hardy, Lucien

    2012-07-28

    In this paper, we provide what might be regarded as a manifestly covariant presentation of discrete quantum theory. A typical quantum experiment has a bunch of apparatuses placed so that quantum systems can pass between them. We regard each use of an apparatus, along with some given outcome on the apparatus (a certain detector click or a certain meter reading for example), as an operation. An operation (e.g. B(b(2)a(3))(a(1))) can have zero or more quantum systems inputted into it and zero or more quantum systems outputted from it. The operation B(b(2)a(3))(a(1)) has one system of type a inputted, and one system of type b and one system of type a outputted. We can wire together operations to form circuits, for example, A(a(1))B(b(2)a(3))(a(1))C(b(2)a(3)). Each repeated integer label here denotes a wire connecting an output to an input of the same type. As each operation in a circuit has an outcome associated with it, a circuit represents a set of outcomes that can happen in a run of the experiment. In the operator tensor formulation of quantum theory, each operation corresponds to an operator tensor. For example, the operation B(b(2)a(3))(a(1)) corresponds to the operator tensor B(b(2)a(3))(a(1)). Further, the probability for a general circuit is given by replacing operations with corresponding operator tensors as in Prob(A(a(1))B(b(2)a(3))(a(1))C(b(2)a(3))) = Â(a(1))B(b(2)a(3))(a(1))C(b(2)a(3)). Repeated integer labels indicate that we multiply in the associated subspace and then take the partial trace over that subspace. Operator tensors must be physical (namely, they must have positive input transpose and satisfy a certain normalization condition).

  10. An exact formulation of hyperdynamics simulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, L. Y.; Horing, N. J. M.

    2007-06-01

    We introduce a new formula for the acceleration weight factor in the hyperdynamics simulation method, the use of which correctly provides an exact simulation of the true dynamics of a system. This new form of hyperdynamics is valid and applicable where the transition state theory (TST) is applicable and also where the TST is not applicable. To illustrate this new formulation, we perform hyperdynamics simulations for four systems ranging from one degree of freedom to 591 degrees of freedom: (1) We first analyze free diffusion having one degree of freedom. This system does not have a transition state. The TST and the original form of hyperdynamics are not applicable. Using the new form of hyperdynamics, we compute mean square displacement for a range of time. The results obtained agree perfectly with the analytical formula. (2) Then we examine the classical Kramers escape rate problem. The rate computed is in perfect agreement with the Kramers formula over a broad range of temperature. (3) We also study another classical problem: Computing the rate of effusion out of a cubic box through a tiny hole. This problem does not involve an energy barrier. Thus, the original form of hyperdynamics excludes the possibility of using a nonzero bias and is inappropriate. However, with the new weight factor formula, our new form of hyperdynamics can be easily implemented and it produces the exact results. (4) To illustrate applicability to systems of many degrees of freedom, we analyze diffusion of an atom adsorbed on the (001) surface of an fcc crystal. The system is modeled by an atom on top of a slab of six atomic layers. Each layer has 49 atoms. With the bottom two layers of atoms fixed, this system has 591 degrees of freedom. With very modest computing effort, we are able to characterize its diffusion pathways in the exchange-with-the-substrate and hop-over-the-bridge mechanisms.

  11. Formulating liquid ethers for microtubular SOFCs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kendall, Kevin; Slinn, Matthew; Preece, John

    One of the key problems of applying solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) in transportation is that conventional fuels like kerosene and diesel do not operate directly in SOFCs without prereforming to hydrogen and carbon monoxide which can be handled by the nickel cermet anode. SOFCs can internally reform certain hydrocarbon molecules such as methanol and methane. However, other liquid fuels usable in petrol or diesel internal combustion engines (ICEs) have not easily been reformable directly on the anode. This paper describes a search for liquid fuels which can be mixed with petrol or diesel and also injected directly into an SOFC without destroying the nickel anode. When fuel molecules such as octane are injected onto the conventional nickel/yttria stabilised zirconia (Ni/YSZ) SOFC fuel electrode, the anode rapidly becomes blocked by carbon deposition and the cell power drops to near zero in minutes. This degeneration of the anode can be inhibited by injection of air or water into the anode or by some upstream reforming just before entry to the SOFC. Some smaller molecules such as methane, methanol and methanoic acid produce a slight tendency to carbon deposition but not sufficient to prevent long term operation. In this project we have investigated a large number of molecules and now found that some liquid ethers do not significantly damage the anode when directly injected. These molecules and formulations with other components have been evaluated in this study. The theory put forward in this paper is that carbon-carbon bonds in the fuel are the main reason for anode damage. By testing a number of fuels without such bonds, particularly liquid ethers such as methyl formate and dimethoxy methane, it has been shown that SOFCs can run without substantial carbon formation. The proposal is that conventional fuels can be doped with these molecules to allow hybrid operation of an ICE/SOFC device.

  12. FORMULATION AND EVALUATION OF CARVEDILOL TRANSDERMAL PATCHES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mandal Sonjoy

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available The present study was carried out to develop and evaluate matrix-type transdermal formulations containing carvedilol with different ratios of hydrophilic (HPMC and hydrophobic polymeric (Eudragit RS100 combinations plasticized with glycerin and dibutyl pthalate by the solvent evaporation technique. Effect of surfactant (PEG-400 and Tween 80 and permeation enhancers (DMSO and DMF were studied. The interference of the polymers were ruled out by infrared and uv spectroscopic methods. Viscosity of the polymers was determined using Brookfield viscometer (LVDV-E. The partition coefficient study was performed using n-octanol as the organic phase and phosphate buffer pH 7.4 as an aqueous phase. The prepared patches were tested for their physicochemical characteristics such as thickness, weight, and drug content uniformity, swelling index, water vapour transmission, folding endurance, and tensile strength. In vitro release studies of carvedilol-loaded patches in phosphate buffer (pH, 7.4 exhibited drug release in the range of 80.70 to 98.56 % in 24 h. Data of in vitro release from patches were fit in to different equations and kinetic models to explain release kinetics. The models used were zero and first-order equations, Hixon-Crowell, Higuchi and Korsmeyer-Peppas models. Based on physicochemical and in vitro release studies, patches containing HPMC and Eudragit RS 100 (DMSO as permeation enhancer were chosen for in vitro skin permeation studies which were performed using a modified diffusion cell across rat abdominal skin and showed first order release mechanism. Skin studies for the transdermal patches were assessed and were found to be free of irritation. The patches were subjected to short term stability studies and were found stable. Good correlation was observed (R2 = 0.810 with in vitro release Vs in vitro skin permeation studies.

  13. Pharmacokinetics of Intranasal Scopolamine Gel Formulation (Inscop)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boyd, Jason L.; Du, Brian; Daniels, Vernie; Simmons, Rita; Buckey, Jay; Putcha, Lakshmi

    2009-01-01

    Space Motion Sickness (SMS) is commonly experienced by astronauts and often requires treatment with medications during early flight days of space missions. Orally administered scopolamine is commonly used by astronauts to prevent SMS. Bioavailability of oral (PO) SMS medications is often low and highly variable. Intranasal (IN) administration of medications achieves higher and more reliable bioavailability than from an equivalent PO dose. Methods: To test the safety and reliability of INSCOP, two clinical studies were performed, a dose escalation study and a comparison study administering INSCOP during normal ambulation and head down tilt bedrest. Efficacy was evaluated by testing INSCOP with two, different motion sickness inducing paradigms. Results: Preliminary results indicate that INSCOP demonstrates linear pharmacokinetics and a low side effect profile. In head down tilt bedrest, relative bioavailability of INSCOP was increased for females at both doses (0.2 and 0.4 mg) and for males at the higher dose (0.4 mg) but is reduced at the lower dose (0.2 mg) compared to normal ambulation. INSCOP displays gender specific differences during ABR. One of the treatment efficacy trials conducted at Dartmouth Hitchcock Medical Center demonstrated that INSCOP is efficacious at both doses (0.2 and 0.4 mg) in suppressing motion sickness symptoms as indicated by longer chair ride times with INSCOP administration than with placebo, and efficacy increases with dose. Similar results were seen using another motion sickness simulator, the motion simulator dome, at the Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, with significantly increased time in the dome in motion-susceptible subjects when using INSCOP compared to untreated controls. Conclusion: Higher bioavailability, linear pharmacokinetics, a low incidence of side effects, and a favorable efficacy profile make INSCOP a desirable formulation for prophylactic and rescue treatment of astronauts in space and military personnel on

  14. Reliability based design optimization: Formulations and methodologies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Agarwal, Harish

    Modern products ranging from simple components to complex systems should be designed to be optimal and reliable. The challenge of modern engineering is to ensure that manufacturing costs are reduced and design cycle times are minimized while achieving requirements for performance and reliability. If the market for the product is competitive, improved quality and reliability can generate very strong competitive advantages. Simulation based design plays an important role in designing almost any kind of automotive, aerospace, and consumer products under these competitive conditions. Single discipline simulations used for analysis are being coupled together to create complex coupled simulation tools. This investigation focuses on the development of efficient and robust methodologies for reliability based design optimization in a simulation based design environment. Original contributions of this research are the development of a novel efficient and robust unilevel methodology for reliability based design optimization, the development of an innovative decoupled reliability based design optimization methodology, the application of homotopy techniques in unilevel reliability based design optimization methodology, and the development of a new framework for reliability based design optimization under epistemic uncertainty. The unilevel methodology for reliability based design optimization is shown to be mathematically equivalent to the traditional nested formulation. Numerical test problems show that the unilevel methodology can reduce computational cost by at least 50% as compared to the nested approach. The decoupled reliability based design optimization methodology is an approximate technique to obtain consistent reliable designs at lesser computational expense. Test problems show that the methodology is computationally efficient compared to the nested approach. A framework for performing reliability based design optimization under epistemic uncertainty is also developed

  15. Liposomal cisplatin: a new cisplatin formulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stathopoulos, George P

    2010-09-01

    Over the last three decades, cisplatin has been one of the most effective cytotoxic agents, but its administration has been hindered by its nephrotoxicity, neurotoxicity and myelo toxicity. Recently, liposomal cisplatin, lipoplatin, has been formulated and tested thoroughly in preclinical (in vitro) and phase I, II and III trials, as documented in the literature. Experiments in animals showed that lipoplatin is less toxic than cisplatin and that it produces tumour reduction. The histological examination of treated tumours from mouse xenografts was consistent with apoptosis in the tumour cells in a mechanism similar to that of cisplatin. Lipoplatin infusion in patients and measurements of platinum levels in tumour specimens showed 10-50 times higher levels in tumours and metastases than in the adjacent normal specimens. A phase I-II study using a combination of lipoplatin and gemcitabine in pretreated patients (with disease progression or stable disease) with advanced pancreatic cancer was conducted. No nephrotoxicity was observed. With lipoplatin monotherapy the dose-limiting toxicity was determined to be 350 mg/m and the maximum tolerated dose 300 mg/m; when used in combination with paclitaxel the dose-limiting toxicity for lipoplatin was 250 mg/m and for paclitaxel 175 mg/m, and the maximum tolerated dose was 200 and 175 mg/m, respectively. In two phase II randomized studies comparing the lipoplatin combination versus the cisplatin combination, it was found that the former was statistically significantly less toxic than the latter, whereas the response rate and survival were similar. Up to now, the data on lipoplatin treatment in malignant tumours are quite impressive, because of the negligible toxicity and because it is equal if not superior to cisplatin with regard to response rate. This review aims to chronologically document publications relevant to liposomal cisplatin to date.

  16. A new formulation for feedforward neural networks.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Razavi, Saman; Tolson, Bryan A

    2011-10-01

    Feedforward neural network is one of the most commonly used function approximation techniques and has been applied to a wide variety of problems arising from various disciplines. However, neural networks are black-box models having multiple challenges/difficulties associated with training and generalization. This paper initially looks into the internal behavior of neural networks and develops a detailed interpretation of the neural network functional geometry. Based on this geometrical interpretation, a new set of variables describing neural networks is proposed as a more effective and geometrically interpretable alternative to the traditional set of network weights and biases. Then, this paper develops a new formulation for neural networks with respect to the newly defined variables; this reformulated neural network (ReNN) is equivalent to the common feedforward neural network but has a less complex error response surface. To demonstrate the learning ability of ReNN, in this paper, two training methods involving a derivative-based (a variation of backpropagation) and a derivative-free optimization algorithms are employed. Moreover, a new measure of regularization on the basis of the developed geometrical interpretation is proposed to evaluate and improve the generalization ability of neural networks. The value of the proposed geometrical interpretation, the ReNN approach, and the new regularization measure are demonstrated across multiple test problems. Results show that ReNN can be trained more effectively and efficiently compared to the common neural networks and the proposed regularization measure is an effective indicator of how a network would perform in terms of generalization.

  17. Cast Stone Formulation At Higher Sodium Concentrations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fox, K. M.; Edwards, T. A.; Roberts, K. B.

    2013-10-02

    A low temperature waste form known as Cast Stone is being considered to provide supplemental Low Activity Waste (LAW) immobilization capacity for the Hanford site. Formulation of Cast Stone at high sodium concentrations is of interest since a significant reduction in the necessary volume of Cast Stone and subsequent disposal costs could be achieved if an acceptable waste form can be produced with a high sodium molarity salt solution combined with a high water to premix (or dry blend) ratio. The objectives of this study were to evaluate the factors involved with increasing the sodium concentration in Cast Stone, including production and performance properties and the retention and release of specific components of interest. Three factors were identified for the experimental matrix: the concentration of sodium in the simulated salt solution, the water to premix ratio, and the blast furnace slag portion of the premix. The salt solution simulants used in this study were formulated to represent the overall average waste composition. The cement, blast furnace slag, and fly ash were sourced from a supplier in the Hanford area in order to be representative. The test mixes were prepared in the laboratory and fresh properties were measured. Fresh density increased with increasing sodium molarity and with decreasing water to premix ratio, as expected given the individual densities of these components. Rheology measurements showed that all of the test mixes produced very fluid slurries. The fresh density and rheology data are of potential value in designing a future Cast Stone production facility. Standing water and density gradient testing showed that settling is not of particular concern for the high sodium compositions studied. Heat of hydration measurements may provide some insight into the reactions that occur within the test mixes, which may in turn be related to the properties and performance of the waste form. These measurements showed that increased sodium

  18. Cast Stone Formulation At Higher Sodium Concentrations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fox, K. M.; Roberts, K. A.; Edwards, T. B.

    2014-02-28

    A low temperature waste form known as Cast Stone is being considered to provide supplemental Low Activity Waste (LAW) immobilization capacity for the Hanford site. Formulation of Cast Stone at high sodium concentrations is of interest since a significant reduction in the necessary volume of Cast Stone and subsequent disposal costs could be achieved if an acceptable waste form can be produced with a high sodium molarity salt solution combined with a high water to premix (or dry blend) ratio. The objectives of this study were to evaluate the factors involved with increasing the sodium concentration in Cast Stone, including production and performance properties and the retention and release of specific components of interest. Three factors were identified for the experimental matrix: the concentration of sodium in the simulated salt solution, the water to premix ratio, and the blast furnace slag portion of the premix. The salt solution simulants used in this study were formulated to represent the overall average waste composition. The cement, blast furnace slag, and fly ash were sourced from a supplier in the Hanford area in order to be representative. The test mixes were prepared in the laboratory and fresh properties were measured. Fresh density increased with increasing sodium molarity and with decreasing water to premix ratio, as expected given the individual densities of these components. Rheology measurements showed that all of the test mixes produced very fluid slurries. The fresh density and rheology data are of potential value in designing a future Cast Stone production facility. Standing water and density gradient testing showed that settling is not of particular concern for the high sodium compositions studied. Heat of hydration measurements may provide some insight into the reactions that occur within the test mixes, which may in turn be related to the properties and performance of the waste form. These measurements showed that increased sodium

  19. Cast Stone Formulation At Higher Sodium Concentrations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fox, K. M.; Roberts, K. A.; Edwards, T. B.

    2013-09-17

    A low temperature waste form known as Cast Stone is being considered to provide supplemental Low Activity Waste (LAW) immobilization capacity for the Hanford site. Formulation of Cast Stone at high sodium concentrations is of interest since a significant reduction in the necessary volume of Cast Stone and subsequent disposal costs could be achieved if an acceptable waste form can be produced with a high sodium molarity salt solution combined with a high water to premix (or dry blend) ratio. The objectives of this study were to evaluate the factors involved with increasing the sodium concentration in Cast Stone, including production and performance properties and the retention and release of specific components of interest. Three factors were identified for the experimental matrix: the concentration of sodium in the simulated salt solution, the water to premix ratio, and the blast furnace slag portion of the premix. The salt solution simulants used in this study were formulated to represent the overall average waste composition. The cement, blast furnace slag, and fly ash were sourced from a supplier in the Hanford area in order to be representative. The test mixes were prepared in the laboratory and fresh properties were measured. Fresh density increased with increasing sodium molarity and with decreasing water to premix ratio, as expected given the individual densities of these components. Rheology measurements showed that all of the test mixes produced very fluid slurries. The fresh density and rheology data are of potential value in designing a future Cast Stone production facility. Standing water and density gradient testing showed that settling is not of particular concern for the high sodium compositions studied. Heat of hydration measurements may provide some insight into the reactions that occur within the test mixes, which may in turn be related to the properties and performance of the waste form. These measurements showed that increased sodium

  20. In vitro study on sustained release capsule formulation of acetazolamide.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pandey, V P; Kannan, K; Manavalan, R; Desai, N

    2003-10-01

    In the present study formulation of sustained release capsule of acetazolamide 250 mg was tried using nonpareil seeds. Nonpareil seeds were coated with drug, polyvinylpyrrolidone, glyceryl monostearate, microcrystalline wax, and glyceryl distearate either individually or in combination to achieve sustained release capsule 250 mg. In successful formulation 20% drug coated pellets and 80% wax coated pellets were taken. Wax coated pellets for successful formulation contained coating of microcrystalline wax and glyceryl distearate on drug coated pellets of the same concentration of 1.6% w/w. Successful formulated sustained release capsule 250 mg of acetazolamide was compared in in vitro study with theoretical sustained release formulation suggested by wagner and one marketed sustained release capsule 250 mg. Formulated capsule showed result superior to or on par with marketed capsule. For successful formulation pellets were filled in '1' size hard gelatin capsule and stability study was carried out in hot air over at room temperature and 45 degrees C for 5 weeks. The formulation was found stable in respect of drug content and release rate.

  1. Dermal pharmacokinetics of microemulsion formulations determined by in vivo microdialysis

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kreilgaard, Mads

    2001-01-01

    To investigate the potential of improving dermal drug delivery of hydrophilic and lipophilic substances by formulation in microemulsion vehicles and to establish a reliable pharmacokinetic model to analyze cutaneous microdialysis data.......To investigate the potential of improving dermal drug delivery of hydrophilic and lipophilic substances by formulation in microemulsion vehicles and to establish a reliable pharmacokinetic model to analyze cutaneous microdialysis data....

  2. Enabling Strategy Formulation by ICT: A Viable Systems Approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Vriens, D.J.; Achterbergh, J.M.I.M.

    2004-01-01

    In this chapter the role of ICT for competitive intelligence is approached from the perspective of strategy formulation. The authors hold the view that competitive intelligence can be seen as knowledge necessary for the process of strategy formulation. To determine the role of ICT, it is proposed to

  3. Formulation of Higher Education Institutional Strategy Using Operational Research Approaches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Labib, Ashraf; Read, Martin; Gladstone-Millar, Charlotte; Tonge, Richard; Smith, David

    2014-01-01

    In this paper a framework is proposed for the formulation of a higher education institutional (HEI) strategy. This work provides a practical example, through a case study, to demonstrate how the proposed framework can be applied to the issue of formulation of HEI strategy. The proposed hybrid model is based on two operational research…

  4. Kepler Problem in Lagrangian Formulation Discussed from Topological Viewpoint

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    XU Gong-Ou; XU Ming-Jie

    2005-01-01

    @@ The Kepler problem in Lagrangian formulation is discussed from the topological viewpoint. Essential points are analysed. Along the same line of thoughts, it is possible to study the Kepler problem in Hamiltonian formulation as well as in quantum mechanics from the topological viewpoint for showing quantum-classical correspondence.

  5. Formulation and stability of topical water in oil emulsion containing ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Purpose: To formulate the water in oil (W/O) emulsion of corn silk (CS) extract and to evaluate its ... physical stability of the formulation was evaluated by monitoring these parameters over a period .... level of significance adopted was p < 0.05.

  6. Robertson-Schrödinger formulation of Ozawa's uncertainty principle

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bastos, Catarina; Bernardini, Alex E.; Bertolami, Orfeu; Costa Dias, Nuno; Nuno Prata, João

    2015-07-01

    A more general measurement disturbance uncertainty principle is presented in a Robertson-Schrödinger formulation. It is shown that it is stronger and having nicer properties than Ozawa's uncertainty relations. In particular it is invariant under symplectic transformations. One shows also that there are states of the probe (measuring device) that saturate the matrix formulation of measurement disturbance uncertainty principle.

  7. Robertson-Schr\\"odinger formulation of Ozawa's Uncertainty Principle

    CERN Document Server

    Bastos, Catarina; Bertolami, O; Dias, N C; Prata, J N

    2014-01-01

    A more general measurement disturbance uncertainty principle is presented in a Robertson-Schr\\"odinger formulation. It is shown that it is stronger and having nicer properties than Ozawa's uncertainty relations. In particular is invariant under symplectic transformations. One shows also that there are states of the probe (measuring device) that saturate the matrix formulation of measurement disturbance uncertainty principle.

  8. Enabling Strategy Formulation by ICT: A Viable Systems Approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Vriens, D.J.; Achterbergh, J.M.I.M.

    2004-01-01

    In this chapter the role of ICT for competitive intelligence is approached from the perspective of strategy formulation. The authors hold the view that competitive intelligence can be seen as knowledge necessary for the process of strategy formulation. To determine the role of ICT, it is proposed to

  9. Mixed finite element formulation applied to shape optimization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rodrigues, Helder; Taylor, John E.; Kikuchi, Noboru

    1988-01-01

    The development presented introduces a general form of mixed formulation for the optimal shape design problem. The associated optimality conditions are easily obtained without resorting to highly elaborate mathematical developments. Also, the physical significance of the adjoint problem is clearly defined with this formulation.

  10. Influence of Seed Coating Formulations on Maize Production

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    Effects of four coating formulations on maize production were studied. The results showec that all coating formulations had some effects on improving maize seedlings, strengthening the resistance againt diseases and pests and increasing the yields in dtifferent degrees, especially Paxil which increased the com yield by 12.0%, significantly higher than the control.

  11. Formulation of Higher Education Institutional Strategy Using Operational Research Approaches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Labib, Ashraf; Read, Martin; Gladstone-Millar, Charlotte; Tonge, Richard; Smith, David

    2014-01-01

    In this paper a framework is proposed for the formulation of a higher education institutional (HEI) strategy. This work provides a practical example, through a case study, to demonstrate how the proposed framework can be applied to the issue of formulation of HEI strategy. The proposed hybrid model is based on two operational research…

  12. Formulation of indomethacin emulsion using biopolymer of Prunus avium.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Verma, Shivangi; Dabral, Prashant; Rana, Vinod; Upadhaya, Kumud; Bhardwaj

    2012-03-01

    The aim of the investigation was to formulate Indomethacin Emulsion using Bio-polymer as Emulsifier. Different batches of emulsions were prepared by varying concentration of biopolymer prunus avium. Based evaluation of the prepared polymers, a conclusion can be drawn that in the Prunus avium bio-material can serve as a promising film forming agent for formulating various drug.

  13. Formulation of indomethacin emulsion using biopolymer of Prunus avium

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shivangi Verma

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The aim of the investigation was to formulate Indomethacin Emulsion using Bio-polymer as Emulsifier. Different batches of emulsions were prepared by varying concentration of biopolymer prunus avium. Based evaluation of the prepared polymers, a conclusion can be drawn that in the Prunus avium bio-material can serve as a promising film forming agent for formulating various drug.

  14. Formulation and Evaluation of Aceclofenac Loaded Cubosomal Topical Gel

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K. Bhargavi

    2015-11-01

    Full Text Available The aim of present work was to formulate and evaluate sustained release formulation of Aceclofenac a Non -steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID, as cubosomal topical gel to reduce gastro intestinal effects and to improve the bioavailability of the drug. Different formulations of Aceclofenac cubosomes were prepared by Top down approach using GMO as lipid phase vehicle, Poloxamer 407 as stabilizer and distilled water as aqueous phase by varying the concentrations of GMO and Poloxamer 407. Resultant formulations were characterized for particle size, zeta potential, surface morphology, encapsulation efficiency and in-vitro drug release. Optimized formulation (F10 showed drug release of 83.25% in 8hours. Aceclofenac cubosomal gel was prepared by using optimized cubosomal formulation (F10, Carbopol 940,Carbopol 934, HPMC K4M and HPMC 15M.Gels were evaluated for pH, viscosity, drug content and in-vitro drug diffusion studies. Among all the preparations, formulation G2 was found to show entrapment efficiency of 96.85 and in vitro drug release of 78.5%. Ex-vivo permeation of optimized gel formulation (D2 was evaluated across rat epidermis.

  15. Computer-Assisted Instruction; How to Solve Drug Formulation Problems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mezei, Janos; And Others

    1990-01-01

    Computer simulation of drug formulation problems involves a database of pharmacological properties, chemical stability, and compatibility data on 20 active ingredients, physiological factors and requirements for parenteral solutions, and additives. The user gathers data from the database, formulates a stable and effective solution, and the drug is…

  16. Effect of formulation pH on transdermal penetration of antiemetics formulated in poloxamer lecithin organogel.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Woodall, Rachel; Arnold, John J; McKay, Doug; Asbill, C Scott

    2013-01-01

    The purpose of this study was to assess the impact of altering formulation pH on the transdermal penetration of several commonly used antiemetic, weakly basic drugs incorporated into poloxamer lecithin organogel vehicle. Poloxamer lecithin organogel formulations containing promethazine hydrochloride (25 mg/mL), metoclopramide hydrochloride (10 mg/mL), and ondansetron hydrochloride (8 mg/mL) were examined for both drug release and transdermal penetration across porcine skin in modified Franz diffusion cells for a period of 24 hours. For the transdermal studies, each antiemetic drug was formulated at a pH above and below their acid dissociation constant (pKa) in an attempt to assure that the drug would be primarily in their respective ionized or non-ionized states. In addition, drug content in skin was assessed at the end of the 24-hour experiment. Drug content analysis was determined via high-performance liquid chromatography. As a percent of total drug release from the poloxamer lecithin organogel vehicle, promethazine hydrochloride demonstrated the most transdermal drug penetration after 24 hours (30.2% +/- 20.2%), followed by ondansetron hydrochloride (2.7% +/- 1.1%) and metoclopramide hydrochloride (1.8% +/- 1.6%). Subsequently, the pH of the Pluronic F-127 gel was adjusted in order to ensure that each antiemetic drug would be primarily in its unionized state. The transdermal permeation of each antiemetic drug primarily in its unionized state increased over that observed with the drug primarily in its ionized state after 24 hours (promethazine: 1.6-fold increase; metoclopramide: 1.3-fold increase; ondansetron: 1.8-fold increase). A similar trend was noted in the amount of each drug found in the skin after 24 hours (promethazine: 1.2-fold increase; metoclopramide: 2.4-fold increase; ondansetron: 3.0-fold increase). These results suggest that proper optimization of drug ionization state may be a useful strategy for compounding pharmacists to increase the efficacy

  17. Matter coupling in partially constrained vielbein formulation of massive gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Felice, Antonio De [Yukawa Institute for Theoretical Physics, Kyoto University, Kyoto 606-8502 (Japan); Gümrükçüoğlu, A. Emir [School of Mathematical Sciences, University of Nottingham, University Park, Nottingham, NG7 2RD (United Kingdom); Heisenberg, Lavinia [Institute for Theoretical Studies, ETH Zurich,Clausiusstrasse 47, 8092 Zurich (Switzerland); Mukohyama, Shinji [Yukawa Institute for Theoretical Physics, Kyoto University, Kyoto 606-8502 (Japan); Kavli Institute for the Physics and Mathematics of the Universe,Todai Institutes for Advanced Study, University of Tokyo (WPI),5-1-5 Kashiwanoha, Kashiwa, Chiba 277-8583 (Japan)

    2016-01-04

    We consider a linear effective vielbein matter coupling without introducing the Boulware-Deser ghost in ghost-free massive gravity. This is achieved in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We first introduce the formalism and prove the absence of ghost at all scales. As next we investigate the cosmological application of this coupling in this new formulation. We show that even if the background evolution accords with the metric formulation, the perturbations display important different features in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We study the cosmological perturbations of the two branches of solutions separately. The tensor perturbations coincide with those in the metric formulation. Concerning the vector and scalar perturbations, the requirement of absence of ghost and gradient instabilities yields slightly different allowed parameter space.

  18. Matter coupling in partially constrained vielbein formulation of massive gravity

    CERN Document Server

    De Felice, Antonio; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Mukohyama, Shinji

    2015-01-01

    We consider a consistent linear effective vielbein matter coupling without introducing the Boulware-Deser ghost in ghost-free massive gravity. This is achieved in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We first introduce the formalism and prove the absence of ghost at all scales. As next we investigate the cosmological application of this coupling in this new formulation. We show that even if the background evolution accords with the metric formulation, the perturbations display important different features in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We study the cosmological perturbations of the two branches of solutions separately. The tensor perturbations coincide with those in the metric formulation. Concerning the vector and scalar perturbations, the requirement of absence of ghost and gradient instabilities yields slightly different allowed parameter space.

  19. Matter coupling in partially constrained vielbein formulation of massive gravity

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Felice, Antonio; Gümrükçüoğlu, A. Emir; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Mukohyama, Shinji

    2016-01-01

    We consider a linear effective vielbein matter coupling without introducing the Boulware-Deser ghost in ghost-free massive gravity. This is achieved in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We first introduce the formalism and prove the absence of ghost at all scales. As next we investigate the cosmological application of this coupling in this new formulation. We show that even if the background evolution accords with the metric formulation, the perturbations display important different features in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We study the cosmological perturbations of the two branches of solutions separately. The tensor perturbations coincide with those in the metric formulation. Concerning the vector and scalar perturbations, the requirement of absence of ghost and gradient instabilities yields slightly different allowed parameter space.

  20. On the Correct Formulation of the First Law of Thermodynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kalanov, Temur Z.

    2006-04-01

    The critical analysis of the generally accepted formulation of the first law of thermodynamics is proposed. The purpose of the analysis is to prove that the standard formulation contains a mathematical error and to offer the correct formulation. The correct formulation is based on the concepts of function and differential of function. Really, if internal energy Uof a system is a function of two independent variables Q=Q(t) (describing of the thermal form of energy) and R=R(t) (describing non-thermal form of energy), then the correct formulation of the first law of thermodynamics is: dU(Q,R)dt=( UQ )RdQdt+( UR )QdRdt, where t and -( UR )Q / ( UR )Q ( UQ ) . - ( UQ )R are time and measure of mutual transformation of forms of energy, correspondingly. General conclusion: standard thermodynamics is incorrect.

  1. Engaged Problem Formulation of IT Management in Danish Municipalities

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2012-01-01

    Municipalities’ effectiveness in managing information technology (IT) is increasingly important in adhering to their responsibilities for providing services to citizens. While the municipalities’ difficulty in managing IT has been well documented, it is more elusive what specific problems are most...... relevant in contemporary municipal IT management practice. On this basis, we present an engaged scholarship approach to formulate IT management problems together with municipalities - not for municipalities. We have come to understand such engaged problem formulation as joint researching and defining...... of a contemporary and complex problem by researchers and those who experience and know the problem. We present the formulated IT management problems and discuss the engaged problem formulation process in relation to engaged scholarship. Furthermore, we discuss how engaged problem formulation may contribute...

  2. Evaluation method for the drying performance of enzyme containing formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sloth, Jakob; Bach, P.; Jensen, Anker Degn;

    2008-01-01

    A method is presented for fast and cheap evaluation of the performance of enzyme containing formulations in terms of preserving the highest enzyme activity during spray drying. The method is based on modeling the kinetics of the thermal inactivation reaction which occurs during the drying process....... Relevant kinetic parameters are determined from differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) experiments and the model is used to simulate the severity of the inactivation reaction for temperatures and moisture levels relevant for spray drying. After conducting experiments and subsequent simulations...... for a number of different formulations it may be deduced which formulation performs best. This is illustrated by a formulation design study where 4 different enzyme containing formulations are evaluated. The method is validated by comparison to pilot scale spray dryer experiments....

  3. FORMULATION AND EVALUATION OF FAST DISSOLVING TABLETS OF ACETAMINOPHEN

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Abhay Kumar Mourya et al.

    2012-02-01

    Full Text Available The present research work has been carried out for an optimized formulation of co-processed directly compressible vehicles in the preparation of the Acetaminophen mouth fast dissolving tablets (MFDTs. Acetaminophen was chosen due to its poor compression properties. Di-calcium Phosphate(DCP was incorporated in the neutralized aqueous starch dispersion to prepare co-processed excipient. Co-processed direct compressible DCP and Starch used as co-processed excipient were taken in good formulation ratio such as (25:75 and Cross Povidone used as superdisintegrant. The effects of other superdisintegrants were studied in the best formulation F5. Formulation F5 was found to be optimum compressibility characteristics hardness 3.62±0.40 to 4.68±0.31 kg/cm2 with fast disintegration (10 sec compare to other formulations.

  4. Improved properties of lipstick formulation with engkabang fats

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mat Husin Norazlin

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Engkabang fats are known as an excellent cocoa butter equivalent. It is selected to be aimed as potential softening ingredient in waxy base of lipstick formulation that promotes moisturising protection for the lips. The formulation was prepared by mixing homogenously the base and colour intermediate at 70-80°C, moulded in casing, followed by cooling at-20°C.The optimum ratio of lipstick formulation containing engkabang fats and other waxes was (10:20 in percentage. The other ingredients used were oils (60% and colour agent (10%. The physico-chemical properties of formulations were determined including texture analysis, pH, melting point, colour intensity, stability and moisture content. From the results, engkabang fats exhibited a good softening and moisturising properties. Engkabang fats lipstick formulations showed better application on the lips compared lipstick without engkabang fats.

  5. Slow Growth Formulation for DNS of Temporally Evolving Boundary Layers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Topalian, Victor; Sahni, Onkar; Oliver, Todd; Moser, Robert

    2011-11-01

    A formulation for DNS of temporally evolving boundary layers is developed and demonstrated. The formulation relies on a multiscale approach to account separately for the slow time evolution of statistical averages, and the fast time evolution of turbulent fluctuations. The source terms that arise from the multiscale analysis are modeled assuming a self-similar evolution of the averages. The performance of the formulation is evaluated using DNS of spatially evolving compressible boundary layers. This formulation was developed to provide data for the calibration of turbulence model parameters and enable the quantification of uncertainty due to the models. The extension of this formulation to homogenize spatially evolving boundary layers will also be discussed. This work is supported by the Department of Energy [National Nuclear Security Administration] under Award Number [DE-FC52-08NA28615]. Current Affiliation: Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

  6. A formulation to encapsulate nootkatone for tick control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Behle, Robert W; Flor-Weiler, Lina B; Bharadwaj, Anuja; Stafford, Kirby C

    2011-11-01

    Nootkatone is a component of grapefruit oil that is toxic to the disease-vectoring tick, Ixodes scapularis Say, but unfortunately causes phytotoxicity to treated plants and has a short residual activity due to volatility. We prepared a lignin-encapsulated nootkatone formulation to compare with a previously used emulsifiable formulation for volatility, plant phytotoxicity, and toxicity to unfed nymphs of I. scapularis. Volatility of nootkatone was measured directly by trapping nootkatone vapor in a closed system and indirectly by measuring nootkatone residue on treated filter paper after exposure to simulated sunlight (Xenon). After 24 h in the closed system, traps collected only 15% of the nootkatone applied as the encapsulated formulation compared with 40% applied as the emulsifiable formulation. After a 1-h light exposure, the encapsulated formulation retained 92% of the nootkatone concentration compared with only 26% retained by the emulsifiable formulation. For plant phytotoxicity, cabbage, Brassica oleracea L., leaves treated with the encapsulated formulation expressed less necrosis, retaining greater leaf weight compared with leaves treated with the emusifiable formulation. The nootkatone in the emulsifiable formulation was absorbed by cabbage and oat, Avena sativa L., plants (41 and 60% recovered 2 h after application, respectively), as opposed to 100% recovery from the plants treated with encapsulated nootkatone. Using a treated vial technique, encapsulated nootkatone was significantly more toxic to I. scapularis nymphs (LC50 = 20 ng/cm2) compared with toxicity of the emulsifiable formulation (LC50 = 35 ng/cm2). Thus, the encapsulation of nootkatone improved toxicity for tick control, reduced nootkatone volatility, and reduced plant phytotoxicity.

  7. Pharmacological evaluation of a polyherbal formulation for its antispasmodic activity

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Navdeep Saini

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Object: The present study was aimed to evaluate pharmacologically to a polyherbal formulation containing volatile extracts of various umbelliferae plants. Materials and Methods: The umbelliferae family was found most effective against spasm by extensive literature review and study of various rational formulations. Plants material was procured from the local market of Rajasthan. Volatile extracts were isolated from powdered plant materials through Clevenger′s method. The volatile extracts of following plants Trachyspermum ammi, Cuminum cyminum, Anethum graveolens and Foeniculum vulgare were used to make polyherbal formulation. Results: Antispasmodic effect of newly prepared polyherbal formulation demonstrated on guinea pig ileum in vitro; 50% inhibitory concentration (IC 50 was 172.5 ± 1.4 μl/ml. A very effective value identified, when compared to antispasmodic drugs, e.g. Atropine (IC 50 was 166.7 ± 1.2 μl/ml. Oral administration of polyherbal formulation dose-dependently reduced intestinal transit in mice when compared to atropine at 0.1 mg/kg i.p. and formulation at (300 mg/kg protected mice against diarrhea induced by castor oil significantly when compared to control and standard loperamide at a dose of 5 mg/kg orally. Conclusion: Polyherbal formulation inhibits acetylcholine and calcium chloride induced contraction of guinea pig ileum dose-dependently. The current research validates antispasmodic effect of newly developed polyherbal formulation. It also concluded that polyherbal formulation inhibits the contraction produced by various spasmogens like acetylcholine and calcium chloride. This suggests that the activity of developed formulation is nonspecific to any spasmogen.

  8. STRATEGY FORMULATION FOR DEVELOPING BATIK TULIS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Indah Eko Suryani

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The objective of this study was to formulate a development strategy in order to maintain the existence of Batik Tulis Rolla Junior. The study used a case study approach with Rumah Batik Tulis Rolla Junior as the research object. The data were analyzed by a value chain approach to determine the internal and external conditions influencing the existence of the Batik Tulis Rolla Junior. Furthermore, this study also used the analysis of Internal Factor Evaluation (IFE, External Factor Evaluation (EFE, Internal-External (IE Matrix, SWOT, dan Quantitative Strategic Planning Matrix (QSPM to create the development strategy. The results show that the strategies that can be recommended to Rolla Junior include 1 increasing the capital by Kredit Usaha Rakyat (KUR program, 2 conductiong expansions to other regencies, 3 creating a website/blog  to promote and perform business transactions, 4 increasing the frequency in joining exhibitions or EXPO both in regional and national levels, 5 conducting researches to solve the problem of coloring which requires sun rays, 6 conducting cooperations with raw material suppliers (backward integration, and 7 finding alternative suppliers of raw materials especially from the areas closer to Jember district.Keywords: development strategy, batik tulis Rolla Junior, SWOT, QSPMABSTRAKPenelitian ini bertujuan merumuskan strategi pengembangan sehingga dapat menjaga eksistensi Batik Tulis Rolla Junior. Penelitian menggunakan pendekatan studi kasus dengan Rolla Junior sebagai objek penelitiannya. Data dianalisis dengan pendekatan rantai nilai untuk mengetahui kondisi internal dan eksternal yang berpengaruh terhadap Batik Tulis kemudian menggunakan analisis Internal Factor Evaluation (IFE, External Factor Evaluation (EFE, Internal-External (IE Matrix, SWOT, dan Quantitative Strategic Planning Matrix (QSPM untuk menyusun strategi pengembangan Batik Tulis Rolla Junior. Hasil penelitian menunjukkan bahwa strategi-straegi prioritas

  9. Unconstrained Hamiltonian formulation of low energy QCD

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pavel Hans-Peter

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available Using a generalized polar decomposition of the gauge fields into gaugerotation and gauge-invariant parts, which Abelianises the Non-Abelian Gauss-law constraints to be implemented, a Hamiltonian formulation of QCD in terms of gauge invariant dynamical variables can be achieved. The exact implementation of the Gauss laws reduces the colored spin-1 gluons and spin-1/2 quarks to unconstrained colorless spin-0, spin-1, spin-2 and spin-3 glueball fields and colorless Rarita-Schwinger fields respectively. The obtained physical Hamiltonian naturally admits a systematic strongcoupling expansion in powers of λ = g−2/3, equivalent to an expansion in the number of spatial derivatives. The leading-order term corresponds to non-interacting hybridglueballs, whose low-lying spectrum can be calculated with high accuracy by solving the Schrödinger-equation of the Dirac-Yang-Mills quantum mechanics of spatially constant fields (at the moment only for the 2-color case. The discrete glueball excitation spectrum shows a universal string-like behaviour with practically all excitation energy going in to the increase of the strengths of merely two fields, the “constant Abelian fields” corresponding to the zero-energy valleys of the chromomagnetic potential. Inclusion of the fermionic degrees of freedom significantly lowers the spectrum and allows for the study of the sigma meson. Higher-order terms in λ lead to interactions between the hybridglueballs and can be taken into account systematically using perturbation theory in λ, allowing for the study of IR-renormalisation and Lorentz invarianz. The existence of the generalized polar decomposition used, the position of the zeros of the corresponding Jacobian (Gribov horizons, and the ranges of the physical variables can be investigated by solving a system of algebraic equations. Its exact solution for the case of one spatial dimension and first numerical solutions for two and three spatial dimensions indicate

  10. CRYSTALLINE CERAMIC WASTE FORMS: REFERENCE FORMULATION REPORT

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brinkman, K.; Fox, K.; Marra, J.

    2012-05-15

    The research conducted in this work package is aimed at taking advantage of the long term thermodynamic stability of crystalline ceramics to create more durable waste forms (as compared to high level waste glass) in order to reduce the reliance on engineered and natural barrier systems. Durable ceramic waste forms that incorporate a wide range of radionuclides have the potential to broaden the available disposal options and to lower the storage and disposal costs associated with advanced fuel cycles. Assemblages of several titanate phases have been successfully demonstrated to incorporate radioactive waste elements, and the multiphase nature of these materials allows them to accommodate variation in the waste composition. Recent work has shown that they can be successfully produced from a melting and crystallization process. The objective of this report is to explain the design of ceramic host systems culminating in a reference ceramic formulation for use in subsequent studies on process optimization and melt property data assessment in support of FY13 melter demonstration testing. The waste stream used as the basis for the development and testing is a combination of the projected Cs/Sr separated stream, the Trivalent Actinide - Lanthanide Separation by Phosphorous reagent Extraction from Aqueous Komplexes (TALSPEAK) waste stream consisting of lanthanide fission products, the transition metal fission product waste stream resulting from the transuranic extraction (TRUEX) process, and a high molybdenum concentration with relatively low noble metal concentrations. In addition to the combined CS/LN/TM High Mo waste stream, variants without Mo and without Mo and Zr were also evaluated. Based on the results of fabricating and characterizing several simulated ceramic waste forms, two reference ceramic waste form compositions are recommended in this report. The first composition targets the CS/LN/TM combined waste stream with and without Mo. The second composition targets

  11. Toxicity of a dichlorvos containing insecticide formulation and an atrazine containing herbicide formulation in chicken embryos after individual administration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Szabó, R; Keseru, M; Fejes, S; Budai, P; Juhász, E; Pongrácz, A

    2004-01-01

    A 50% dichlorvos containing insecticide formulation (Unifosz 50 EC) and a 50% atrazine containing herbicide formulation (Hungazin PK 50 WP) were studied in chicken embryos after administration as single compounds. Applied concentrations of dichlorvos were 0.1% (corresponding to the plant protection practice), 0.05%, 0.02%, 0.01%. Applied concentrations of atrazine were 0.66% (corresponding to the plant protection practice), 0.33%, 0.132%, 0.066%. The test materials were injected directly into the air-chamber of eggs on day 0 of the hatching period and evaulation was carried out on day 19 of incubation. The chicken embryos were examined for the following: rate of embryo mortality, body mass, type of developmental anomalies. After the single administrations of dichlorvos containing insecticide formulation and atrazine containing herbicide formulation on day 0 of incubation, the average body weight of chicken embryos significantly did not decrease as compared to the control. After the individual administrations of pesticides the incidence of developmental anomalies was sporadic. The embryonic mortality markedly increased at the highest concentrations of pesticides. The rate of embrio mortality were 61% (dichlorvos insecticide containing formulation) and 52% (atrazine containing herbicide formulation). In summary, the 50% dichlorvos containing insecide formulation (Unifosz 50 EC) and the 50% atrazine containing herbicide formulation (Hungazin PK 50 WP) were toxic to the developing chicken embryos at the highest concentration in our study. The toxic effect was expressed in the high rate of embrio mortality.

  12. Glyphosate and its formulations – Toxicity, occupational and environmental exposure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marta Kwiatkowska

    2013-10-01

    Full Text Available Glyphosate (N-(phosphonomethylglycine is an active ingredient of the most widely used herbicide formulations in protecting agricultural and horticultural crops. Numerous results (mostly published in the years 2010-2013 concerning the action of glyphosate and its formulations in the recent decade were analyzed. Initial reports about alleged biodegradability of glyphosate in the environment turned out to be wrong. It has been shown that glyphosate remains in the soil and can reach people by spreading along with groundwater. Recent publications have shown that glyphosate is detected at low concentrations in the human blood. Publications cited in this article, which indicate a possible induction of neoplastic changes by glyphosate formulation, have raised great concern and controversy in the scientific world. Presenting adverse effects of glyphosate and its formulations we focused on the role of glyphosate formulations in hormonal disorders by impeding the expression of steroidogenic acute regulatory protein and the inhibition of aromatase activity. The impact of glyphosate on oxygen reactive species formation, changes in redox system and the effect on necrosis and apoptosis in various types of cells was shown. We also revealed that glyphosate as a phosphonate herbicide does not inhibit directly the activity of acetylcholinesterase. Based on numerous studies it was noted that commercial formulations of glyphosate exhibit higher toxicity than that of the active substance itself. The discussed problems clearly show the need to evaluate the toxicity of glyphosate and its formulations and related potential threat to humans. Med Pr 2013;64(5:717–729

  13. FORMULATION AND DISSOLUTION STUDY OF DILTIAZEM HYDROCHLORIDE IMMEDIATE RELEASE TABLETS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    BRAHMAIAH BONTHAGARALA

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available Objective: The main aim and objective of the work is to formulate immediate release tablets using different direct compression vehicles (DCV’S in different ratios. Methods: In the present study, design of oral immediate release tablets of Diltiazem hydrochloride by direct compression technique was carried out. Results: The main motive is to compare the dissolution profile of these formulations and conclude the best formulation which release drug at a faster rate . To determine the best fit dissolution profile for the dosage forms. Diltiazem hydrochloride tablets were formulated by using microcrystalline cellulose (diluent, potato starch, acacia (binder and magnesium stearate (lubricant. The granules were compressed into tablets and were subjected to dissolution studies. The dissolution profile of the formulation F2 was found to have better dissolution rate compared to others. Conclusion: The Invitro dissolution studies of all the formulations were conducted and the results were obtained, it was concluded that formulation F2 was the best with fast release of drug compared to others.

  14. Formulation and Evaluation of Darifenacin Hydrobromide Extended Release Matrix Tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Syed Meraj Sultana

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available Darifenacin hydrobromide is a highly selective muscarinic (M3 receptor blocker that has been widely used for the treatment of overactive bladder syndrome. The bioavailability of darifenacin hydrobromide is 15–19% due to extensive first pass metabolism. Hence oral administration of darifenacin hydrobromide as extended tablets is a possible solution to overcome this problem. So the aim of the study was to formulate and evaluate Darifenacin hydrobromide extended release matrix tablets using extended release polymers like HPMC K4M, HPMC K15M and HPMC K100M, Metalose 60 SH-50 and Xanthum gum in different concentrations. Formulated tablets were characterized for different parameters like hardness, thickness, weight variation, friability, % Cumulative drug release etc. Nine formulations (F1 – F9 were formulated using direct compression technique. From the results obtained, it was concluded that the optimized formulation containing HPMC K15 M and K100M (1:2 showed better release up to 24hrs.The dissolution profiles and kinetic studies indicate that the release of Darifenacin Hydrobromide can be effectively controlled by the use of hydrophilic matrix systems. Different kinetic models were applied to the optimized formulation and observed that formulation (F9 followed first order kinetic model and Non-Fickian diffusion (or Anomalous transport as mechanism of drug release.

  15. Methodology of oral formulation selection in the pharmaceutical industry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kuentz, Martin; Holm, René; Elder, David P

    2016-05-25

    Pharmaceutical formulations have to fulfil various requirements with respect to their intended use, either in the development phase or as a commercial product. New drug candidates with their specific properties confront the formulation scientist with industrial challenges for which a strategy is needed to cope with limited resources, stretched timelines as well as regulatory requirements. This paper aims at reviewing different methodologies to select a suitable formulation approach for oral delivery. Exclusively small-molecular drugs are considered and the review is written from an industrial perspective. Specific cases are discussed starting with an emphasis on poorly soluble compounds, then the topics of chemically labile drugs, low-dose compounds, and modified release are reviewed. Due to the broad scope of this work, a primary focus is on explaining basic concepts as well as recent trends. Different strategies are discussed to approach industrial formulation selection, which includes a structured product development. Examples for such structured development aim to provide guidance to formulators and finally, the recent topic of a manufacturing classification system is presented. It can be concluded that the field of oral formulation selection is particularly complex due to both multiple challenges as well as opportunities so that industrial scientists have to employ tailored approaches to design formulations successfully.

  16. Formulation and evaluation of antipsoriatic gel using natural excipients

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Raghupatruni Jhansi Laxmi; R Karthikeyan; P Srinivasa Babu; RVV Narendra Babu

    2013-01-01

    Objective:To develop topical gel formulations ofPsoralen using natural excipients to minimize the side effects of synthetic drugs.Methods:ThePsoralen gel formulations were prepared using different natural gums and polymers.The physicochemical compatibility betweenPsoralen and other excipients was confirmed by usingFourier transform infrared spectroscopy.All prepared gel formulations were evaluated for drug content uniformity, viscosity, pH, and stability.The release of psoralen from all formulations using dialysis membrane into a phosphate buffer pH6.8 at 37°C was studied.Drug release from the formulations fitted best to theHiguchi model.From the drug release data the best formulation was optimized and the biological studies on albino mice were performed.Results:Psoralen gel containing egg albumin and xanthan gum shows better incorporation of the drug.The drug activity was found to be43.3%.Anti-psoriatic drug enhances the orthokeratotic cell differentiation in the epidermal scales.Conclusion:In vitro anti-psoriatic activity ofF3 showed the significant orthokeratosis in the mouse tail test when compared to control thus indicating that the formulation is effective in treating psoriasis.

  17. Significance of Strain in Formulation in Theory of Solid Mechanics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Patnaik, Surya N.; Coroneos, Rula M.; Hopkins, Dale A.

    2003-01-01

    The basic theory of solid mechanics was deemed complete circa 1860 when St. Venant provided the strain formulation or the field compatibility condition. The strain formulation was incomplete. The missing portion has been formulated and identified as the boundary compatibility condition (BCC). The BCC, derived through a variational formulation, has been verified through integral theorem and solution of problems. The BCC, unlike the field counterpart, do not trivialize when expressed in displacements. Navier s method and the stiffness formulation have to account for the extra conditions especially at the inter-element boundaries in a finite element model. Completion of the strain formulation has led to the revival of the direct force calculation methods: the Integrated Force Method (IFM) and its dual (IFMD) for finite element analysis, and the completed Beltrami-Michell formulation (CBMF) in elasticity. The benefits from the new methods in elasticity, in finite element analysis, and in design optimization are discussed. Existing solutions and computer codes may have to be adjusted for the compliance of the new conditions. Complacency because the discipline is over a century old and computer codes have been developed for half a century can lead to stagnation of the discipline.

  18. FORMULATION AND EVALUATION OF ORODISPERSIBLE TABLETS OF TASTE MASKED NIZATIDINE

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Radhika Parasuram Rajan

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of the research was to mask the intensely bitter taste of Nizatidine and to formulate Orodispersible tablet (ODT and get rapid onset of action, to increase bioavailability and to increase patient compliance. Orodispersible tablets are an innovative technology, which disperse rapidly, usually in a matter of seconds, without the need for water, providing optimal convenience to the patient. The taste masking was done by complexing Nizatidine with methacrylate copolymer, Eudragit E100 in different ratios by mass extrusion method. The drug polymer complex was optimized by determining the drug content and in vitro drug release in simulated salivary fluid (SSF of pH 6.8. Complex which did not release the drug in SSF was considered as the optimized batch and used for formulation of ODTs. The effects of various superdisintegrants such as Sodium Starch Glycolate, Croscarmellose sodium, Crosspovidone used in formulation of ODTs were studied. The formulation blend was evaluated for bulk density, tapped density, compressibility index, angle of repose etc. The ODTs were prepared by direct compression technique and evaluated for hardness, friability, wetting time, in vitro dispersion time, in vitro drug release etc. Among all formulation, F3 containing 5% w/w concentration of crosspovidone was considered to be the best formulation, with disintegration time of 34 seconds and in vitro drug release of 99.5% in 15 minutes in simulated gastric fluid (SGF. Thus, results conclusively demonstrated successful masking of taste and rapid disintegration of the formulated tablets.

  19. Formulation and Characterization of Waste Glasses with Varying Processing Temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, Dong-Sang; Schweiger, M. J.; Rodriguez, Carmen P.; Lepry, William C.; Lang, Jesse B.; Crum, Jarrod V.; Vienna, John D.; Johnson, Fabienne; Marra, James C.; Peeler, David K.

    2011-10-17

    This report documents the preliminary results of glass formulation and characterization accomplished within the finished scope of the EM-31 technology development tasks for WP-4 and WP-5, including WP-4.1.2: Glass Formulation for Next Generation Melter, WP-5.1.2.3: Systematic Glass Studies, and WP-5.1.2.4: Glass Formulation for Specific Wastes. This report also presents the suggested studies for eventual restart of these tasks. The initial glass formulation efforts for the cold crucible induction melter (CCIM), operating at {approx}1200 C, with selected HLW (AZ-101) and LAW (AN-105) successfully developed glasses with significant increase of waste loading compared to that is likely to be achieved based on expected reference WTP formulations. Three glasses formulated for AZ-101HLW and one glass for AN-105 LAW were selected for the initial CCIM demonstration melter tests. Melter tests were not performed within the finished scope of the WP-4.1.2 task. Glass formulations for CCIM were expanded to cover additional HLWs that have high potential to successfully demonstrate the unique advantages of the CCIM technologies based on projected composition of Hanford wastes. However, only the preliminary scoping tests were completed with selected wastes within the finished scope. Advanced glass formulations for the reference WTP melter, operating at {approx}1200 C, were initiated with selected specific wastes to determine the estimated maximum waste loading. The incomplete results from these initial formulation efforts are summarized. For systematic glass studies, a test matrix of 32 high-aluminum glasses was completed based on a new method developed in this study.

  20. TODGA Process Development: an Improved Solvent Formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Geist, Andreas [Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe, Institut fuer Nukleare Entsorgung, 76021 Karlsruhe (Germany); Modolo, Giuseppe [Forschungszentrum Juelich, Institute for Energy Research, Safety Research and Reactor Technology, 52425 Juelich (Germany)

    2009-06-15

    Introduction: TODGA (N,N,N',N'-tetra-n-octyl diglycolamide) is studied in the European ACSEPT project as a promising extractant for actinide separations. A mixture of TODGA and TBP in TPH (a kerosene) [1] was successfully used for spiked and hot continuous counter-current tests for the separation of actinides(III) and lanthanides(III) from PUREX raffinate [2, 3]. Furthermore this solvent composition is used for GANEX (group actinide extraction) process development, i.e., co-extraction of Np, Pu, Am, Cm, and Ln from PUREX raffinate with selective stripping of the actinides [4, 5]. We address two of this solvent's drawbacks by replacing TBP (which acts as phase modifier to prevent third phase formation) with 1-octanol: (1) The presence of a non-CHON compound (TBP); (2) The pronounced co-extraction of nitric acid (e.g., 0.2 M TODGA + 0.5 M TBP in TPH extracts approx. 0.6 M HNO{sub 3} from 4 M HNO{sub 3}). Results: When contacting 0.2 M TODGA in TPH with 0.1 M Nd(NO{sub 3}){sub 3} in 5 M HNO{sub 3}, as little as 3 % vol. 1-octanol suppresses the formation of a third phase. Thus, the following solvent composition is used for further studies: 0.2 M TODGA + 5 % vol. 1-octanol in TPH. Due to the absence of TBP, the amount of HNO{sub 3} extraction is reduced to approx. 50 % as compared to the solvent consisting of 0.2 M TODGA + 0.5 M TBP in TPH. Am(III) and Eu(III) distribution ratios are similar to those with the TODGA + TBP solvent [1]. Loading the solvent by extracting from solutions of up to 0.2 M Nd(NO{sub 3}){sub 3} in 3 M or 4 M HNO{sub 3} confirms a 1:3 stoichiometry of the extracted complex. Further investigations are under way. Conclusion: The improved solvent formulation reduces the HNO{sub 3} co-extraction which may be advantageous especially for GANEX process development. Furthermore, the solvent complies with the CHON principle. 1) G. Modolo, H. Asp, C. Schreinemachers, H. Vijgen, Development of a TODGA based process for partitioning of

  1. Reality conditions for Ashtekar gravity from Lorentz-covariant formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Alexandrov, Sergei [Institute for Theoretical Physics and Spinoza Institute, Utrecht University, Postbus 80.195, 3508 TD Utrecht (Netherlands)

    2006-03-21

    We study the limit of the Lorentz-covariant canonical formulation where the Immirzi parameter approaches {beta} = i. We show that, formulated in terms of a shifted spacetime connection, which also plays a crucial role in the covariant quantization, the limit is smooth and reproduces the canonical structure of the self-dual Ashtekar gravity. The reality conditions of Ashtekar gravity can be incorporated by means of the Dirac brackets derived from the covariant formulation and defined on an extended phase space which involves, besides the self-dual variables, also their anti-self-dual counterparts.

  2. A General Formulation for the Stiffness Matrix of Parallel Mechanisms

    CERN Document Server

    Quennouelle, Cyril

    2012-01-01

    Starting from the definition of a stiffness matrix, the authors present a new formulation of the Cartesian stiffness matrix of parallel mechanisms. The proposed formulation is more general than any other stiffness matrix found in the literature since it can take into account the stiffness of the passive joints, it can consider additional compliances in the joints or in the links and it remains valid for large displacements. Then, the validity, the conservative property, the positive definiteness and the relation with other formulations of stiffness matrices are discussed theoretically. Finally, a numerical example is given in order to illustrate the correctness of this matrix.

  3. Quantum energy inequalities and local covariance II: categorical formulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fewster, Christopher J.

    2007-11-01

    We formulate quantum energy inequalities (QEIs) in the framework of locally covariant quantum field theory developed by Brunetti, Fredenhagen and Verch, which is based on notions taken from category theory. This leads to a new viewpoint on the QEIs, and also to the identification of a new structural property of locally covariant quantum field theory, which we call local physical equivalence. Covariant formulations of the numerical range and spectrum of locally covariant fields are given and investigated, and a new algebra of fields is identified, in which fields are treated independently of their realisation on particular spacetimes and manifestly covariant versions of the functional calculus may be formulated.

  4. Beverages formulated with whey protein and added lutein

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Juliana de Cássia Gomes Rocha

    Full Text Available ABSTRACT: This study aimed to develop and characterize beverages formulated with whey protein and added lutein. Beverages formulated with 0.5 (F1, 2.0 (F2, 4.0 (F3 and 6.0% w/v (F4 whey protein were physicochemically and microbiologically characterized, and sensory evaluated. The physicochemical analyses indicated that the protein content significantly changed (P0.05 with increased protein content. The F2 formulation showed the highest sensory acceptance. Beverages offer a promising alternative to whey use and enhance the value of the product by the addition of lutein.

  5. STANDARDIZATION OF AN AYURVEDIC FORMULATION: TRIKATU CHURNA USING BIOANALYTICAL TOOLS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shailajan Sunita

    2011-06-01

    Full Text Available Trikatu Churna (TC is an ancient traditional Ayurvedic preparation prescribed for a wide range of disorders. Though TC is an age old formulation, there are very few references on its quality control and standardization. In this work, an attempt has been made to standardize TC by qualitatively evaluating the preliminary phytochemicals. Piperine content of TC was determined using HPTLC. Evaluation of safety potential of TC samples and stability evaluation by comparative study of the in house TC formulation with marketed TC formulations with respect to their piperine content is a value addition to the current work.

  6. Simultaneously Exploiting Two Formulations: an Exact Benders Decomposition Approach

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lusby, Richard Martin; Gamst, Mette; Spoorendonk, Simon

    consistency between the decision variables of the respective formulations. We demonstrate the applicability of the proposed methodology to situations in which one of the formulations models a relaxation of the problem and to cases where one formulation is the Dantzig-Wolfe reformulation of the other....... Furthermore, it proves the correctness of the procedure and considers how to include interesting extensions such as cutting planes and advanced branching strategies. Finally, we test and compare the performance of the proposed approach on publicly available instances of the Bin Packing problem. Compared...

  7. Design and formulation of nano-sized spray dried efavirenz. Part I: Influence of formulation parameters

    CSIR Research Space (South Africa)

    Katata, L

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available .770 E Solvent EA 2 2.414 F [W1] 2 % 2 0.651 G [PEG] 0.5 % 1 0.717 6 Table 6 Analysis of variance for particle size of PCL-EFV nanoparticles Symbol Factors DOF Sums of squares Variance F-Ratio Pure sum Percent (%) A W1 1 4.361 4... experimental parameters and levels for preparation of PCL-EFV nanoparticles Symbol Formulation parameters Levels 1 1 2 A W1 PVA PBS B Sugar Lactose Trehalose C [W2-PVA] 1 % 2 % D [Sugar] 3 % 5 % E Solvent DCM EA F [W1] 1 % 2 % G [PEG] 0.5 % 1...

  8. On multiple M2-brane model(s and its N=8 Superspace Formulation(s

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    I. A. Bandos

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available We give a brief review of Bagger-Lambert-Gustavsson (BLG model, with emphasis on its version invariant under the volume preserving diffeomorphisms (SDiff3 symmetry. We describe the on-shell superfield formulation of this SDiff3 BLG model in standard N = 8, d = 3 superspace, as well as its superfield action in the pure spinor N = 8 superspace. We also briefly address the Aharony-Bergman-Jafferis-Maldacena (ABJM/ABJ model invariant under SU(Mk × SU(N−k gauge symmetry, and discuss the possible form of their N = 6 and, for the case of Chern-Simons level k = 1, 2, N = 8 superfield equations.

  9. New Integer Programming Formulations of the Generalized Travelling Salesman Problem

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P. C. Pop

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available The Generalized Travelling Salesman Problem, denoted by GTSP, is a variant of the classical travelling salesman problem (TSP, in which the nodes of an undirected graph are partitioned into node sets (clusters and the salesman has to visit exactly one node from every cluster. In this paper we described six distinct formulations of the GTSP as an integer programming. Apart from the standard formulations all the new formulations that we describe are 'compact' in the sense that the number of constraints and variables is a polynomial function of the number of nodes in the problem. In order to provide compact formulations for the GTSP we used two approaches using auxiliary flow variables beyond the natural binary edge and node variables and the second one by distinguishing between global and local variables. Comparisons of the polytopes corresponding to their linear relaxations are established.

  10. A Chebyshev-collation approach for a continuous formulation of ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    A Chebyshev-collation approach for a continuous formulation of hybrid methods for initial value problems in ordinary differential ... Journal of the Nigerian Association of Mathematical Physics ... Open Access DOWNLOAD FULL TEXT ...

  11. Patient centric formulations for paediatrics and geriatrics: Similarities and differences.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hanning, Sara M; Lopez, Felipe L; Wong, Ian C K; Ernest, Terry B; Tuleu, Catherine; Orlu Gul, Mine

    2016-10-30

    Paediatrics and geriatrics both represent highly heterogenous populations and require special consideration when developing appropriate dosage forms. This paper discusses similarities, differences and considerations with respect to the development of appropriate medicine formulations for paediatrics and geriatrics. Arguably the most significant compliance challenge in older people is polypharmacy, whereas for children the largest barrier is taste. Pharmaceutical technology has progressed rapidly and technologies including FDCs, multi-particulates and orodispersible dosage forms provide unprecedented opportunities to develop novel and appropriate formulations for both old and new drugs. However, it is important for the formulation scientists to work closely with patients, carers and clinicians to develop such formulations for both the paediatric and geriatric population. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Design, formulation and evaluation of nicotine chewing gum

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Abolfazl Aslani

    2012-01-01

    Conclusion: Taste enhancement of nicotine gums was achieved where formulations comprised aspartame as the sweetener and cherry and eucalyptus as the flavoring agents. Nicotine gums of pleasant taste may, therefore, be used as NRT to assist smokers quit smoking.

  13. Hypersensitivity Reactions from Excipients in Systemic Glucocorticoid Formulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Calogiuri, Gianfranco; Garvey, Lene H; Romita, Paolo

    2016-01-01

    Glucocorticoids are the most widely used drugs for the treatment of hypersensitivity, however these drugs themselves and the excipients contained in commercial corticosteroid formulations are able to induce severe immediate-type hypersensitivity reactions. Reactions involving excipients have been...

  14. Development of amino resin for emulsion paint formulation: reactive ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Development of amino resin for emulsion paint formulation: reactive blending of methylol urea with soybean oil. ... advantages of this new system are low formaldehyde emission and water reduction characteristics. The polymer blend may ...

  15. Enhanced formulations for neutralization of chemical, biological and industrial toxants

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tucker, Mark D [Albuqueque, NM

    2008-06-24

    An enhanced formulation and method of making that neutralizes the adverse health effects of both chemical and biological compounds, especially chemical warfare (CW) and biological warfare (BW) agents, and toxic industrial chemicals. The enhanced formulation according to the present invention is non-toxic and non-corrosive and can be delivered by a variety of means and in different phases. The formulation provides solubilizing compounds that serve to effectively render the chemical and biological compounds, particularly CW and BW compounds, susceptible to attack, and at least one reactive compound that serves to attack (and detoxify or kill) the compound. The formulation includes at least one solubilizing agent, a reactive compound, a bleaching activator and water.

  16. Influence of Formulation on Mobility of Clomazone in Soil.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Włodarczyk, Małgorzata; Siwek, Hanna

    2016-10-01

    The mobility of clomazone [2-(2-chlorobenzylo)-4,4-dimetylo-1,2-oxazolidin-3-one] in a loamy sand soil and a sand soil was studied in a soil column under laboratory conditions. Commercial clomazone formulation (Command 480 EC) and clomazone immobilized in an alginate matrix were used for a leaching experiment. For both formulations, the same dose of 2.0 mg of the active substance was applied. After an application of a herbicide, the columns were irrigated with: 100, 40 and 3.7 mm of water. After 1 h, when an addition of water was completed, the soils were sampled in the 5 cm segments and were used for the analysis of the residues. The use of an alginate formulation reduced the vertical mobility of clomazone into a soil layer in comparison with the formulation EC.

  17. 43 original article prolonged use of cough formulations and the ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Dr Oboro VO

    AFRICAN JOURNAL OF CLINICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY JANUARY 2010 ... such formulations by patients was therefore considered a health risk on the normal bacterial flora. ... respective chemical ingredients in Table 1.

  18. Improvability of assembly systems I: Problem formulation and performance evaluation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S.-Y. Chiang

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available This work develops improvability theory for assembly systems. It consists of two parts. Part I includes the problem formulation and the analysis technique. Part II presents the so-called improvability indicators and a case study.

  19. LP formulation of asymmetric zero-sum stochastic games

    KAUST Repository

    Li, Lichun

    2014-12-15

    This paper provides an efficient linear programming (LP) formulation of asymmetric two player zero-sum stochastic games with finite horizon. In these stochastic games, only one player is informed of the state at each stage, and the transition law is only controlled by the informed player. Compared with the LP formulation of extensive stochastic games whose size grows polynomially with respect to the size of the state and the size of the uninformed player\\'s actions, our proposed LP formulation has its size to be linear with respect to the size of the state and the size of the uninformed player, and hence greatly reduces the computational complexity. A travelling inspector problem is used to demonstrate the efficiency of the proposed LP formulation.

  20. Formulation of a New Generation of Liposomes from Bacterial and ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Formulation of a New Generation of Liposomes from. Bacterial and ... Their morphological characteristics were assessed by atomic force microscopy. (AFM). Results: At ..... Moghimipour E, Kargar M, Ramezani Z, Handali S. The potent in vitro ...

  1. A Nanodroplet Processor for Advanced Microencapsulated Drug Formulations Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — During this Phase II program we propose to build on the key aspects of the nanodroplet encapsulation technology to demonstrate optimized formulation and...

  2. Nanoemulsion formulation of Abatacept for lupus nephritis therapy

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Department of Urology, Linyi People's Hospital, Linyi, Shandong Province 276003, ... treated with the nanoemulsion formulation of abatacept showed a marked reduction in immune ..... and CTLA4-Ig resistant memory CD8 T cell activation.

  3. Comparative study of performance of shoe polishes formulated from ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    GARZALI

    carbon black pigment. Polyethylene polish like the one formulated using carbon black pigment was ... paraffin wax with pigment, solvent (white spirit), turpentine oil and .... Christie R.M (1993) “Surface Coating Reviews in. Pigment Structures ...

  4. Formulation Optimization and In-vitro Evaluation of Oral Floating ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    forming agents for formulating controlled release floating tablets of captopril. FTIR and DSC spectra showed ..... correspond to the stretching vibrations of C–H bond and carboxyl .... barrier which produces upward motion and as a result tablets ...

  5. Formulation of Extended-Release Metformin Hydrochloride Matrix ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Erah

    carrier, polymer and preparation method on metformin release from the formulations in vitro as well as ... Results: The physicochemical characteristics of all the granules and tablets were generally satisfactory. Optimization ..... Some physical.

  6. Formulation development and evaluation of fast dissolving film of telmisartan

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Vaishali Y Londhe

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Hypertension is a major cause of concern not just in the elderly but also in the youngsters. An effort was made to formulate a fast dissolving film containing telmisartan which is used in the treatment of hypertension with a view to improve the onset of action, therapeutic efficacy, patient compliance and convenience. The major challenge in formulation of oral films of telmisatran is that it shows very less solubility in the pH range of 3-9. Various film forming agents and polyhydric alcohols were evaluated for optimizing composition of fast dissolving films. Fast dissolving films using hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, glycerol, sorbitol, menthol and an alkalizer were formulated using solvent casting method. Optimized formulations were evaluated for their weight, thickness, folding endurance, appearance, tensile strength, disintegration time and dissolution profile.

  7. Student Segmentation in the Process of University Marketing Strategy Formulation

    National Research Council Canada - National Science Library

    Jolanta Urbanovic

    2013-01-01

      The paper presents an overview and an analysis of literature related to specificity of university marketing, possibilities for market segmentation and main prerequisites for effective marketing strategy formulation...

  8. Formulation and evaluation of antipsoriatic gel using natural excipients

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Raghupatruni Jhansi Laxmi

    2013-01-01

    Conclusions: In vitro anti-psoriatic activity of F3 showed the significant orthokeratosis in the mouse tail test when compared to control thus indicating that the formulation is effective in treating psoriasis.

  9. On the Matrix Formulation of Kaiser's Varimax Criterion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Neudecker, H.

    1981-01-01

    A full-fledged matrix derivation of Sherin's matrix formulation of Kaiser's varimax criterion is provided. Matrix differential calculus is used in conjunction with the Hadamard (or Schur) matrix product. Two results on Hadamard products are presented. (Author/JKS)

  10. Formulating research methods for information systems v.1

    CERN Document Server

    Willcocks, Leslie P; Lacity, Mary C

    2015-01-01

    This edited two-volume collection presents the most interesting and compelling articles pertaining to the formulation of research methods used to study information systems from the 30-year publication history of the Journal of Information Technology.

  11. Preparation and characterization of slow release formulations of ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    *

    characterize the resulting slow release formulations (SRFs) using scanning electron microscopy. (SEM), and Fourier ... used for controlled release of N-P-K compound fertilizer9 and of ..... fertilizer with controlled release and water retention,.

  12. Efficacy of Beauveria bassiana substrates and formulations for the ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Mo

    Efficacy of Beauveria bassiana substrates and formulations for the control of banana weevil. E. Magara ..... huge challenge to its utilzation in biological control programmes. .... Journal of invertebrate Pathology 38:191-200. Nankinga Calorine.

  13. Lycopene from tomatoes: vesicular nanocarrier formulations for dermal delivery.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ascenso, Andreia; Pinho, Sónia; Eleutério, Carla; Praça, Fabíola Garcia; Bentley, Maria Vitória Lopes Badra; Oliveira, Helena; Santos, Conceição; Silva, Olga; Simões, Sandra

    2013-07-31

    This experimental work aimed to develop a simple, fast, economic, and environmentally friendly process for the extraction of lycopene from tomato and incorporate this lycopene-rich extract into ultradeformable vesicular nanocarriers suitable for topical application. Lycopene extraction was conducted without a cosolvent for 30 min. The extracts were analyzed and incorporated in transfersomes and ethosomes. These formulations were characterized, and the cellular uptake was observed by confocal microscopy. Dermal delivery of lycopene formulations was tested under in vitro and in vivo conditions. Lycopene extraction proved to be quite safe and selective. The vesicular formulation was taken up by the cells, being more concentrated around the nucleus. Epicutaneous application of lycopene formulations decreased the level of anthralin-induced ear swelling by 97 and 87%, in a manner nonstatistically different from the positive control. These results support the idea that the lycopene-rich extract may be a good alternative to the expensive commercial lycopene for incorporation into advanced topical delivery systems.

  14. Fissile materials disposition program plutonium immobilization project baseline formulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ebbinghaus, B B; Armantrout, G A; Gray, L; Herman, C C; Shaw, H F; Van Konynenburg, R A

    2000-09-01

    Since 1994 Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL), with the help of several other laboratories and university groups, has been the lead laboratory for the Plutonium Immobilization Project (PIP). This involves, among other tasks, the development of a formulation and a fabrication process for a ceramic to be used in the immobilization of excess weapons-usable plutonium. This report reviews the history of the project as it relates to the development of the ceramic form. It describes the sample test plan for the pyrochlore-rich ceramic formulation that was selected, and it specifies the baseline formulation that has been adopted. It also presents compositional specifications (e.g. precursor compositions and mixing recipes) and other form and process specifications that are linked or potentially linked to the baseline formulation.

  15. Talking Turkey : Strategy formulation in small creative organizations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Kolsteeg, Johan; Hagoort, Giep; Kooyman, René

    2009-01-01

    Despite the importance of strategy for creative organizations, we know little about how strategy formulation actually works. In order to be able to disclose this, we need to make an interdisciplinary journey along arts management, sociology and organizational science.

  16. Dissolution Model Development: Formulation Effects and Filter Complications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Berthelsen, Ragna; Holm, Rene; Jacobsen, Jette

    2016-01-01

    This study describes various complications related to sample preparation (filtration) during development of a dissolution method intended to discriminate among different fenofibrate immediate-release formulations. Several dissolution apparatus and sample preparation techniques were tested. The flow......-through cell apparatus (USP 4) was found unfit for dissolution testing of fenofibrate MeltDose formulations due to clogging of filters and varying flow rates. A mini paddle dissolution setup produced dissolution profiles of the tested formulations that correlated well with clinical data. The work towards...... the mini paddle dissolution method demonstrates that sample preparation influenced the results. The investigations show that excipients from the formulations directly affected the drug–filter interaction, thereby affecting the dissolution profiles and the ability to predict the in vivo data...

  17. Stability of an alternative extemporaneous captopril fast-dispersing tablet formulation versus an extemporaneous oral liquid formulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pabari, Ritesh M; McDermott, Claire; Barlow, James; Ramtoola, Zebunnissa

    2012-11-01

    Administration of medications to pediatric patients is challenging because many drugs are not commercially available in appropriate dosage formulations and/or strengths. Consequently, these drugs are prepared extemporaneously as oral liquid (OL) formulations using marketed tablets or capsules. In many cases, the stability of these extemporaneous preparations, which may affect their tolerability, has not been documented. An alternative extemporaneous solid formulation, such as a fast-dispersing tablet (FDT), may offer enhanced stability as well as dosing flexibility because it may be administered as an orodispersible tablet or as a reconstituted suspension/solution. Although FDTs are available increasingly as patient-friendly oral dosage formulations, and their simple method of manufacture can be applied to extemporaneous formulations, such applications have not been explored to date. The use of extemporaneous captopril OL formulations in hospitals in Ireland was surveyed, and the stability of the most commonly used captopril formulation (reference) was investigated and compared with that of a newly available extemporaneous FDT formulation. The survey was carried out in 120 hospitals in the Republic of Ireland. The 56-day stability of the most commonly used formulation was compared with that of a newly available extemporaneous captopril FDT preparation. The captopril content of the formulations was measured by high-performance liquid chromatography analysis. Formulations were also monitored for changes in appearance, including color; odor; and pH (OLs only). The survey showed that extemporaneously prepared captopril OLs were extensively used, particularly in specialist children's hospitals. The most commonly used preparation was a xanthan gum-based oral suspension. Analysis of these OL preparations showed the OLs to have been stable up to day 7, but that the captopril concentration decreased to 72% to 84% at day 14 and to 59% to 68% at day 56; this decrease was

  18. THE RAW MINERAL SALTS USE IN COSMETICS FORMULATIONS: ASSORTMENT, MINERAL RAW MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS AND COSMETICS FORMULATION TECHNOLOGY

    OpenAIRE

    S. B. Evseeva; B. B. Sysuev

    2016-01-01

    The application of mineral raw materials (brine lakes, thermal springs, sea water, bischofite) in cosmetics is presented in this article. The assortment of cosmetics that contain mineral salts is presented. The technological characteristics of production of these cosmetic formulations, in particular the ability of mineral salts to influence the stability of formulation and the sensory properties of products are given. The main approaches of that formulation development are described.

  19. THE RAW MINERAL SALTS USE IN COSMETICS FORMULATIONS: ASSORTMENT, MINERAL RAW MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS AND COSMETICS FORMULATION TECHNOLOGY

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. B. Evseeva

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The application of mineral raw materials (brine lakes, thermal springs, sea water, bischofite in cosmetics is presented in this article. The assortment of cosmetics that contain mineral salts is presented. The technological characteristics of production of these cosmetic formulations, in particular the ability of mineral salts to influence the stability of formulation and the sensory properties of products are given. The main approaches of that formulation development are described.

  20. Optimization of formulation variables of benzocaine liposomes using experimental design.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mura, Paola; Capasso, Gaetano; Maestrelli, Francesca; Furlanetto, Sandra

    2008-01-01

    This study aimed to optimize, by means of an experimental design multivariate strategy, a liposomal formulation for topical delivery of the local anaesthetic agent benzocaine. The formulation variables for the vesicle lipid phase uses potassium glycyrrhizinate (KG) as an alternative to cholesterol and the addition of a cationic (stearylamine) or anionic (dicethylphosphate) surfactant (qualitative factors); the percents of ethanol and the total volume of the hydration phase (quantitative factors) were the variables for the hydrophilic phase. The combined influence of these factors on the considered responses (encapsulation efficiency (EE%) and percent drug permeated at 180 min (P%)) was evaluated by means of a D-optimal design strategy. Graphic analysis of the effects indicated that maximization of the selected responses requested opposite levels of the considered factors: For example, KG and stearylamine were better for increasing EE%, and cholesterol and dicethylphosphate for increasing P%. In the second step, the Doehlert design, applied for the response-surface study of the quantitative factors, pointed out a negative interaction between percent ethanol and volume of the hydration phase and allowed prediction of the best formulation for maximizing drug permeation rate. Experimental P% data of the optimized formulation were inside the confidence interval (P < 0.05) calculated around the predicted value of the response. This proved the suitability of the proposed approach for optimizing the composition of liposomal formulations and predicting the effects of formulation variables on the considered experimental response. Moreover, the optimized formulation enabled a significant improvement (P < 0.05) of the drug anaesthetic effect with respect to the starting reference liposomal formulation, thus demonstrating its actually better therapeutic effectiveness.

  1. Herbal beverages formulations and bioactive properties: a comparative study.

    OpenAIRE

    Barreira, João C.M.; Morais, Ana L.; Oliveira, M. B. P. P.; Isabel C. F. R. Ferreira

    2011-01-01

    Herbal beverages are among the main products which claim medicinal benefits, specially related with antioxidant properties [1,2]. The definition of herbal beverages (“teas”) as functional drinks might be related with the plant species from which is prepared, formulation or preparation method. In this study the beverages were prepared from Camellia sinensis (black and green tea), Aspalathus linearis (red tea) and Cochlospermum angolensis (borututu tea), available in different formulations (bag...

  2. Preparation of radiopharmaceutical formulations; Fremstilling av radioaktive farmasoeytiske blandinger

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Simon, J.; Garlich, J.R.; Frank, R.K.; McMillan, K

    1998-03-16

    Radiopharmaceutical formulations for complexes comprising at least one radionuclide complexed with a ligand, or its physiologically-acceptable salts thereof, especially {sup 153}samarium-ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonic acid, which optionally contains a divalent metal ion, e.g. calcium, and is frozen, thawed, and then administered by injection. Alternatively, the radiopharmaceutical formulations must contain the divalent metal and are frozen only if the time before administration is sufficiently long to cause concern for radiolysis of the ligand. 2 figs., 9 tabs.

  3. Static and kinematic formulation of planar reciprocal assemblies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Parigi, Dario; Sassone, Mario; Kirkegaard, Poul Henning

    2014-01-01

    Planar reciprocal frames are two dimensional structures formed by elements joined together according to the principle of structural reciprocity. In this paper a rigorous formulation of the static and kinematic problem is proposed and developed extending the theory of pin-jointed assemblies....... This formulation is used to evaluate the static and kinematic determinacy of reciprocal assemblies from the properties of their equilibrium and kinematic matrices...

  4. Noncanonical Hamiltonian density formulation of hydrodynamics and ideal MHD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Morrison, P.J.; Greene, J.M.

    1980-04-01

    A new Hamiltonian density formulation of a perfect fluid with or without a magnetic field is presented. Contrary to previous work the dynamical variables are the physical variables, rho, v, B, and s, which form a noncanonical set. A Poisson bracket which satisfies the Jacobi identity is defined. This formulation is transformed to a Hamiltonian system where the dynamical variables are the spatial Fourier coefficients of the fluid variables.

  5. Reactive formulations for a neutralization of toxic industrial chemicals

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tucker, Mark D. (Albuqueruqe, NM); Betty, Rita G. (Rio Rancho, NM)

    2006-10-24

    Decontamination formulations for neutralization of toxic industrial chemicals, and methods of making and using same. The formulations are effective for neutralizing malathion, hydrogen cyanide, sodium cyanide, butyl isocyanate, carbon disulfide, phosgene gas, capsaicin in commercial pepper spray, chlorine gas, anhydrous ammonia gas; and may be effective at neutralizing hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide, formaldehyde, ethylene oxide, methyl bromide, boron trichloride, fluorine, tetraethyl pyrophosphate, phosphorous trichloride, arsine, and tungsten hexafluoride.

  6. The Jordan formulation of Quantum Mechanics: a review

    OpenAIRE

    Townsend, Paul K.

    2016-01-01

    This is a transcription of a conference proceedings from 1985. It reviews the Jordan algebra formulation of quantum mechanics. A possible novelty is the discussion of time evolution; the associator takes over the role of $i$ times the commutator in the standard density matrix formulation, and for the Jordan algebra of complex Hermitian matrices this implies a Hamiltonian of the form $H= i[x,y] + \\lambda \\mathbb{I}$ for traceless Hermitian $x,y$ and real number $\\lambda$. Other possibilities f...

  7. Action Principle for the Generalized Harmonic Formulation of General Relativity

    CERN Document Server

    Brown, J David

    2010-01-01

    An action principle for the generalized harmonic formulation of general relativity is presented. The action is a functional of the spacetime metric and the gauge source vector. The Z4 formulation of general relativity also can be defined by an action principle, as discussed by Bona, Bona--Casas and Palenzuela. The relationship between the generalized harmonic and Z4 actions is presented in detail.

  8. Process Formulations And Curing Conditions That Affect Saltstone Properties

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Reigel, M. M.; Pickenheim, B. R.; Daniel, W. E.

    2012-09-28

    The first objective of this study was to analyze saltstone fresh properties to determine the feasibility of reducing the formulation water to premix (w/p) ratio while varying the amount of extra water and admixtures used during processing at the Saltstone Production Facility (SPF). The second part of this study was to provide information for understanding the impact of curing conditions (cure temperature, relative humidity (RH)) and processing formulation on the performance properties of cured saltstone.

  9. A Review of Currently Available Fenofibrate and Fenofibric Acid Formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ling, Hua; Luoma, John T; Hilleman, Daniel

    2013-04-01

    Fenofibrate is a third-generation fibric acid derivative indicated as a monotherapy to reduce elevated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, total cholesterol, triglycerides, and apolipoprotein B; to increase high-density lipoprotein cholesterol in patients with primary hyperlipidemia or mixed dyslipidemia; and to reduce triglycerides in patients with severe hypertriglyceridemia. In this review, the key characteristics of available fenofibrate formulations are examined. A literature search was conducted, focusing on comparative studies examining bioavailability, food effects, absorption, and lipid efficacy. Fenofibrate is highly lipophilic, virtually insoluble in water, and poorly absorbed. Coadministration with meals was necessary to maximize bioavailability of early formulations. Micronized and nanoparticle formulations of fenofibrate with reduced particle sizes were developed, resulting in greater solubility, improved bioavailability, and in some cases, the ability to be given irrespective of food. A recently introduced hydrophilic choline salt of fenofibric acid also can be taken without regard to meals, is absorbed throughout the gastrointestinal tract, has the highest bioavailability among marketed formulations, and is approved for coadministration with a statin. Differences in bioavailability of fenofibrate formulations have resulted in low-dose (40 - 67) mg and standard-dose (120 - 200 mg) formulations. Different formulations are not equivalent on a milligram-to-milligram basis. In order to prevent medication errors, resulting in underdosing or overdosing with attendant consequences, it is important for healthcare providers to recognize that the formulations of fenofibrate and fenofibric acid that are currently available vary substantially in relation to food effect, equivalency on a milligram-to-milligram basis, and indication to be coadministered with a statin.

  10. Pigment Ink Formulation for Inkjet Printing of Different Textile Materials

    OpenAIRE

    M.M. Marie; Y.H. El-Hamaky; D. Maamoun; D.F. Ibrahim; Abbas, S. M.

    2013-01-01

    Cotton, polyester, and cotton polyester blended woven fabrics were printed using an ink jet print using by means of a prepared pigment ink. Literature indicated that the development of insoluble pigment-based inks presents enormous challenges to the ink formulator. Meanwhile, pigments face several application problems in terms of their dispersion stability within the ink formulation, and consequently blocking the nozzles within the inkjet print head. Upon this, Two pigment colors : M.D. Blue ...

  11. Integrated Formulation of Beacon-Based Exception Analysis for Multimissions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mackey, Ryan; James, Mark; Park, Han; Zak, Mickail

    2003-01-01

    Further work on beacon-based exception analysis for multimissions (BEAM), a method of real-time, automated diagnosis of a complex electromechanical systems, has greatly expanded its capability and suitability of application. This expanded formulation, which fully integrates physical models and symbolic analysis, is described. The new formulation of BEAM expands upon previous advanced techniques for analysis of signal data, utilizing mathematical modeling of the system physics, and expert-system reasoning,

  12. Design, formulation and evaluation of Aloe vera chewing gum.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aslani, Abolfazl; Ghannadi, Alireza; Raddanipour, Razieh

    2015-01-01

    Aloe vera has antioxidant, antiinflammatory, healing, antiseptic, anticancer and antidiabetic effects. The aim of the present study was to design and evaluate the formulation of Aloe vera chewing gum with an appropriate taste and quality with the indications for healing oral wounds, such as lichen planus, mouth sores caused by cancer chemotherapy and mouth abscesses as well as reducing mouth dryness caused by chemotherapy. In Aloe vera powder, the carbohydrate content was determined according to mannose and phenolic compounds in terms of gallic acid. Aloe vera powder, sugar, liquid glucose, glycerin, sweeteners and different flavors were added to the soft gum bases. In Aloe vera chewing gum formulation, 10% of dried Aloe vera extract entered the gum base. Then the chewing gum was cut into pieces of suitable sizes. Weight uniformity, content uniformity, the organoleptic properties evaluation, releasing the active ingredient in the phosphate buffer (pH, 6.8) and taste evaluation were examined by Latin square method. One gram of Aloe vera powder contained 5.16 ± 0.25 mg/g of phenolic compounds and 104.63 ± 4.72 mg/g of carbohydrates. After making 16 Aloe vera chewing gum formulations, the F16 formulation was selected as the best formulation according to its physicochemical and organoleptic properties. In fact F16 formulation has suitable hardness, lack of adhesion to the tooth and appropriate size and taste; and after 30 min, it released more than 90% of its drug content. After assessments made, the F16 formulation with maltitol, aspartame and sugar sweeteners was selected as the best formulation. Among various flavors used, peppermint flavor which had the most acceptance between consumers was selected.

  13. A new generic problem formulation dedicated to electrified railway systems

    OpenAIRE

    Desjouis, Boris; Remy, Ghislain; OSSART, Florence; Marchand, Claude; Bigeon, Jean; SOURDILLE, Etienne

    2015-01-01

    International audience; —In this paper, a new generic problem formulation dedicated to railway electrification systems is proposed. This formulation meets the needs for evolutivity of modern simulation tools by using meta-models for the railway network components. This approach has been applied to developp a new general-purpose electrified railway simulator. As an example, a DC electrification system has been simulated and the results compared to those of a classical simulator for validation ...

  14. Formulation and evaluation of floating tablets of liquorice extract

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    H N Aswatha Ram

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Floating tablets prolong the gastric residence time of drugs, improve bioavailability, and facilitate local drug delivery to the stomach. With this objective, floating tablets containing aqueous extract of liquorice as drug was prepared for the treatment of Helicobacter pylori and gastric ulcers. Methods: The aqueous extract of liquorice was standardized by HPTLC. Tablets containing HPMC K100M (hydrophilic polymer, liquorice extract, sodium bicarbonate (gas generating agent, talc, and magnesium stearate were prepared using direct compression method. The formulations were evaluated for physical parameters like diameter, thickness, hardness, friability, uniformity of weight, drug content, buoyancy time, dissolution, and drug release mechanism. The formulations were optimized on the basis of buoyancy time and in vitro drug release. Results: The diameter of all formulations was in the range 11.166-11.933 mm; thickness was in the range 4.02-4.086 mm. The hardness ranged from 3.1 to 3.5 kg/cm 2 . All formulations passed the USP requirements for friability and uniformity of weight. The buoyancy time of all tablet formulations was less than 5 min and tablet remained in floating condition throughout the study. All the tablet formulations followed zero-order kinetics and Korsemeyer-Peppas model in drug release. Conclusion: The optimized formulation was found to be F6 which released 98.3% of drug in 8 h in vitro, while the buoyancy time was 3.5 min. Formulations containing psyllium husk, sodium bicarbonate and HPMC K100M in combination can be a promising for gastroretentive drug delivery systems.

  15. Amphotericin B and its delivery by liposomal and lipid formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gates, C; Pinney, R J

    1993-06-01

    In recent years, new formulations of the original amphotericin B preparation (Fungizone) have been devised in order to overcome toxicity problems that frequently occur. These preparations represent an improved method of drug delivery, with an increased therapeutic index and a decrease in toxicity to mammalian cell membranes. The new formulations have different physico-chemical characteristics and differ in pharmacokinetic parameters. Their effects must be compared with conventional amphotericin B to ascertain potential roles in future antifungal therapy.

  16. The dual formulation of cosmic strings and vortices

    CERN Document Server

    Lee, Ki-Myeong

    1993-01-01

    We study four dimensional systems of global, axionic and local strings. By using the path integral formalism, we derive the dual formulation of these systems, where Goldstone bosons, axions and missive vector bosons are described by antisymmetric tensor fields, and strings appear as a source for these tensor fields. We show also how magnetic monopoles attached to local strings are described in the dual formulation. We conclude with some remarks.

  17. Overview of the lipid formulations of amphotericin B.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dupont, Bertrand

    2002-02-01

    Invasive fungal infections have been increasingly recognized as a major cause of morbidity and mortality in the immunocompromised host. Amphotericin B has a broad spectrum and has remained the drug of choice for life-threatening invasive fungal infections. However, adverse events, particularly renal insufficiency, are limiting factors in achieving an effective dose: the prescription of amphotericin B is a compromise between toxicity and efficacy. Lipid formulations offer a better therapeutic index by circumscribing amphotericin B toxicity. Three lipid formulations are available in most countries: AmBisome, the only true liposome; Abelcet, with a ribbon-like structure; and Amphocil/Amphotec, composed of disc-like structures. All these formulations contain amphotericin B, but they differ in shape, size, reticuloendothelial clearance, C(max), AUC and visceral diffusion. The impact of these differences in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics on clinical efficacy is still unclear. Efficacy has been shown in neutropenic patients with fever of unknown origin, systemic candidosis, invasive aspergillosis, cryptococcal meningitis and a variety of other difficult-to-treat mycoses, such as Fusarium or Zygomycetes infections. The effective dose may vary from one formulation to the other and is c. 3-5 mg/kg/day. All formulations are less nephrotoxic than amphotericin B. In one randomized double-blind study, AmBisome 3 or 5 mg/kg/day was less nephrotoxic and gave fewer infusion-related events than Abelcet 5 mg/kg/day. Abelcet induces fewer infusion-related side effects than Amphocil. All formulations seem at least as effective as amphotericin B. In some patients with life-threatening mycosis who failed treatment with, or were intolerant to, amphotericin B, the lipid formulations were effective. Further studies with comparable selected high-risk patients are warranted to clarify the usefulness and the indications of each of the formulations. Cost is a factor limiting prescription

  18. Kepler Problem in Hamiltonian Formulation Discussed from Topological Viewpoint

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    XU Gong-Ou; XU Ming-Jie; YANG Ya-Tian

    2005-01-01

    @@ The Kepler problem in Hamiltonian formulation is discussed from a topological viewpoint. Topological properties for a set of cases designated with conserved quantities l, e and E(l, e) (0 ≤ e < 1) are expressed with actionangle variables. The involved canonical transformations are all carried out with classical Poisson brackets. Thus it is possible to extend such a formulation to corresponding quantum-mechanical study under quasi-classical conditions.

  19. FORMULATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF ORAL DISSOLVING FILMS OF BUMETANIDE

    OpenAIRE

    Dr.A.Yasodha

    2016-01-01

    Objective: Formulation and Development of oral dissolving Films of Bumetanide. Materials and methods: BUMETANIDE, HPMC E-50, HPMC E-5, HPMC E-3, PE, 4000 (Flakes) and Aspartame. Citric Acid could be formulated with low viscosity film formers viz. HPMC E50 in combination with HPMC E5, E15. Bumetanide could be successfully incorporated in FDFs with of the above polymers and polyethylene glycol 4000 is used as a plasticizer. PEG 4000 itself has a solubulizing affect and result in faster dissolut...

  20. Curcumin phytosomal softgel formulation: Development, optimization and physicochemical characterization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Allam Ahmed N.

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available Curcumin, a naturally occurring lipophilic molecule can exert multiple and diverse bioactivities. However, its limited aqueous solubility and extensive presystemic metabolism restrict its bioavailability. Curcumin phytosomes were prepared by a simple solvent evaporation method where free flowing powder was obtained in addition to a newly developed semisolid formulation to increase curcumin content in softgels. Phytosomal powder was characterized in terms of drug content and zeta potential. Thirteen different softgel formulations were developed using oils such as Miglyol 812, castor oil and oleic acid, a hydrophilic vehicle such as PEG 400 and bioactive surfactants such as Cremophor EL and KLS P 124. Selected formulations were characterized in terms of curcumin in vitro dissolution. TEM analysis revealed good stability and a spherical, self-closed structure of curcumin phytosomes in complex formulations. Stability studies of chosen formulations prepared using the hydrophilic vehicle revealed a stable curcumin dissolution pattern. In contrast, a dramatic decrease in curcumin dissolution was observed in case of phytosomes formulated in oily vehicles.